Nortel Networks 9115 Users Manual Product And Solution Reference Guide For Enterprise Customers

6400 to the manual 4a3c7860-7d66-4951-a5de-4e2c4719a684

2015-01-26

: Nortel-Networks Nortel-Networks-9115-Users-Manual-346257 nortel-networks-9115-users-manual-346257 nortel-networks pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 252

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Nortel Networks
Product and Solution
Reference Guide
for Enterprise Customers
End-User Edition – January 2003

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .i
About Nortel Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii
The Nortel Networks Competitive Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ii

Nortel Networks Product Guide
Ethernet Switching
Alteon Web Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
BayStack 380 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
BayStack 420 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
BayStack 450 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
BayStack 460 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
BayStack 470 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet Service Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Passport 1424 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Passport 8000 Series Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Passport 8000 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Passport 8100 Edge Switching Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Passport 8600 Series Routing Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Routing
BayRS Access Stack Node (ASN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
BayRS Advance Remote Node (ARN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
BayRS Backbone Node (BN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Passport 1424 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Passport 2430 BayRS Access Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Passport 5430 BayRS Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Multiservice Switching
Passport 4400 Multiservice Access Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Passport 6400 Multiservice Enterprise Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Passport 7400 Multiservice Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Passport 15000 Multiservice Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Optical
OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
IP Services
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Content Switching and Networking
Alteon Application Switch (AAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Alteon Content Cache (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Alteon Content Director (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Alteon Content Manager (ACM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Alteon Link Optimizer (ALO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Table of Contents

Security
Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Alteon Switched Firewall (ASF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Voice over IP / Converged
802.11 Wireless IP Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Internet Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Business Communications Manager Release 3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Line Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Meridian 1 IE (Internet Enabled) Communications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Power over LAN Hub (POL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Succession CSE 1000 Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 Release 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Succession Communication Server for Enterprise MultiMedia Xchange (CSE MX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
USB Headset Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
PBX / Hybrid PBX
Business Communications Manager Release 3.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Line Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Meridian 1 Option 11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Meridian 1 Option 11C Mini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Meridian 1 Option 61C, 81C Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Meridian 1 Remote Services Line-Side E1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Remote Office 9150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Remote Office 9110/9115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Terminals
Internet Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
M3900 Digital Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
USB Headset Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Integrated VoIP Applications
Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Meridian Integrated Personal Call Director (MIPCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Meridian Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Unified Messaging
Messaging - Meridian Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
CallPilot Unified Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Call Centre / CTi
Symposium Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Symposium Agent Greeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Symposium Call Center Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Symposium Express Call Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Symposium Meridian LINK Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Symposium TAPI Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Symposium Web Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Symposium Web Center Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Table of Contents

Self Service
Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Periphonics VPS/is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Wireless
Meridian/Succession DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
802.11 Wireless IP Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Management
Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Nortel Networks Solutions Guide
‘One Network’ Overview
Set the scene - positioning page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
Consistent Customer Experience
IP Contact Centre Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
Multimedia Customer Contact Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Speech Enabled Self-Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Business Connectivity via the Internet
Data Centre Solution (Converged LAN and Server Performance Optimisation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Secure Remote Connectivity - Home Worker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Secure Remote Connectivity - Intranet IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Secure Remote Connectivity - Extranet IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Secure Remote Connectivity - Remote Access IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Optical
Storage Area Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Optical Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
IP Telephony
IP Telephony Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233
Security
Nortel Networks Unified Security Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237

Table of Contents

Nortel Networks Product & Solution
Reference Guide for Enterprise Customers
Welcome
Welcome to version 1.0 of the Nortel Networks Product & Solution
Reference Guide for Enterprise Customers.

The guide has been designed to provide in depth information of
Nortel Networks high performance enterprise solution sets, including
specific product portfolio details together with examples of their
applications and competitive positioning.

Please note that the solutions included in this guide do not represent
the entire Nortel Networks portfolio.

For additional information please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

Introduction

About Nortel Networks
Nortel Networks is a global Internet and communications leader serving the emerging
and existing needs of our Enterprise and Service Provider customers. The corporation is
focused on further development of it’s leadership position in four major market areas;
Wireless Networks, Wireline Networks, Optical Networks and Enterprise Networks.
In Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA) Nortel Networks has had a strong presence
since 1973. Today, Nortel Networks EMEA headquarters is based in Maidenhead (UK),
with 5 major regional hubs, customers and partners in 52 countries, and significant
manufacturing and R&D capabilities.

Nortel Networks in Enterprise
Our enterprise customers are continually assessing the way they build, manage and use
their infrastructures to plan how their networks can do more, more efficiently, and with
more ‘intelligence’. Of increasing importance is what new revenue opportunities they
can help create. Convergence is a key theme - not just the convergence of voice and data
but also the elimination of network boundaries for accessing the communications
infrastructure, with the ability to support multiple devices in order to share information.
Nortel Networks has emerged as the leader in multimedia convergence.
Our perspective for the future of enterprise networking is captured in our vision of ‘One
Network – A World of Choice’, and summarised in this guide. This demonstrates how we
are uniquely positioned to support our customer’s success by improving productivity and
lowering costs through application delivery and convergence, user mobility,
infrastructure security and network resilience.
We hope you find this publication helpful and easy to use. Should you have any
comments regarding the Reference Guide, or you would like further copies, please
contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Introduction

Nortel Networks

PRODUCT GUIDE

Nortel Networks Product Guide

Alteon Web Switches
Overview
The Alteon Web Switch series are industry leading content switches designed specifically to meet the needs of
demanding businesses, delivering Layer 2 and 3 switching, plus advanced Layer 4 through 7 processing with
full wire-speed throughput on every port. Coupled with the award winning WebOS the Alteon Web Switch
Series offers local and global server load balancing, application redirection, non-server (eg firewall, router, etc)
load balancing, active-active high availability configurations, bandwidth management, class of service and
server security services. With up to nine 10/100/1000Mbps ports each with 2 RISC processors and up to 4Mb of
memory, blazing speed and intelligent switching are easily achieved.

Customer Profile

Key Points

Alteon Web Switches are an ideal solution for
Enterprises, Hosting Providers, Content Providers,
e-Businesses and Service Providers that require a
high performance switching solution for high-traffic
IT Data Centres, network and hosting
infrastructures.

• The Alteon Web Switch is without doubt the
industry leader in performance, functionality,
scalability and reliability when it comes to
Content Switching.
• The Alteon Web Switch uses a distributed
architecture to ensure that all processor intensive
intelligent decisions are off loaded evenly across
the 20 RISC processors.
• The feature rich WebOS not only
performs standard Content Switching but
also allows for advanced applications such
as Firewall Load Balancing, Application
Redirection, Wireless access and full RTSP
Streaming support.
• The switch is without doubt an easy to mange
and robust device that is deployed in some of the
most mission critical and highly accessed
sites today.
• The integrated security functions enhance the
overall security of the connected networks: Layer7 Deny filter, Denial Of Service Attack Detection
and –prevention,TCP rate-limiting and enhanced
Port Mirroring.

Typical Applications
In order to provide the intelligence, scalability and
resilience to any web site, Alteon Web Switches offer
a raft of applications that are leveraged using the
feature rich WebOS.
These applications include:
• Server Load Balancing
• Global Server Load Balancing
• Web Cache Redirection
• Application Redirection (including SSL)
• Bandwidth Management
• Content Intelligent Load Balancing
• Firewall Load Balancing
• High Availability
• Streaming Media Load Balancing
• Intrusion Detection Load Balancing
• Wireless Load Balancing
• VPN Load Balancing
• Domain Name Service Layer-7 Load Balancing

Alteon Web Switches

Features and Benefits
• High-performance content-intelligent switching
• Server, Firewall, Cache, WAN Gateway, Virtual
Private Network, Wireless Application Protocol,
Real-Time streaming Protocol, Domain Name
Service and Intrusion Detection Server load
balancing
• Full inspection of URLs, cookies and any host
headers across multiple requests and responses
• TCP,UDP,HTTP,FTP,SSL,SMTP,LDAP,DNS, Radius,
WAP, RTSP, Telnet and NNTP and IP server
load balancing
• Application redirection for any traffic type,
including wireless
• Persistent connections using multiple Layer4Layer7 parameters
• Comprehensive server health checks enable
content verification and availability
• Gigabit-class, content-intelligent bandwidth
management enables SLAs and usage-based
services
• Response Time, Bandwidth, Link, Hash,
Least Connections, Maximum Connections
Leastconn, Maxconn and Roundrobin load
balancing metrics for unparalleled infrastructure
optimisation

• Full network address translation enables multisite load balancing and traffic redirection
• Global Server load balancing to distributed
servers based on health, user proximity, server
weights and response time
• Virtual Matrix Architecture enables dynamic
utilisation of all processors and memory
• Complete site redundancy via active-active,
active-standby, hot-standby and stateful fail over
for high availability
• Up to 256 virtual servers per switch
• Up to 1024 application servers per switch
• Up to 1024 services per switch
• Up to 2K packet filtering rules per port
(AD4/184/WSM only)
• Up to 500,000 L4-7 sessions per switch
(AD4/184 only)

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Web Switches

Alteon Web Switch
Module (WSM)
Overview
The Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM) leverages the carrier-grade reliability and high port density of the
Passport 8600 Routing switch and enables the processing of entire Web sessions on any port within the
system using Layer 4 through 7. New features within the code include enhanced health checking of servers,
an increase in access filters and the ability to perform switching based on a combination of multiple Layer 7
attributes among others.
The Alteon WSM has 4 external Gigabit Ethernet or 10/100 TX ports and interfaces directly to the Passport
8600 BFM (Backplane Fabric Module). Multiple modules can be installed into a single 8600 chassis.
Each Alteon WSM features 10 purpose-built WebICs, 20 RISC processors and 80MB of memory providing
phenomenal throughput of Layer 4–7 sessions.

Customer Profile
The Alteon WSM is an ideal solution for Enterprises,
Hosting Providers, Content Providers, e-Businesses
and Service Providers that require a high
performance switching solution for high-traffic IT
Data Centres, network and hosting infrastructures.
In addition, any existing 8600 customer can easily
turn their current high-density Layer 3 switches into
a highly intelligent, content aware device with full
carrier class resilience.

Key Points

• Provides Local and Global Server Load Balancing
and health checks, to optimise existing server
infrastructure and minimise costs.
• Enables Firewall and VPN Load Balancing which
can run simultaneously with server load
balancing for economical security deployment
without bottlenecks.
• Delivers Content Intelligent Switching and true
session-level persistence to maximise profitability
while minimising infrastructure impact.
• Supports unique features to enable new, highly
profitable services like Streaming Media, Wireless
Internet and Intrusion Detection System Load
Balancing.

By providing true integration with the Passport
8600 the benefits of both platforms are realised.
Wire speed Layer 2 and 3 performance in
conjunction with the routing engine inherent in the
8600 providing RIP, RIP II, OSPF, BGP and PIM
support can be fully utilised.
In addition an array of line cards allow connectivity
to multiple technologies including Ethernet 10/100,
Gigabit Ethernet, and ATM POS. This truly allows for
content intelligence regardless of connectivity type.
Layer 3 and 4 resilience (VRRP) alongside the fully
redundant Passport 8600 provides unrivalled carrier
class resilience.

Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM)

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM)

BayStack 380 Switch
Overview
Ideal for medium and large enterprises, Nortel Networks BayStack* 380-24T Switch is designed to provide
high-density high-bandwidth connectivity to desktops, other switches, servers, and other network devices.
This Layer 2 switch with 24 10/100/1000 Mbps auto-sensing ports and four SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable)
GBIC (Gigabit Interface Converter) ports provides high-density Gigabit connectivity to power-user desktops for
high-speed applications such as graphics, multimedia, and CAD/CAM. It is a resilient solution that minimises
capital and operational expenses. Its robust security features offer protection against unauthorised access to
data traffic.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Small to large single-site or multi-site enterprises
looking for Gigabit connectivity to desktops or
high bandwidth aggregation switches
• Buyers who demand quick installation, high
performance and a cost effective solution
• Customers looking to simplify the management of
their network with a simple Layer 2 Gigabit core

•
•
•
•

Defining needs
• Are your users experiencing slow application and
response time?
• Do you have power users requiring Gig power to
the desktop?
• Are you suffering from slow server or
application access?
• Are you looking for an aggregation or core switch
that is easy to install and use?
• Do you have multiple, distant offices (up to 70 km)
that need to share resources?
• Are you concerned about cost when considering
switching purchase?
• Do you want Gigabit performance without the
investment in a chassis based switch?
• Do you expect your business to grow and the
associated traffic in your network within the next
6-18 months?

High density high bandwidth desktop switching
Dual 24 Gb switch fabrics
Simple installation
Cost effective L2 switch for server farms,
aggregation or small to medium core
• Multi-link Trunking for high bandwidth
load-balanced connections
• Secure access and data traffic protection
• Common software lowers training and
installation costs

Features and Benefits
• High-density High-bandwidth desktop switching –
24 10/100/1000BASE-TX RJ-45 auto-sensing ports
and four built-in SFP GBIC ports for dedicated
uplink connectivity to other switches, servers, or
the network core such as Nortel Networks Passport
8600 Switches. Ports 21 through 24 may be
configured as either 10/100/1000BASE-TX ports or
SFP GBIC ports in any combination.
• Cost-effective Layer 2 Switch for Server farms –
The BayStack 380-24T Switch allows customers to
aggregate servers without the need to purchase
an expensive modular Layer 3 switch.
• Resilient connectivity for minimal network
downtime – MultiLink Trunking (MLT) enables
grouping of links between the switch and another
switch or server to provide greater bandwidth of
up to 8 Gbps with active redundant links. This
feature provides load-balancing and automatic
fail-over protection. Passport 8600’s Split

BayStack 380 Switch

MultiLink Trunking (SMLT) eliminates single
points of failure in the network and allows
BayStack 380s to have multiple active connections
to the network core.
• Secure access and data traffic protection –
Features include BaySecure, Radius, IP Manager
List, Access List, SNMP v3, and password
protection. Nortel Networks is
the only major vendor to support SNMPv3 protocol
for user authentication and data encryption.
• Common software lowers training and
installation costs - All BayStack switches, including

the BayStack 470-48T, have a common "look and
feel" which reduces training costs. These tools
include Web, Command Line Interface (CLI),
menus, Optivity Network Management System
(NMS), Optivity Switch Manager (OSM)
and Optivity Policy Services (OPS).
• Save money and time with Auto MDI/MDIX
feature - This feature eliminates the need for
expensive cross-over cable while connecting to a
hub or switch. The switch port automatically can
detect the signal on the cable and configures itself
appropriately.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

BayStack 380 Switch

BayStack 420 Switch
Overview
The BayStack 420 10/100/1000 has 24 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX autosensing ports, one GBIC-based (Gigabit
Interface Converter) uplink port and built-in stacking connectors. It can be used standalone or in a stack of up
to 8 switches (up to 192 ports), that can be easily managed as a single entity via a single IP address. Advanced
features such as VLAN Trunking, MultiLink Trunking, Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and
Web-based management tools help Network Managers to efficiently control network traffic.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Small and medium businesses with growing
network needs
• Branch offices that need a cost-effective, stackable
switching solution
• Customers looking to simplify the management of
their network
• Businesses with multiple sites requiring
long-haul connectivity (up to 70 km)

• Affordability – low per port price for a
cost-effective switching solution
• Build as you need; buy as you grow
• Simplicity – plug and play set up and
configuration
• Easy to manage with a web browser
• Scalability – stacks to deliver investment
protection for changing and growing
businesses needs
• MultiLink trunking combines ports into
high-bandwidth load-balanced connections
between switches or servers
• Security – increased network security
with BaySecure and RADIUS-based security
• MAC address controls boost security

Defining needs
• Are your users experiencing slow application
response time?
• Are you suffering from slow server or
application access?
• Do you currently use BayStack or another
competitor’s hubs?
• Are you looking for a switch that is easy to
install and use?
• Are you looking for robust Web-based
network management?
• Do you have multiple, distant offices (up to
70 km apart) that need to share resources?
• Do you expect your business to grow within the
next 6-18 months?
• Are you concerned about cost when considering
switching purchases?

Typical Applications
• Network segmentation and high-density
desktop switching
• High-speed LAN connectivity and data access
• Gigabit uplinks to fit any larger network
architecture

Features and Benefits
• Easy to install, easy to use – the 24 10/100
Autosense ports enable quick and easy
configuration – the plug and play feature means
less time spent managing your network
• Built-in stacking connectors make stacking very
easy and save money by not requiring additional
cascade module
• A stack of BayStack 420s is managed as a single
entity with a single IP address
• With robust Web-based management, network
administrators can view statistics and configure
settings from any Web browser. BootP and TFTP
support allow for easy software upgrades over
the network

BayStack 420 Switch

• Improves network performance – with a 12.8Gbps
Switch fabric and a forwarding rate of 5.1 million
packets per second (Mpps), the BayStack 420
delivers wire-speed performance with no
packet loss
• Gibabit Uplink option port offers a choice of GBIC
modules with different physical interfaces,
including 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, 1000Base-XD
(for distances up to 50km) and 100Base-ZX (for
distances up to 70km) enabling long haul
connectivity to servers and backbone switches
• Higher bandwidth allocation for server connection
– the BayStack 420 helps you avoid network
bottlenecks with MultiLink Trunking (MLT) support
for up to 6 MLTs per switch or per stack (and up to
4 ports per MLT).
• Virtual LAN support allows network
administrators to manage bandwidth better by
assigning users to the appropriate VLANs and
controlling broadcast and mulicast traffic. Virtual
LANs also simplify network adds, moves and
changes

• Ensures your network is secure – BaySecure MACaddress Access Control provides enhanced security
by limiting access to the switch based on allowed
source MAC addresses.
• Enhanced administration control – with RADIUSbased authentication, administrative access to the
switch is password protected.
• Protects your initial investment – grow your
network with the stackable solution that grows.
The BayStack 420 can stack up to 8 switches per
stack and accommodates up to 192 ports per stack.
• Because the BayStack 420 includes built-in
stacking connectors, you enjoy a lower per port
price in stack configuration.
• The BayStack 420 is suitable for your growing
office environment – multi-level floors or nearby
branch office servers (up to 70km away) are
ensured the same connectivity quality and speed.

Product Features
Ports per Switch

24 10/100 autosensing ports

Scalability

Scalable up to 8 switches,
192 ports in a stack

Uplink

Multiple Gigabit fibre options

Forwarding Performance

5.1 Mpps

MAC Addresses

8,000

Width

17.125 in (43.5 cm)

Depth

8 in (20.32 cm)

Height

1.75 in (4.45 cm)

Weight

6.2 lb (2.82 kg)

Input Power Consumption

65 W max

BayStack 420 Switch

Features Matrix
Features

BayStack 420

BayStack 450

Ports/Switch
Switch Fabric
Forwarding Rate
MAC Addresses
Stackable
Max. Units/Stack
Max. Ports/Stack
Stack Compatibility

24 10/100 Mbps
12.8 Gbps
5.1 Mpps
8,000
Yes
8
192
Will not stack
with BayStack 450/
410 or Business
Policy Switch
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No

24 10/100 Mbps
2.5 Gbps
3.0 Mpps
16,000
Yes
8
224
Will stack with
BayStack 410
or Business
Policy Switch
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes (via Business Policy Switch)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

No
No (future)
No (future)
No
• 3Com
SuperStack 3
Switch 3300;
• Cisco Catalyst
2924M XL;
• Intel Express
530T/535T;
• HP Procurve 2424m

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• 3Com
SuperStack 3
Switch 3300;
• Cisco Catalyst
3524M XL;
• Intel Express
530T/535T;
• HP Procurve 2424m

MultiLink Trunking
802.1Q VLAN Trunking
802.1D Spanning Tree Protocol
Web-based Management
10BASE-T
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
100BASE-FX
1000BASE-SX, -LX, -XD, -ZX
BootP support
TFTP support
Telnet support
Full-Duplex
Port Mirroring
BaySecure Security
Port-based VLAN Support
Protocol-based VLAN Support
Fail-Safe Stackability
Distributed MultiLink Trunking
MDA Support for 100Base-FX,
and 1000B-SX & 1000B-LX
Redundant Gigabit Uplinks
802.1p Priority Queuing
IGMP Snooping
Redundant Power Support
Competitive Products

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

BayStack 420 Switch

BayStack 450 Switch
Overview
BayStack 450 Switches are stackable Ethernet switches featuring fail-safe stackability, flexible choices
for high-speed uplinks, and advanced software features. They are designed to provide high-density,
high-performance switching for enterprise wiring closets, and to provide fail-safe scalability and advanced
traffic management for rapidly growing networks in demanding environments.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Medium sized businesses and large enterprises
that want a high-performance, high-speed LAN
switch that offers guaranteed 24/7 network
availability, fail-safe stackability, high-speed
uplinks and redundant power for
mission-critical applications.
• Medium and large single-site or multi-site
enterprises
• Businesses that employ sophisticated network
configurations for data communications
• Buyers who demand quick, non-disruptive
installation looking for a high performance
solution

• Resilience: The BayStack 450 are designed
with a fail-safe cascade stacking architecture.
Each switch unit has a full copy of the stack’s
configuration so that, if one unit should fail,
application connectivity is not affected.
Each Gigabit uplink on the BayStack 450 is
equipped with two different physical fibre
connectors so that if one should fail, traffic can be
immediately switched to the other. MultiLink
Trunking allows ports to be aggregated for higher
bandwidth and redundancy. If one port fails, the
others take the load seamlessly. Load balancing
and fail-over protection safeguard important
connections to servers and other switches.
• Scalability: Up to 8 BayStack 450s can be stacked
to achieve 224 ports. The 410 and 450 can be
stacked together for greater flexibility.
• Performance: Hardware switching allows the
BayStack 450 to achieve a peak throughput of
3 million packets per second. Ports can be
aggregated to provide a high-bandwidth link of
800Mbps capacity (10/100 ports or 100BASE-FX
ports) or 8 Gbps (Gigabit uplink ports on the 450).
Standards-based priority queuing enables
delay-sensitive traffic such as voice or video, to
be prioritised.
• Simple network set-up: All ports automatically
detect and support the speed and mode of the
connected device.

Defining needs
• Are you looking for a reliable solution that
will support your business needs now and
in the future?
• Is your network critical to your business success?
• Are you looking to future proof your
network investment?
• Do your users require a high performance
solution to increase productivity?
• Does your network support many applications
and users critical to the business success?

Typical Applications
• High-density desktop switching
• Fail-safe, high-performance network
requirements (24/7 operations)
• Maximum flexibility for future growth and
changing businesses
• Provides advanced traffic management and high
levels of resilience making it ideal for rapidly
growing networks in demanding environments

Baystack 450 Switch

This includes the detection of full duplex for
servers and other switches and half-duplex legacy
systems and hubs.
• Security: BaySecure prevents unauthorised access
to the switches and the network infrastructure.

Features and Benefits
• Scalability - BayStack 450 stacks up to 8 units
providing up to 224 10/100 ports and the entire
stack can be managed as a single entity via a
single IP address providing ease of network
management. Also when stacked with BPS, it can
be managed via the Web, thus giving network
administrators the flexibility of management
interfaces.
• Distributed Multi Link Trunking - MultiLink
Trunking across different switches in a stack is
another key differentiation for the BayStack 450
Switches by providing high bandwidth and fault
tolerance. Aggregating ports from more than one
switch in a stack with Distributed MultiLink
Trunking can provide fail-over protection to
important network devices and servers.
LinkSafe redundant PHYs (physical connectors)
offer another way to stay connected to the
network centre, even if a cable or connector
should fail. Note how these features are
paralleled with Passport Routing Switches
features, making for an integrated
switching solution.
• FailSafe Stackability - A key differentiation for the
BayStack 450 Switches is their fail-safe stacking
feature. BayStack 450 Switches can stack up to 8

units with a cascade stacking design,
guaranteeing uptime even if any switch in the
stack should fail. Cascade cables loop stacking
signals back at point of failure, thus maintaining
the integrity of the stack, even in the unlikely
event of a switch unit failure.

Advanced Software Features:
• Full support of 802.1, including 802.1Q VLAN
trunking and 802.1p application prioritisation
• Line-rate IP Multicast Pruning
(IGMP Snooping)
• Distributed MultiLink Trunking across
the stack
• Broadcast/Multicast Rate Limiting
• 16,000 MAC addresses
• 64 port-based VLANs
• Protocol-based VLANs
• Port Mirroring
• 4 RMON groups per port
• Recovery configuration file support
• Supports 802.3x flow control on Gigabit ports
• Web-based management and security features*
• Full integration into Optivity
*Baystack 450 can be managed via the web when stacked
with the Business Policy Switch

Advanced software features of the BayStack 450
switch make it an ideal solution for the enterprise
looking for performance, guaranteed 24/7 network
availability, a range of uplink options and
redundancy for mission critical applications.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Baystack 450 Switch

BayStack 460 Switch
Overview
The BayStack 460-24T-PWR Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switch is an IEEE P802.3af draft-compliant switch
designed to power devices such as IP phones, wireless access points, and net cameras. It has 24 10/100 Mbps
ports, one MDA (Media Dependent Adapter) slot for uplink connectivity, and one cascade module slot for
stacking. It includes all of the features of Nortel Networks Business Policy Switch such as advanced Quality of
Service (QoS) and high-resiliency. The BayStack 460-24T-PWR Switch will begin to be orderable in January
2003. The switch is scheduled to ship in January 2003.
BayStack 460-24T-PWR Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switch further extends Nortel Networks Voice over IP (VoIP)
portfolio. Building on the success of the expanding BayStack family, BayStack 460 provides a resilient, secure,
stackable wiring closet switch with PoE capabilities for support of IEEE P802.3af compliant devices such as IP
phones, wireless access points, and net cameras. It delivers advanced Quality of Service (QoS) capabilities to
enable connectivity and network availability to mission-critical users and for delay-intolerant applications
such as VoIP. The BayStack 460 eliminates the need to plug IP devices into separate power outlets, making
adds, moves, and changes easier. The BayStack 460 can directly power Nortel Networks line of IP telephones
including the i2002 and i2004.
The BayStack 460-24T-PWR Power over Ethernet Switch will be one of the first IEEE P802.3af standards-based
switches in the market. Most other vendors manufacture Power over Ethernet (PoE) switches that can support
only their proprietary IP devices. With the BayStack 460, any standards compliant IP device can be powered. It
also provides investment protection by being backwards compatible with Business Policy Switch and BayStack
470-48T Policy Switch in a future software release.
Nortel Networks broad portfolio of voice and data products, offer enterprises an array of options to deliver on
the value of converged VoIP. Nortel Networks Succession solutions, Business Communications Manager,
Meridian, and BayStack are integral components of delivering true Voice over IP solutions for enterprises.

Customer Profile
• Voice over IP (VoIP) is a growing requirement of
today’s enterprises. According to Phillips InfoTech,
VoIP is expected to overtake traditional wireline
telephony by 2006. It has become increasingly
important for enterprises to have a wiring closet
switch that handles both standard LAN
connections (i.e. PCs, servers) and Power over
Ethernet for devices such as Internet telephones,
wireless access points, and net cameras.
• BayStack 460 provides investment protection for
today’s evolving enterprise networks by enabling
enterprises to gradually add IP devices to the
network while maintaining standard LAN
connectivity.

• It is an ideal solution for medium to large
enterprises with an identified need to provide
power to a range of IP devices and to deliver QoS
for mission-critical devices, applications, groups,
and users.

Key Points
• Dual functionality, supports both Power over
Ethernet (PoE) devices and standard LAN devices.
• Standards compliant, being interoperable with
other vendors’ standards-based equipment does
not force enterprises to be tied to any one vendor.
• Significant cost and space savings, by integrating
standard LAN switch functionality with power
over UTP cable of a mid-span patch panel into
one unit.

Baystack 460 Switch

• Convenient use of single cable, allowing data and
power to be transmitted over one cable without
using a power outlet.
• Plug-n-Play IP Telephony switching, provides
simplified Web-based configurations on data and
power properties.
• Seamless user migration, stackable with Business
Policy Switches and BayStack 470-48T Switches in
a future software release.
• End-to-End Voice over IP, with Succession,
Business Communications Manager, Meridian,
and BayStack being integral components of
making Voice over IP a reality for enterprise
customers.

Features and Benefits
• Power over Ethernet to IEEE P802.3af compliant
devices such as IP phones, wireless access points,
and Webcams.
• Supplies power to IP devices up to 15.4 watts per
port meeting IEEE P802.3af standards and more
than sufficiently is able to provide power to IP
devices per port.
• Auto discovery feature automatically recognizes
the connection of an IP device and immediately
sends power to it.
• Dynamic power management enables power
consumption to be configured per port and power
distribution is actively monitored based on power
current availability & port priority.

• Active circuit protection automatically disables
the port if there is a short while other ports
remain active.
• Includes resiliency and robust QoS features of
Business Policy Switch.
• Distributed MultiLink Trunking feature provides
port aggregation and fail-over connections across
different switches in a stack.
• QoS enabled for Layer 2-4 packet classification
and prioritisation to deliver connectivity and
network availability for mission-critical users or
delay-intolerant applications such as Voice
over IP.
• Fail-safe stacking and the ability to stack up to
eight switches with a 2.5 Gbps cascading
bandwidth.
• Extensive security features including EAP over
LAN (IEEE 802.1x), SNMPv3, BaySecure, Radius
authentication, and password protection.
• Common software platform provides a common
look and feel for configuration similar to other
BayStack switches to reduce deployment time.
• RPSU (Redundant Power Supply Unit) and UPS
(Uninterruptible Power Supply) Support with
BayStack 10 Power Supply Unit.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Baystack 460 Switch

BayStack 470 Switch
Overview
Part of the successful Nortel Networks BayStack* family, the BayStack 470-48T Switch is a stackable 48 port
10/100 Mbps Ethernet Layer 2 switch. It includes two built-in GBIC (Gigabit Interface Converter) uplink ports
and built-in stacking ports in a compact 1 rack-unit high design. It is designed to provide high-density desktop
connectivity for enterprise customers’ wiring closets. Its comprehensive Quality of Service (QoS) features
ensure connectivity and network availability by managing and prioritising data traffic and users for
maximum performance. It is a scalable, resilient solution that minimises capital and operational expenses.
Its robust security features offer protection against unauthorised access to data traffic.

Customer Profile
• Medium to large single-site and multi-site
enterprises with demanding network needs
including high bandwidth, high density and
reduced size.
• Customers who require QoS guarantees in their
local area network and fail-safe stackability.
• Existing Business Policy Switch users – the
BayStack 470 can be used within an existing stack
of BPS (units max). Please note this is not
compatible with the BayStack 450 or 410.
• Customers who want to implement and
support voice and video at the same time as
data applications.
• Pragmatic buyers who base their decision on
performance, business value and price
effectiveness.

Defining needs
• Are you looking for a reliable solution that will
support your business needs now and today’s
requirements?
• Do/would you like to set levels of priority for key
departments, users or applications?
• Are you considering implementing Voice over IP
(VoIP), video conferencing, on-line training and/or
video streaming on your network?
• Do you have limited space available in your
wiring closets?
• Do you currently have Business Policy Switches
installed in your network?
• Do most of your wiring closet switches have
Gigabit uplinks?

• Is high port count in a compact space at a very
attractive price important to you?

Typical Applications
• Key department or personnel prioritisation
requirements such as help desk, service teams
and/or key management
• High bandwith requirements such as multimedia
(video and application streaming), eCommerce
and Web Applications
• Delay intolerant applications such as IP telephony.

Key Points
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Industry leading QoS capabilities and features
Web based management
The size : only 1 U high
Innovative built-in stacking ports
Two built-in GBIC ports for highest uplink
capacity (2Gb) per switch in stack
Fail-safe stacking and resiliency
Authenticated switch port access and
authenticated and encypted management
Built in GBIC ports mean no additional
parts to order
Stackable with Business Policy Switches
Common software lowers training and
installation costs.

Features and Benefits
• High-density desktop connectivity – Up to eight
switches can be stacked to achieve up to 384
10/100 ports for high-density desktop switching. †

Baystack 470 Switch

• Cost-effective, simpler stacking – Two built-in
stacking ports provide simpler, quicker, and more
cost-effective stacking, as expensive stacking
modules are not required. This unique stacking
design frees up both the uplink ports for dedicated
connectivity to the backbone.
• Higher uplink capacity – Two built-in GBIC ports
for dedicated uplink connectivity to network core
switches such as Passport 8600. This doubles the
uplink bandwidth, as GBIC ports are not required
for stacking purposes. Up to 16 GBIC ports are
available for pure uplink connectivity in a full
stack – the highest in the market.
• Fail-Safe Stacking – Innovative fail-safe cascade
design assures continuous uptime even if any
switch in the stack should fail and eliminates a
single point of failure.
• Resilient connectivity for minimal network
downtime – With Nortel Networks unique
Distributed MultiLink Trunking (DMLT) feature
trunked ports can span multiple units of the stack
for fail-safe connectivity to mission critical servers
and the network centre. Passport 8600’s Split
MultiLink Trunking (SMLT) eliminates single points
of failure in the network and allows BayStack 470s
to have multiple active connections to the
network core.

• Secure access and data traffic protection –
Features include BaySecure, Radius, IP Manager
List, Access List, SNMP v3, password protection and
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) over LAN.
Nortel Networks is the only major vendor to
support SNMPv3 protocol for user authentication
and data encryption.
• High availability with QoS features – Provides
network availability for mission-critical
applications, devices, and users by classifying,
prioritising, and marking LAN traffic.
• Common software lowers training and
installation costs – All BayStack switches,
including the BayStack 470-48T, have a common
"look and feel" which reduces training costs. These
tools include Web, Command Line Interface (CLI),
menus, Optivity Network Management System
(NMS), Optivity Switch Manager (OSM) and
Optivity Policy Services (OPS).
• Save money and time with Auto MDI/MDIX
feature – This feature eliminates the need for
expensive cross-over cable while connecting to a
hub or switch. The switch port automatically can
detect the signal on the cable and configures itself
appropriately.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Baystack 470 Switch

OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet
Service Module
Overview
Service providers, seeking to extend their networks to the customer premises and to deliver differentiated
Ethernet-based services cost-effectively to multiple customers, can leverage a new class of Optical Ethernet
edge device - the OPTera Metro 1000 series of Ethernet Service Modules. The OPTera Metro 1000 series
consists of three different platforms to meet Ethernet service delivery scenarios, i.e. multi-tenant service
delivery providing Ethernet services on tenant floors, single unit/enterprise service delivery or delivery of
services from a service provider point of presence:
• OPTera Metro 1200 Ethernet Service Module
• OPTera Metro 1400 Ethernet Service Module
• OPTera Metro 1450 Ethernet Service Module
The OPTera Metro 1000 series was designed to simplify the delivery of Ethernet services. Defining a new class
of Optical Ethernet edge device, the OPTera Metro 1000 series serves as the customer demarcation point and
entry ramp onto the service provider's network. As such, the OPTera Metro 1000 series offers the industry's
first consistent Ethernet user-to-network (UNI) interface, delivering cost-effective, secure and scalable
separation of customer traffic. In addition, the OPTera Metro 1000 series supports Nortel Networks industryunique Simple End Point Provisioning, significantly simplifying the provisioning of additions or changes to the
network and driving faster time-to-revenue and customer satisfaction. The three NEBS-compliant products
deliver a variety of access options to meet service demands and transport choices. The OPTera Metro 1000
series also features QoS to enable tiered services and profitable SLAs.
Like the OPTera Metro 1200, the OPTera Metro 1400 and 1450 Ethernet Service Modules (ESM) represent a new
class of purpose-built, carrier-class edge devices that will enable service providers expand their addressable
market for Ethernet services and to quickly and easily provision all types of Ethernet services.
When combined with other Nortel Networks' products such as OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch, OPTera
Metro 3500 Multiservice Platform, or OPTera Metro 5200 Platform, service providers can offer profitable
virtual private LAN services over Fiber, and DWDM and reduce their operational costs. In an Ethernet over
Fiber scenario, the innovative Logical Provider Edge (LPE) model is utilised to eliminate the scalability and
bandwidth constraints of point-to-point, fully-meshed, or VLAN-based network models to offer virtual private
LAN services. Acting as the Services Edge element in the LPE framework, the OPTera Metro 1000 family helps
services providers:
• Increase the scalability of their service (up to tens of thousands of customers per metro),
while simplifying the network
• Speed provisioning (up to 10 times faster than a comparable RFC 2547 solution) and time-to-revenue
• Reduce operational complexity (operational expense savings up to 60% can be achieved, as compared to
RFC 2547 implementations). - For more information, read the Logical Provider Edge Technical Bulletin and/or
the Optical Ethernet Business Case for Service Providers.

OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet Service Module

Customer Profile
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RBOCs
ILECs
CLECs
PPTs
ELECs
IXCs
Incumbent and new service provider entrants

Features and Benefits
Cost-effective and scaleable entry/delivery point for
Ethernet services in the multi-tenant/multi-dwelling
units (MxUs), enterprise and service provider
point-of-presence
• Service providers are able scale their service
offerings to meet customer demand by simply
provisioning a new UNI port on an Ethernet
Service Module, as compared with adding new
equipment. Various access options to meet service
demands and range of transport alternatives to
leverage existing infrastructure
• 10/100 Mbps, 100 Mbps, Gigabit Ethernet services copper and fiber.
• Two Gigabit Ethernet uplink options: one or two
1000BASE-TX uplink ports or a dual-port Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) Gigabit Interface
Connector (GBIC), to ensure cost-effective
transport over fiber, RPR and/or DWDM. Secure
and scalable separation of customer traffic transparent and mapped VLAN support
• Support up to 500 Transparent Domain Identifiers
(TDI) or VPN Identifiers (VPN-ID) for customer
separation per OPTera Metro 1000 device.
• Unique and industry-leading approach to defining
an Ethernet UNI which is consistent across the
OPTera Metro 8000 and OPTera Metro 3500.
Simple end-point provisioning for faster service
uptime and lower cost to implement

OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet Service Module

• The OPTera Metro 1000 series is provisioned with
the relevant service SLA metrics and TDI/VPN ID
information. Using the Auto Discovery feature, it
automatically learns of other sites in the customer
network - thus avoiding the need to provision
existing network devices. When adding or deleting
a new site to an existing customer network, the
service provider needs to only provision the site,
enabling Simple End-point Provisioning. Rate
limiting and QoS features to enable tiered services
and profitable SLAs
• Effective utilisation of bandwidth by tuning
bandwidth from 1 Mbps to 1000 Mbps in
increments of 1 Mbps per port, per TDI/VPN ID.
• To avoid congestion and manage traffic
effectively, the OPTera Metro 1000 has 4 egress
queues per UNI port and 8 egress queues per
uplink port. These queues are selected based on a
service provider 802.1p mapping. They allow the
network administrator to ensure the variety of
customer traffic receive the appropriate priority.
Leverages Nortel Networks Logical Provider Edge
VPN for faster time-to-market and enhanced
profitability
• By integrating the OPTera Metro 1000 series with
the strengths of multi-protocol label switching
(MPLS), Nortel Networks LPE solution provides:
support for thousands of customer in a retail
metro environment, speeds provisioning up to 10
times faster than competing solutions such as
RFC2547, and provides support for many Provider
Edge (PE) devices, such as the OPTera Metro 1000
series, and reduces operational costs by up to
60 percent.

Technical Specifications
• Carrier-class NEBS level 3 compliance - meeting the
most rigorous electrical, environmental,
temperature and vibration standards for
reliability.
• Dual Gigabit Ethernet ports using provisionable
Multi-Link Trunking (MLT) - load sharing between
the two Gigabit Ethernet ports enables bandwidth
to be increased and ensures availability of service
with sub-second failover.
• Varying access or UNI options to meet service
demands and transport alternatives (10/100 Mbps,
100 Mbps, GE, copper, fiber). See Table 1 for UNIs
on each of the OPTera Metro 1000 modules.
• Two Gigabit Ethernet uplink options: one or two
1000BASE-TX uplink ports or a dual-port Small
Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) Gigabit Interface

Connector (GBIC) - ensuring cost-effective
transport over fiber, RPR and/or DWDM.
• Services for up to 500 customers per OPTera Metro
1000 device, by using a Transparent Domain
Identifier (TDI)/VPN Identifier (VPN-ID) for each
customer.
• Quality of Service (QoS) and Service Level
Agreement (SLA) support through: tunable
bandwidth from 1 Mbps to 100 Mbps in
increments of 1 Mbps per port or per TDI/VPN-ID,
802.1p and DSCP priorities mapping, utilisation of
4 UNI egress queues and 8 NNI egress queues.

OPTera Metro 1200

OPTera Metro 1400

OPTera Metro 1450

In-building aggregation
supports up to 100 Mbps

Adds GigE customer connectivity

Service (Customer) Ports

12ports 10/100TX ports

2-port GE SFP GBIC slots

Role
Aggregation in a point-of-presence

Service (Customer) Ports

Network Ports
2-port SFP GBIC slots1-or 2-port
1000BASE-TX

2-port GE SFP GBIC slots1-or 2port 1000BASE-TX

2-port GE SFP GBIC slots1-or 2-port
1000BASE-TX

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet Service Module

OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch
Overview
Service providers looking for ways to scale Ethernet-based services and maximize profitability need look no
further than Nortel Networks OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch. This new and innovative product delivers
unsurpassed reliability, massive bandwidth, exceptional performance and industry-leading intelligence.
Enabling a distributed logical provider edge model that replaces the complex and expensive fully meshed
metro networks of today with a dramatically simplified hub and spoke model, OPTera Metro 8000 is leading
the Optical Ethernet revolution and delivering on the promise of faster, simpler, more reliable, and more
profitable networks for leading providers. It also is the first product in the industry capable of supporting
any-to-any Layer 2 MPLS transparent LAN and VPN services.
OPTera Metro 8000, featuring the new Optical Services Module, is a flexible component of the new MPLSbased metro network, delivering intelligence as a provider edge device (PE). The Optical Services Module
brings MPLS VPN and traffic engineering capabilities to the provider edge using an array of programmable and field upgradeable -network processors. This innovative networking processing-based design delivers a
potent combination of speed and flexibility -without forklift upgrades. The OPTera Metro 8000 sets a new
standard for delivering Optical Ethernet services such as:
•
•
•
•
•

Highly scalable multipoint Layer 2 VPNs
Secure high-bandwidth metro access
Private/leased line replacement
IP VPN service scaling and interworking
MPLS-based traffic engineering and SLA support.

The OPTera Metro 8000 is available in four chassis variations, with a 10-slot NEBS-3 certified chassis and 10, 6,
and 3-slot chassis also available.

Customer Profile
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

RBOCs
ILECs
CLECs
PPTs
ELECs
IXCs
Incumbent and new service provider entrants

Features and Benefits
Industry-leading intelligence
• Any-to-any auto discovery for single point
provisioning
• MPLS VPN and traffic engineering
• Enables SLA enforcement
• Network processor-based design delivers peak
performance with investment protection
• Enables L2-L3 VPN interoperability

Bandwidth flexibility and smart tools
• Tunable bandwidth from 1M to 1000M in 1M
increments without additional network
engineering or customer equipment
• Committed rate and allowable burst using traffic
policing and shaping
• Robust QoS controls mapping a customer's
802.1p/q priority information and supporting
service levels, service type and class of service
Massive bandwidth and performance
• MPLS support optimises use of metro bandwidth
• Best in class 64Gbps full line rate
• Processing power of 96Mpps beats the
competition by 3X
• 4-port MPLS module delivers best-in-class density
(with 8-port upgrade available in a future release)

OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch

Unsurpassed reliability
• Carrier-grade network reliability and multi-site
redundancy
• MPLS reliability mechanisms
• NEBS-3 compliant chassis
• All components hot swappable and redundant
• Only device in class capable of fully redundant
configuration

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch

Passport 1424 Switch
Overview
The Passport 1424T is a fixed port L3 switch. The switch features 24 ports of 10/100 and two GBIC slots
(GBICs are ordered separately). Wire-speed routing and a non-blocking architecture provide the performance
required by today’s bandwidth sensitive applications. For applications that have even more stringent
requirements, four priority queues, with support for 802.1p and DiffServ, provide QoS within the network.
Reliability is maintained with Multi-Link Trunking support which allows a Passport 1424T to function as an
edge member of a SMLT solution. SNMP and Web management increase reliability and simplicity by providing
a simple way to configure and monitor the switch.

Customer Profile
• Primary Target Market: Small to midsize
Enterprise customers who are looking for a lower
cost high performance fixed port L3 switch for
desktop access or aggregation in the network core.
• Additional Target Markets: Large Enterprise
customers who require L3 connectivity for server
farms, aggregation points from wiring closets or
core routing for smaller remote offices. Any
Enterprise customer who will be implementing
bandwidth sensitive applications (VOIP,
Multimedia) which will require a high
performance solution that incorporates QoS,
wire speed routing and a low cost entry point.

Features and Benefits
Performance
• The Passport 1424T provides increased application
performance by enabling better bandwidth
utilisation and enhancing network performance.
The addition of QoS and L3 routing to a network
helps decrease latency, jitter and excess traffic
destined for a software router. QoS implemented
at the network edge allows traffic to be marked as
close to the application as possible, which enables
better utilisation of the network backbone.

Simplicity
• The Passport 1424T is a simple to use and maintain
network performance enhancer. With both web
based and SNMP management, the Passport 1424T
can be configured quickly with fewer errors. Fewer
errors enables faster implementation times and
fewer problems to troubleshoot. The Passport
1424T’s ability to classify traffic at the network
edge allows network administrators to set policies
based on traffic type which ensures that
applications who have special bandwidth
requirements will get the bandwidth they need.
Flexibility
• With 24 10/100 ports and 2 GBIC slots, the Passport
1424T provides enhanced connectivity for
workgroups and servers. The GBIC ports allow for
connectivity of single and multimode as well as SX
and LX connectivity. Multi-layer redundancy is
delivered by Multi-Link trunking capabilities that
provide multiple ports acting as one trunk and the
ability to participate in a Split Multi-Link
Trunk solution.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 1424 Switch

Passport 8000
Series Switches
Overview
The Nortel Networks Passport 8000 series delivers high-density, high performance Layer 2 through Layer 7
switching, routing and traffic classification to service providers, carriers and enterprises. The Passport 8000
series is a reliable, secure and intelligent solution that provides exponential increases in bandwidth, revenue
potential and a competitive edge for today's application driven networks. Because it is a modular solution, the
Passport 8000 series is a powerful solution for a variety of network locations, including enterprise wiring
closets, the enterprise network core, as customer premises equipment at the edge of the Metropolitan Area
Network (MAN) or in the Metro Optical Ethernet core. By combining different modules, the Passport 8000
series solution can support multiple access technologies, adapt to network expansion and maintain the
flexibility required for today's networks.

Customer Profile
Enterprises:
• Medium to large campus networks
- Layer 3 core
- Layer 2/3 distribution
- Layer 2/3 Edge
• Large enterprise metro networks
- Metropolitan inter-campus connectivity
• Real-time and streaming application
infrastructure
• IP Multicasting infrastructure
• Internet Telephony infrastructure
• Legacy 3Com, Cabletron and Lucent customers
• Enterprise wiring closets requiring high-density
edge switching capacity

Vertical Markets:
•
•
•
•

Finance
Healthcare
Manufacturing
Education

Multi-Tenant Unit (MTU) and Multi-dwelling
units (MDU) property developers:
•
•
•
•
•

Internet access service infrastructure
Internet telephony service infrastructure
Broadcast audio and video service infrastructure
Video on demand service infrastructure
Videoconferencing service infrastructure

Service Providers and Carriers:
• Metropolitan and regional Ethernet services
• Optical Ethernet service infrastructure
- Point of Presence
- Central Office
• Internet Data Centre
- L2 though L7
• Disaster Recovery Centre service infrastructure
• Transparent LAN service infrastructure
• Virtual Private Networking service infrastructure
• Managed service - customer premises equipment
• Internal service provider/carrier network

Passport 8000 Series Switches

• What are your plans for deploying
streaming audio or video applications?
• What are your plans for deploying
desktop-based instruction?
• What are your plans for deploying
10 Gigabit Ethernet?
• Do you plan to connect to an optical
Ethernet service provider?
• Does fibre scarcity prevent you from providing
high-speed data services to multiple sites?

Service Provider and Carriers:

Service Providers, Carriers and Property
Developers:

•
•
•
•

• Do you plan to upgrade your Metropolitan
network service to Ethernet?
• Do you want to connect your points of presence
via Ethernet?
• What are your plans for deploying 10 Gigabit
Ethernet?
• Do you require internal Ethernet Connectivity?
• What are your plans for offering Optical Ethernet
services?
• What are your plans for deploying an Internet
Data Centre?
• Is reliability critical to your customers?
• What are your plans for delivering Virtual Private
Network services?
• What are your plans for delivering Transparent
LAN services?
• What are your plans for offering streaming audio
or video services?
• What are your plans for offering Video On
Demand services?
• What are your plans for offering Internet
Telephony services?
• Do you want to be able to support hundreds of
multicasting groups?
• Is fibre scarcity a consideration for you in
deploying an Optical Ethernet Metro network?

•
•
•
•
•
•

Metropolitan Ethernet Service
Internet Data Centre
Transparent LAN services
Virtual Private Networking Services
Disaster Recovery Services
Service Provider internal networks

Key Points
High performance:
128 Gbps non-blocking switching fabric
96Mpps throughput
Wire-speed L2 through L7 packet classification
Wire-speed L2 through L7 forwarding for critical
data traffic

Resilience:
• "Five-nines" carrier-grade reliability –
no single point of failure
• Device-level redundancy – power supplies, fans,
switching fabrics, modules
• All components hot swappable
• Link-level redundancy – Multi-Link Trunking, Split
Multi-Link Trunking
• Network-level redundancy – Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), Equal Cost MultiPath (ECMP) routing
• Security: Wire-speed security filtering,
user authentication

Flexibility:
• 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
• 1 Gbps and 10 Gbps Ethernet
• Up to 384 10/100BaseTX ports, 192 100BaseFX
Ports, 128 Gigabit Ethernet ports per chassis
• OC-3 and OC-12 ATM
• OC-3 and OC-12 Packet over SONET
• Integrated Web-switching functionality

Low Cost of Ownership:

Typical Applications
Enterprise Customers:
•
•
•
•
•

Desktop switching
Enterprise core IP routing
IP Multicasting
Web hosting
Metropolitan inter-site connectivity

Passport 8000 Series Switches

• Single platform for service delivery
• Integrated L2 though L7 switching in a single
chassis
• Simple solution – L2 Access, L3 Core
• Lowered training costs

Features and Benefits
Feature

Benefit

Modular solution

One chassis with a variety of I/O modules for the
wiring closet, enterprise network core, Metro edge
or Metro Ethernet core delivers flexibility and
simplifies design, sparing, training and operations

10, 6 or 3 slot chassis, Central Office chassis

Flexible solution series that can be deployed to
meet a variety of different needs and that grows
with your customer’s network

Layer 2 thru Layer 7 switching, routing and traffic
classification

Powerful Ethernet and web-switching capabilities
in a single solution simplifies deployment and
operations

Wire-speed frame switching, web switching,
routing and classification

No performance penalty for real-time
applications that demand Quality of Service, even
during periods of network congestion

Redundant switch management / Switch Fabric
modules

No single point of failure in the switch control
plane

Load-sharing Switch Fabric modules

No wasted modules idling in standby

Hot swap on all chassis components

Prevents network outages when adding or
changing modules

IP addressable and configurable

Simplifies management and operations

Copper and fiber Ethernet, ATM and PoS support

Flexible deployment options for both enterprise
and Metropolitan connectivity needs

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 8000 Series Switches

Passport 8000 Series

Passport 8000 Chassis
8003

8006

8010

8010co

Overview
The Passport 8000 series is comprised of four chassis - the ten slot Passport 8010 and Passport 8010CO, the six
slot Passport 8006 and the three slot Passport 8003. The series also includes two categories of modules, the
Passport 8100 series Edge Switch modules and the Passport 8600 Routing Switch series modules.
The Passport 8010, 8010CO and 8006 chassis support all Passport 8000 modules. All chassis components are
hot swappable and include N+1 power redundancy. These chassis provide high density, redundant solutions
for both the wiring closet and network core:
• The 10-slot Passport 8010 chassis is designed for high-density campus wiring closet and backbones needing
the highest levels of availability and scalability.
• The Passport 8010CO chassis is a NEBS 3-compliant chassis that supports all Passport 8000 series modules.
This chassis provides Service Providers and Carriers with a fully redundant carrier class solution.
• The 6-slot chassis is designed for medium-sized, lower-density wiring closets and backbones.
• The Passport 8003 chassis supports all existing Passport 8600 series routing switch modules only.
This chassis brings all the functionality of a larger core switch to a smaller footprint.

Customer Profile
• Enterprise customers
• Service Providers and Carriers

• What are your plans for deploying desktop-based
instruction?
• What are your plans for deploying 10 Gigabit
Ethernet?
• Do you plan to connect to an optical Ethernet
service provider?
• Does fibre scarcity prevent you from providing
high-speed data services to multiple sites?

Service Providers and Carriers:
• Do you plan to upgrade your Metropolitan
network service to Ethernet?
• Do you want to connect your points of presence
via Ethernet?
• What are your plans for deploying 10 Gigabit
Ethernet?
• Do you require internal Ethernet Connectivity?
• What are your plans for offering Optical Ethernet
services?
• What are your plans for deploying an Internet
Data Centre?
• Is reliability critical to your customers?
• What are your plans for delivering Virtual Private
Network services?

Passport 8000 Chassis

• What are your plans for delivering Transparent
LAN services?
• What are your plans for offering streaming audio
or video services?
• What are your plans for offering Video On
Demand services?
• What are your plans for offering Internet
Telephony services?
• Do you want to be able to support hundreds of
multicasting groups?
• Is fibre scarcity a consideration for you in
deploying an Optical Ethernet Metro network?

Typical Applications
Enterprise Customers:
•
•
•
•
•

Desktop switching
Enterprise core IP routing
IP Multicasting
Web hosting
Metropolitan inter-site connectivity

Service Provider and Carriers:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Metropolitan Ethernet Service
Internet Data Centre
Transparent LAN services
Virtual Private Networking Services
Disaster Recovery Services
Service Provider internal networks

Key Points
High performance:
•
•
•
•

128 Gbps non-blocking switching fabric
96Mpps throughput
Wire-speed L2 through L7 packet classification
Wire-speed L2 through L7 forwarding for critical
data traffic

Low Cost of Ownership:
• Single platform for service delivery
• Integrated L2 though L7 switching in a
single chassis
• Simple solution – L2 Access, L3 Core
• Lowered training costs

Passport 8000 Chassis

Features and Benefits
Feature

Benefit

Modular solution

10, 6 or 3 slot chassis, Central Office chassis

Flexible solution series that can be deployed to meet
a variety of different needs and that grows with
your customer’s network

Layer 2 thru Layer 7 switching, routing and traffic
classification

Powerful Ethernet and web-switching capabilities in
a single solution simplifies deployment and
operations

Wire-speed frame switching, web switching,
routing and classification

No performance penalty for real-time applications
that demand Quality of Service, even during periods
of network congestion

Redundant switch management / Switch Fabric
modules

No single point of failure in the switch control plane

Load-sharing Switch Fabric modules

Prevents network outages when adding or changing
modules

Hot swap on all chassis components

No wasted modules idling in standby

Simplifies management and operations
IP addressable and configurable
Copper and fiber Ethernet, ATM and PoS support

Flexible deployment options for both enterprise and
Metropolitan connectivity needs

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 8000 Chassis

Passport 8100
Edge Switching Modules
Description
The Passport 8100 series Edge Switching modules deliver Layer 2 switching to the Passport 8000 platform.
Typically deployed in wiring closet applications, the Passport 8100 series Edge Switch modules are supported
in the Passport 8010, Passport 8006 and Passport 8010CO chassis. At least one Passport 8190 Switch
Management module is required per chassis. Two Passport 8190 Switch Management modules ensure
redundancy and sub-second fail over for maximum switch resilience. VLAN support and Layer 2 priority
marking offer customers flexibility and efficiency.

Customer Profile
Enterprises deploying:
• Enterprise wiring closets requiring high-density
edge switching capacity
• Customers who require a Layer 2 switch for
aggregation with either copper or fibre
• Customers using 100BASE-FX for desktop
connectivity or backbones
• Real-time and streaming applications
• IP Multicasting
• Internet Telephony

Service providers and carriers:
• Internal wiring closets requiring high-density
edge switching capacity
• Internal Layer 2 switching for aggregation with
either copper or fibre
• Connectivity where 100BASE-FX for desktop
connectivity is required

Vertical Markets:
•
•
•
•

Finance
Healthcare
Manufacturing
Education

• Do you plan to unify your communications onto
one network?
• Do you plan to deploy Internet telephony?
• Do you plan to deploy videoconferencing on your
data network?
• Do you plan to deploy streaming audio or video
applications?
• Do you plan to deploy desktop-based instruction?

Typical Applications
• Desktop Switching
• Power User Group eg Graphic Workstations
• Wiring Closet aggregation

Key Points
•
•
•
•
•
•

High Density Layer 2 switching
Low Cost
Advanced Features
Redundancy
Operational Simplicity
Powerful Management

Defining needs
• Do you plan to upgrade your existing wiring
closets from hubs to switching?
• Do you plan do migrate your network from ATM
or Token Ring to Ethernet?
• Is reliability critical to your business?

Passport 8100 Edge Switching Modules

Features and Benefits
Feature

Benefit

50 Gbps forwarding performance

High capacity switching for high-density wiring
closets

10, 6 or Central Office chassis, Central Office
chassis

Flexible solution series that can be deployed to meet
a variety of different needs and that grows with
your customer’s network

384 10/100BaseTX ports, 128 100BaseFX ports, or 64
copper or Fibre Gigabit Ethernet ports

High density for large wiring closet applications

Redundant switch management

No single point of failure in the switch control plane

Sub-second switch Management fail-over

Prevents service and network management
interruption
No single point of failure in the switch control plane

Redundant switch management / Switch Fabric
modules

No wasted modules idling in standby

Load-sharing Switch Fabric modules

Prevents network outages when adding or changing
modules

Hot swap on all chassis components

Simplifies management and operations
Flexible support for IP multicast applications

IP addressable and configurable
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)
snooping multicast support

Simple, flexible and powerful network management
options

Fully manageable and configurable with Command
Line Interface (CLI) or graphic user interface (GUI)
tools

Fewer devices to manage than with "pileables" or
"stackables"; more flexibility in the wiring closet

Modular solution

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 8100 Edge Switching Modules

Passport 8600 Series
Routing Switches
Overview
The Passport 8600 series Routing Switch modules deliver a powerful and highly reliable routing solution,
providing hardware-based Layer 2 through Layer 7 routing and traffic classification. These modules are
specifically designed to offer high redundancy, high-density and high-bandwidth connections, wire speed
performance and penalty-free QoS support to Enterprises, Service Providers and Carriers. Passport 8600 series
Routing Switch modules typically reside in the Enterprise or Service Provider/Carrier network core. Ethernet
connectivity options include 10/100 Mbps and 1Gbps copper, 100 Mbps, 1 Gbps fiber, 10 Gbps fibre (future) and
OC-3/OC-12 ATM/PoS. Passport 8691 switch management modules provide redundancy, load sharing and
sub-second fail-over. Wire-speed Quality of Service for business-critical applications is achieved though packet
classification via DiffServ or IEEE 802.1p and queuing via eight hardware queues per port.
The Nortel Networks Passport 8600 series Routing Switch modules deliver a reliable, secure and intelligent
network routing solution. Hardware-based wire speed performance enables fast and efficient traffic
classification, policy enforcement and filtering, benefiting time-sensitive applications such as video and voice
and revenue-generating applications requiring Quality of Service such as Web transaction processing and
personalised content. The Passport 8600 series Routing Switch modules provide a robust, secure and
intelligent platform that delivers a true competitive edge through performance, intelligence and five
nines reliability.

Vertical Markets:
•
•
•
•

Finance
Healthcare
Manufacturing
Education

Multi-Tenant Unit (MTU) and Multi-dwelling
units (MDU) property developers:
•
•
•
•
•

Passport 8600 Series Routing Switches

Defining needs
Enterprise Customers:
• Is reliability critical to your business?
• Do you plan to upgrade your existing Ethernet
network?
• Do you plan do migrate your network from ATM
or Token Ring to Ethernet?
• Do you plan to unify your communications onto
one network?
• What are your plans for deploying web hosting
services?
• Do you have mission-critical traffic requiring
prioritisation?
• What are your plans for deploying Quality of
Service?
• What are your plans for deploying Internet
telephony?
• What are your plans for deploying streaming
audio or video applications?
• What are your plans for deploying desktop-based
instruction?
• What are your plans for deploying 10 Gigabit
Ethernet?
• Do you plan to connect to an optical Ethernet
service provider?
• Does fibre scarcity prevent you from providing
high-speed data services to multiple sites?

Service Providers, Carriers and Property
Developers:
• Do you plan to upgrade your Metropolitan
network service to Ethernet?
• Do you want to connect your points of presence
via Ethernet?
• What are your plans for deploying 10 Gigabit
Ethernet?
• Do you require internal Ethernet Connectivity?
• What are your plans for offering Optical Ethernet
services?
• What are your plans for deploying an Internet
Data Centre?
• Is reliability critical to your customers?
• What are your plans for delivering Virtual Private
Network services?
• What are your plans for delivering Transparent
LAN services?

Passport 8600 Series Routing Switches

• What are your plans for offering streaming audio
or video services?
• What are your plans for offering Video On
Demand services?
• What are your plans for offering Internet
Telephony services?
• Do you want to be able to support hundreds of
multicasting groups?
• Is fibre scarcity a consideration for you in
deploying an Optical Ethernet Metro network?

Typical Applications
Enterprise Customers:
•
•
•
•
•

Power-user desktop switching
Enterprise core IP routing
IP Multicasting
Web hosting
Metropolitan inter-site connectivity

Service Provider and Carriers:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Metropolitan Ethernet Service
Internet Data Centre
Transparent LAN services
Virtual Private Networking Services
Disaster Recovery Services
Service Provider internal networks

Key Points
High performance:
•
•
•
•

128 Gbps non-blocking switching fabric
96Mpps throughput
Wire-speed L2 through L7 packet classification
Wire-speed L2 through L7 forwarding for critical
data traffic

Resilience:
• "Five-nines" carrier-grade reliability –
no single point of failure
• Device-level redundancy – power supplies, fans,
switching fabrics, modules
• All components hot swappable

• Link-level redundancy – Multi-Link Trunking, Split
Multi-Link Trunking
• Network-level redundancy – Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), Equal Cost MultiPath (ECMP) routing
• Security: Wire-speed security filtering, user
authentication

Flexibility:
•
•
•
•
•

10/100 Mbps Ethernet
1 Gbps and 10 Gbps Ethernet
OC-3 and OC-12 ATM
OC-3 and OC-12 Packet over SONET/SDH
Integrated Web-switching functionality

Low Cost of Ownership:
• High Performance
• Optical Ethernet Ready

Features and Benefits
Feature

Benefit

Modular solution

One chassis with a variety of I/O modules for the
wiring closet, Enterprise network core, Metro edge or
Metro Ethernet core delivers flexibility and simplifies
design, sparing, training and operations

10, 6 or 3 slot chassis, Central Office chassis

Flexible solution series that can be deployed to meet
a variety of different needs and that grows with your
customer’s network

Layer 2 thru Layer 7 switching, routing and traffic
classification

Powerful Ethernet and web-switching capabilities in
a single solution simplifies deployment and
operations

Wire-speed frame switching, web switching, routing
and classification

No performance penalty for real-time applications
that demand Quality of Service, even during periods
of network congestion

Redundant switch management / Switch Fabric
modules

No single point of failure in the switch control plane

Load-sharing Switch Fabric modules

Prevents network outages when adding or changing
modules

Hot swap on all chassis components

No wasted modules idling in standby

Simplifies management and operations
IP addressable and configurable
Copper and fibre Ethernet, ATM and PoS support

Flexible deployment options for both enterprise and
Metropolitan connectivity needs

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 8600 Series Routing Switches

OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Switch

BayRS Access
Stack Node (ASN)
Overview
Nortel Networks Access Stack Node (ASN) is a stackable router that provides cost-effective solutions for
Enterprise network centres. Nortel Networks Switched Internetworking Services (BaySIS) operating in the
ASN offers features for today's evolving internetworks with migration to the future of switched
intra– and internetworking.
Multiple units of ASNs stacked together are seamlessly integrated for management as a single router.
This architecture eases the management of a growing network because adding interfaces beyond a unit's
capacity does not require replacement of routers - or additional complexity - in the network. A stack of
four ASNs supports up to 48 network interfaces with forwarding performance up to 200,000 packets per
second (pps).
The ASN maximises connectivity and enhances interoperability by supporting all major network and
bridging protocols, wide area services and IBM standards. Additionally, the ASN's fault-resilient system
software ensures high network availability.

Customer Profile

Features and Benefits

• Enterprise network centres
• Small to medium enterprises as a
single node
• Large enterprises as a stacked node

• Simplified installation management through:
– Nortel Networks Optivity
– Bay Command Console
– SPEX-HS
– EZ Install, EZ Update Optimised network
performance with:
– Data compression
– Bandwidth reservation
– Bandwidth-on-demandFast packet cache
• Redundant power
– High-performance processor
– LAN and serial Interfaces
– Progressive traffic management
– Hardware-based data compression coprocessor
net module

Typical Applications
Multiprotocol branch access routing where a large
range or number of interfaces is required. Core
router for small to medium enterprises as a single
node, for large enterprises as a stacked node.

Key Points
• The ASN is a stackable router that provides
scaleable and cost-effective solutions for
enterprise networks
– Integrate multiple (up to 4), stacked units for
management as a single router
– Maximise connectivity and enhance
interoperability through the ASN’s support of
all major networking and bridging protocols,
wide area services and IBM standards
– Meet the connectivity needs of remote and
campus offices with ASN’s LAN and WAN interfaces

BayRS Access Stack Node (ASN)

• Gives you comprehensive network management
capabilities, enabling you to simplify
management of single and multiple routers
locally or remotely
• Reduces WAN costs through efficient
bandwidth usage
• Enables further increases in forwarding
performance
• Enables network resiliency by providing backup
• Maintains high filtering and forwarding across
the ASN’s network interfaces

• Provides network connectivity via a selection of
net modules that provide Ethernet, 100 Base-T
(Fast Ethernet), Token Ring, FDDI, Synchronous,
T1, E1, ISDN BRI, and ISN
• PRI interfaces to meet a wide variety of
connectivity requirements
• Allows dynamic control of network traffic based
on application, user, or other criteria
• Allows CPU resources to be used for higher
throughput or other processing functions

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

BayRS Access Stack Node (ASN)

BayRS Advance Remote Node (ARN)
Overview
Nortel Networks Advanced Remote Node (ARN) router delivers a comprehensive set of branch office
functionality, enabling organisations to achieve significant competitive advantages. Its modular design
provides the capability to build highly flexible networks, delivers high performance throughput and supports
a wide range of field-upgradeable LAN and WAN options for data communication.

Automated
Teller
Machine
(ATM)

Student
Records

Fire Security
Service

Teller
Terminal
Concentrator

Banking
Headquarters

ATM
Server

ISDN
Regional
School
District

Fire Security
Service

ARN

Public LAN
(Studnets)

ARN

Credit/Debit
Authorization
Service

Banking
Headquarters

Frame Relay,
X.25, PPP,
SMDS, ATM
Internet
ARN
PSTM

Restricted LAN
Administrations
Fire Security
Service

Customer Profile
Multiprotocol branch access routing where
support for a wide range and number of
interfaces is required.

Cash
Register
Concentrator

Credit/Debit
Device

Its design integrates the functions of multiple
devices to reduce the complexity of remote network
management. As a result, the ARN significantly
lowers the total cost of ownership and provides the
highest degree of investment protection for
enterprise networks.

Typical Applications
Nortel Networks Advanced Remote Node (ARN) is a
branch access router that provides enhanced
connectivity and forwarding capabilities for remote
locations. A Motorola 33 MHZ 68040 microprocessor
ensures high forwarding and filtering rates, scaling
up to 25,000 pps across each of its network
interfaces. The ARN provides highspeed WAN
connectivity, high interface density, legacy traffic
transport, dial services, dual LAN support, and
available RMON hardware/software support.

Key Points
Nortel Networks BayRS Advanced Remote Node
(ARN) router delivers a comprehensive set of branch
office functionality, enabling organisations to
achieve significant competitive advantages.
Its modular design provides the capability to build
highly flexible networks, delivers high performance
throughput and supports a wide range of fieldupgradeable LAN and WAN options for data
communication.

The Advanced Remote Node (ARN) delivers the
performance and modularity to solve today’s
application needs and meets the increasing
demands of the evolving corporate intranet.

BayRS Advance Remote Node (ARN)

Features and Benefits

Interfaces

• Extended Interface Density and Flexibility;
Optimised Bandwidth
• Supports High Performance Architecture (HPA)
• Advanced Quality of Service (QoS) and Routing
Capabilities
• Traffic Prioritisation
• Dial Optimised Routing
• Data Compression on a per circuit/link basis
• Diffserv
• EZ Install

2 WAN adaptor modules capable of supporting
• Serial: V.35/X.21
• ISDN BRI: S/T/U
• E1 and Fractional E1: RJ45 or BNC
• LAN: 10/100BaseTx, 100BaseFx, Token Ring

Protocols
• WAN: Frame Relay, PPP, X.25, SMDS, and IP
• LAN: Ethernet, Token Ring

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

BayRS Advance Remote Node (ARN)

BayRS
Backbone Node (BN)
Overview
Nortel Networks award winning, industrial strength Backbone Node (BN) consists of the Backbone Link Node
(BLN©) and Backbone Concentrator Node (BCN©) - multiprotocol routers designed to satisfy the high
performance and availability requirements of the most demanding mission-critical backbone internetworks.

Customer Profile
• Large Enterprises with mission-critical backbone
internetworks
• Multivendor, multiprotocol environments

Typical Applications
Multiprotocol core routing

Key Points
The BN products feature a symmetric multiprocessor
architecture that uses multiple MC68040- or
MC68060-based Fast Routing Engine (FRE)
processors, multiple dual PowerPC microprocessorbased ATM Routing Engine (ARE) processor modules
and a 1 Gbps Parallel Packet Express (PPX) to deliver
industry-leading performance and availability.
Configured with Nortel Networks Routing Services
(BayRS) software, the BLN and BCN provide
multiprotocol routing and bridging, to maximise
connectivity and interoperability in multivendor,
multiprotocol environments. Comprehensive
hardware and software redundancy features
provide complete fault resiliency, while dynamic
reconfiguration and hot-swap features allow on-line
changes in hardware and software configurations.
• Backbone Node is the leading multi-protocol
router with a symmetric multi-processor
architecture

– High performance: over 3 Mpps aggregate
performance
– Scalable: routes, VCs, VPN tunnels, compression
– Resilient: hot swap, redundancy,
HW & SW fault isolation
• Tight integration with campus backbone – frame
or cell
• Platform for delivery of enhanced IP Services and
migration to IP optimised networks
– Highly scalable routing protocols
(OSPF, BGP4)
– Multiprotocol migration
(IPX, SNA, Appletalk)
– WAN access (ATM, Frame Relay,
leased lines)

Features and Benefits
• High performance, Power PC-based technology
– Over 400Kpps per slot, Aggregate throughput
of 5M ppsHigh performance
link interfaces support up to 1G/sec of packet
forwarding
– Single port Gigabit Enet (SX & LX)
• Full Duplex, Flow control
– Four port 10/100BT
• Full Duplex, N-way Negotiation, Auto-sense, Flow
control
• Complements Passport switches
– 802.1q VLANs
• Memory expandable up to 128M

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

BayRS Backbone Node (BN)

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway
Overview
The Contivity Secure IP Services Gateways are the perfect answer for Enterprises building managed IP Virtual
Private Networks (VPNs) — for intranets, extranets and remote access. A single hardware device provides
advanced IP routing, firewall, bandwidth management, encryption, authentication and data integrity for
secure tunnelling across managed IP networks and the Internet. It is easy to answer an organisation’s
networking requirements — whether providing the service to one’s own organisation or as a managed service
provided to Enterprise customers. One box provides a full range of features for building high-performance,
scalable, secure IP VPNs.

Customer Profile
The Contivity Secure IP Services Gateways are the
perfect answer for all Enterprises building managed
IP VPNs for intranets, extranets and remote access.

network. The Contivity Secure IP Services Gateways
integrates all of the necessary VPN technologies into
a single platform such as routing, firewall,
bandwidth management, encryption,
authentication and data integrity for secured
tunnelling across the Internet.

Typical Applications
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateways are used to
create IP-based VPNs, which provide connections to
employees, customers, suppliers, partners and
organisations and foster communication,
collaboration and eBusiness. VPNs require a new
class of product to support large-scale access with
high security and centralised management. Only the
Contivity VPN Switch integrates all the features
needed to build a high performance, scalable and
secure VPN.
Nortel Networks offer a complete VPN solution with
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateways. The solution
includes site-to-site encrypted tunnelling; IPSec
encryption from the switch to the desktop;
integrated configuration and management
software; simplified interfaces for both switch
administration and for the IPSec Client; an
integrated Authorisation, Authentication and
Accounting (AAA) server and flexible and scalable
VPN deployment options.
Nortel Networks high performance VPN platforms
enable one to access the Enterprise network
anytime, anywhere, through a secure virtual private

Key Points
• A single hardware device that provides routing,
firewall, bandwidth management, encryption,
authentication and data integrity for secure
tunnelling across managed IP networks and the
Internet. One box provides a full range of features
for building high-performance, scalable, secure
IP VPNs.
• Contivity’s Secure IP Services – Advanced Routing,
full VPN capabilities, and Stateful Firewall – can
now be purchased and implemented
independently
• Cost Savings - using the Internet or a Managed IP
Service as the wide area transport allows
connections to be local to the users
• The Internet provides a world wide presence
• Easy to scale the network - also allows for fullmesh connectivity
• Provides a secure and fast method to
communicate with business partners and
suppliers
• Can also leverage the Service Provider’s backbone
for a consistent level of performance and SLAs additional provider services may be available

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway

Features and Benefits

Contivity 2700

Secure IP Services Gateways (supporting both Branch
and Client tunnels)

Up to 2,000 tunnels

Contivity 1700
Up to 500 tunnels
Hardware Features:
• Memory:
• Standard – 128 MB (Maximum – 256MB)
• 850 MHz processor
• One PCI expansion slot
• LAN/WAN interfaces:
Standard

• Memory:
– Standard – 128 MB (Maximum – 256MB)
•
•
•
•

1.33 GHz processor
Three PCI expansion slots
LAN/WAN interfaces:
Standard
– 2 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports
– Management/console port (DB-9)

• Optional
– Additional 10/100Base-T Ethernet

– 2 10/100 Base-T Ethernet ports

– Single-port V.35/X.21

– Management/console port (DB-9)

– T1 with integrated CSU/DSU

Optional
– Additional 10/100 Base-T Ethernet
– Single-port V.35/X.21
– T1 with integrated CSU/DSU
• Encryption accelerator card
Software Features:
Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 5 VPN tunnels
and IP routing (RIPv2)
– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license
Optional , via Software Licence Keys
– Contivity VPN Upgrade to 500 VPN tunnels*
– Contivity Stateful Firewall

– High Speed Serial Interface (HSSI)
• Encryption accelerator card
• Software Features:
• Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 5 VPN tunnels
and IP routing (RIPv2)
– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license
Optional , via Software Licence Keys
– Contivity VPN Upgrade to 2,000 VPN tunnels*
– Contivity Stateful Firewall
– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
bandwidth management)
– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC and UNIX

– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
bandwidth management)

• CD and on-line HTML documentation

– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC and
UNIX

*Note: Contivity with standard software and 2000
VPN tunnel license can be purchased as a single
bundled model number.

• CD and on-line HTML documentation
*Note: Contivity with standard software and 500
VPN tunnel license can be purchased as a single
bundled model number.

Hardware Features:

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway

Contivity 4600

Contivity 1010/1050

Up to 5,000 tunnels

Up to 30 tunnels

Hardware Features:

• Memory:
– Standard – 256 MB (Maximum – 1 Gigabyte)

• Memory: 128 MB RAM; 32 MB Flash
• LAN/WAN interfaces:
– Contivity 1010

•
•
•
•

Dual 800 MHz processors
Five PCI expansion slots
LAN/WAN interfaces:
Standard
– 2 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports
– Management/console port (DB-9)

• Optional
– Additional 10/100Base-T Ethernet
– Single-port V.35/X.21
– Dual-port V.35
– T1 with integrated CSU/DSU
– High Speed Serial Interface (HSSI)
• Encryption accelerator card
• Dual, redundant, auto-switching power supply
system with dual line cords
• Dual, redundant storage system
• Software Features:
• Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 5,000 VPN
tunnels and IP routing (RIPv2)
– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license

– 2 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports (RJ-45)
– Management/console port (DB-9)
Contivity 1050
– 1 10/100 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45)
– 4-port 10/100 Ethernet switch (RJ-45)
– Management/console port (DB-9)
• Software Features:
• Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 5 VPN tunnels
and IP routing (RIPv2)
– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license
Optional, via Software Licence Keys
– Contivity VPN upgrade to 30 VPN tunnels
– Contivity Stateful Firewall
– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
bandwidth management)
– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC
and UNIX
• CD and on-line HTML documentation

• Optional , via Software Licence Keys
– Contivity Stateful Firewall
– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
Bandwidth management)
– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC and
UNIX
• CD and on-line HTML documentation

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway

Contivity 1100

Contivity 600

Up to 30 tunnels

Up to 50 tunnels

Hardware Features:

• Two PCI expansion slots
• LAN/WAN interfaces:
• Standard
– 1 10/100 Base-T Ethernet (RJ-45)

• Memory: 128 MB

– 4-port 10/100 Ethernet switch (RJ-45)
– Management/console port (DB-9)
Optional
– Additional 10/100Base-T Ethernet Interface
Card
– Single-port V.35/X.21 Interface Card
– T1 with integrated CSU/DSU Interface Card
– V.90 Dial Modem Interface Card (2Q03)
– E1 Interface Card (2Q03)
– ISDN BRI with integrated S/T/U Interface Card
(2Q03)
• Software Features:
• Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 5 VPN tunnels
and IP routing (RIPv2)

• LAN/WAN interfaces:
• Standard
– 2 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports
– Management/console port (DB-9)
Optional
– Additional 10/100Base-T Ethernet
– Single-port V.35/X.21
– T1 with integrated CSU/DSU
• Software Features:
• Standard
– Contivity VPN O/S software with 50 VPN
tunnels and IP routing (RIPv2)
– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license
Optional, via Software Licence Keys
– Contivity Stateful Firewall

– Contivity VPN Client software for MS-Windows
with unlimited distribution license

– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
Bandwidth management)

Optional, via Software Licence Keys

– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC and
UNIX

– Contivity VPN Upgrade to 30 VPN tunnels
– Contivity Stateful Firewall
– Contivity Advanced Routing (OSPF, VRRP,
bandwidth management)
– Contivity Multi-OS VPN Client for MAC
and UNIX
• CD and on-line HTML documentation

• One PCI expansion slot

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway

• CD and on-line HTML documentation
Branch VPN Switches (support for Branch Office
tunnels only):

Contivity 100

Remote Access:

• 8MB Flash memory

• Cost effective remote access services with ability
to leverage the Internet. Variety of access options
– from 56 Kbps to multi-megabit supporting
dedicated telecommuters and travelling
employees

Interfaces:

Branch to Branch:

• Dual 10/100 Ethernet ports

• Leverage the Internet for WAN connectivity to
remote or branch office locations – cheaper than
Frame Relay

• Fixed configuration platforms
• Pentium-class 300 MHZ processor
• 16MB memory

• Serial port (out-of-band or PPP)
• Single and dual Analogue ports
• ISDN
• Dual or Triple Ethernet
• Contivity 100 software
• 5 branch Tunnels

• Provide secure tunnelled connections for branch
locations
• Simultaneously allow secure dial-in user
connections to branches
• Create branch tunnels on demand
• Create a routed tunnelled mesh between
branches
Extranet:

Contivity 400
• Fixed configuration platforms
• Pentium-class 500 MHZ processor
• 64MB memory
• 8MB Flash memory
Interfaces:
• Dual 10/100 Ethernet ports
• Serial port (out-of-band or PPP)
• 7-port 10/100 Ethernet switch
• V.35 and 10/100 Ethernet
• T1 (CSU/DSU)/E1/V.35/X.21 and ISDN back-up
• V.90 dual Analogue modems
• ISDN (with and without NT1)

• Flexibility, highly secure, ubiquitous access to B2B
partner sites/resources
• Contivity can consolidate VPN, firewall, Routing,
Policy and QOS services in one platform that
greatly reduces cost of operations
• Time to market – set-up partners with access in
hours not weeks or months
• Improved security, performance, management
over simple HTTPs/SSL
• Transparency – VPN deploys seamless into
existing network and interworks with existing
routers, firewalls and directory (authentication)
services
• Reduced cost – eliminates costly private lines in
favour of lower cost IP access

• Built-in web cache
• Contivity 400 software
• 30 branch tunnels

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your Local Nortel Networks Representative.

Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway

Passport 2430
BayRS Access Router
Overview
Nortel Networks Passport 2430 Multiservice Access Router is a high-performance, flexible, yet low-cost
branch-office solution. It’s flexible WAN and LAN options, small size and quiet operation make the Passport
2430 switch the ideal solution for any small branch office. The Passport 2430 meets the business needs of
flexible connectivity, ease of use and high performance for small branch environments at a cost-effective
price. Offering a broad range of end-to-end multiservice solutions.

Customer Profile

Key Points

All Enterprises who require multiprotocol
branch access.

• Delivers high performance at a low price
• Provides flexible connectivity through integrated
transmission device
• Simplifies management with Optivity applications
• Maximises investment protection through a
modular architecture and easily-upgraded WAN
adapter versions

Typical Applications
Multiprotocol branch access routing

Features and Benefits
•
•
•
•
•

Low cost branch access
Increased network performance
Flexible, reliable and secure networking
Advanced multiprotocol routing
Virtual Private Networking (VPN)

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 2430 BayRS Access Router

System Processor with ATM Interface
and (2) 10/100BaseT ports

Passport 5430
BayRS Router

ARN WAN
Modules

T1/E1 PMC

Expansion module with
2 PMC slots

Dual Sync PMC

V.34 Remote Console Modem

Overview
The Passport 5430 integrates the modularity of the BayStack Advanced Remote Node (ARN) router with
a next-generation architecture to support performance-intensive "Power Branch" environments.
The Passport 5430 solution reduces WAN operating costs by incorporating multiple features to integrate
voice, video and data across a choice of WAN services.

Customer Profile
• Customers whose applications demand high
bandwidth at remote sites
– ATM on the WAN
– Financial Industry
• Vertical Specific Applications pushing large
amounts of data
• Customers whose applications require
prioritisation (QOS/COS)
– Dramatic increase in traffic
– Needs more advanced Traffic Management
(DiffServ, WFQ, WRED)
– Needs business-critical traffic prioritised over
non critical traffic
– Using new latency-sensitive applications
like VoIP
– Wants policy-based services across network
infrastructure

Typical Applications
• Multiprotocol branch access routing where a
large range or number of interfaces is required.
• Core router for small to medium enterprises.

Key Points
• Robust routing with scalability, performance
and QoS
• Voice/data convergence
• Flexibility
– Modular configuration to match site
requirements today and tomorrow
– Interfaces configurable for changing
applications

• Serviceability/manageability
– Optivity management, directory and
policy services
– All active components serviceable without
removing chassis
• Control of life-cycle costs
– Excellent price/performance
– Investment protection
– Exploit changing WAN service tariffs (ATM,
PPP, FR, VPN)
– Common and simplified operations reduce
impact and costs

Features and Benefits
• Advanced IP and Multiprotocol Routing
• IP QoS Services
– Differentiated Services (DiffServ)
– Optivity policy-based management (COPS)
– Integrated services (Intserv) with RSVP
• Secure VPN End Node
– Interoperability with Contivity
– IPSec, PKI, L2TP, GRE, NAT, BGP
– Hardware encryption module planned
• Superior multicast routing
– Highest performing multicast support in
the industry
– PIM-SM, MOSPF, DVMRP, IGMP Relay

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 5430 BayRS Router

Passport 4400
Multiservice Access Switch
Overview
Nortel Networks Passport 4400 Series Multiservice Access Switches provide robust and flexible networking for
all types of branch traffic. Voice, fax, video, LAN and other data services such as frame relay, SNA, SDLC, X.25,
async and HDLC are carried over a choice of link options to provide efficient,
reliable and easily managed services for mission-critical, time-sensitive applications.

Customer Profile
The Passport 4400 Multiservice Access Switch
delivers powerful, integrated multiservice
networking for the Enterprise. It is typically used as a
central site solution for small- to medium-sized
networks. The Passport 4400 is also ideal for large
Enterprise or carrier networks, providing high
performance branch access. Fully scalable, it is
suitable for remote networks comprising as few as
two nodes to as many as several thousands when
deployed in conjunction with the Passport 6400 or
7400 series.

Defining needs
• Do you want to reduce your STD and ISD
telephone charges? The Passport 4400 allows the
integration of voice and data networks to allow
long distance calls to be carried over the data
backbone with full voice quality.
• Do you want to consolidate all of your legacy
data services? The Passport 4400 allows legacy
X.25, asynch, SNA and other proprietry host
networks to be carried over a single network
infrastructure.

Typical Applications
Nortel Networks recognises that deploying separate
networks for voice, video and data is a challenging
task. It leads to ineffective bandwidth use,
application inflexibility and added complexity. The
solution is network consolidation over a single
platform. Network consolidation provides cost
savings, improves business communications and
increases efficiency.

Nortel Networks Passport 4400 Multiservice
switches provide flexible networking for all types of
branch office traffic over a single network
infrastructure. Voice, fax, video, LAN and other data
services such as Frame Relay, SNA, SDLC, X.25, asynch
and HDLC are carried over a choice of link options to
provide efficient, reliable and easily managed
services for mission-critical applications.
The Passport 4400 switches add value to enterprise
networks through key benefits such as:
• Bandwidth Savings - achieve bandwidth savings
through dynamic bandwidth allocation, voice
and data compression, silence suppression, fax
demodulation and optimised LAN access
protocols.
• Branch Office Consolidation - the Passport 4400
provides access consolidation for your branch
office including voice, fax, video, LAN, SNA and
data services across a single network link
• Scalability - the Passport 4400 can support
thousands of nodes when used with the Passport
6400 series of ATM Enterprise network switches.
• Low Cost of Operations - the Passport 4400 is
based on switched virtual circuits, avoiding a
large number of provisioned connections.

Key Points
• The Passport 4400 Series includes the
Passport 4430, Passport 4450, Passport 4455
and Passport 4460
• The Passport 4430 model provides the lowest cost
solution for branch office termination

Passport 4400 Multiservice Access Switch

• The Passport 4450 provides added termination
capacity for larger branch and small regional
offices
• The Passport 4455 model provides additional
performance to address the needs of large
regional and small central site requirements
• The Passport 4460 model delivers the
performance and voice termination capacity to
address the central site requirements of small to
medium-sized networks
• For large networks, central site traffic
termination can be provided via the
Passport 6400 series

Features and Benefits

• Multiple classes of service (5), integrated for endto-end QoS
• Priorities mapped to backbone ensure
end-to-end quality and integrity
• Prioritisation for various IP applications
• Key reliability and network assurance features
• Low-cost dial-backup for all traffic, integrated
redundant power, commit and auto-rollback (s/w
& config), backup & restore configs; proven
cost-effective mission-critical networks
• Award-winning voice services
– proven voice quality
• Full 24/30 channels of the standard
G.729 voice
• "Single-hop" call routing across the network

• Cost-effectiveness and scalability - ease of
provisioning and maintenance using SVCs and
SPVCs plus ongoing manageability simplified by
integrated network management
• Integrated WAN solution end-to-end from single
vendor - Passport 6400/7400 for highperformance at large sites, Passport 4400
optimised for lots of smaller branch sites
– integrated solution

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 4400 Multiservice Access Switch

Passport 6400 Multiservice
Enterprise Switch
Overview
Building separate networks for ATM, voice, video and data is costly and inefficient. Nortel Networks Passport
6400 are scalable multi-service solutions that allow integration of LAN/WAN services into a single easily
managed solution over leased lines, public/private frame relay or ATM. Nortel Networks Passport 6400
multi-service solutions consolidate diverse networks over a common platform, providing cost savings,
operational simplicity and QoS optimised network infrastructure.

Customer Profile

Typical Applications

The Passport 6400 multi-service solution is designed
for Enterprise customers who are looking for
network consolidation on voice, video, LAN and data
traffic in a common network infrastructure. It
provides a very scalable platform to support - from
several nodes up to 1000 nodes. It provides excellent
solutions for Enterprise sectors such as Finance,
Government, Utilities and Call Centres.

The Passport 6400 series supports all common
applications that are required in the Enterprise
customer environment. Typical applications include:
• Backbone solution for branch access
(eg Passport 4400)
• Voice/fax networking for PBX
• LAN services (bridging, IP, IPX)
• Provide layer 2 connectivity (eg ATM, FR)
for existing data equipment/network
• Video conferencing
• IBM services (APPN & SNA) or legacy data
(X.25, Async)

Passport Backbone

Passport 6400 Multiservice Enterprise Switch

Key Points
• Bandwidth Savings – achieve bandwidth savings
through dynamic bandwidth allocation, voice
(8K) and data compression, silence suppression,
fax demodulation and optimised LAN access
protocols
• QoS Optimisation – Passport supports Multiple
Priority System (MPS) to allow dynamic traffic
management based on application characteristic
and QoS priorities
• Branch Office Consolidation – Passport 6400
provides consolidation for ATM, voice, fax, video,
LAN, SNA and data services across a single
network link

• Scalability – Passport 6400 can support
thousands of nodes
• Low Cost of Operations – Passport 6400 supports
switched virtual circuits, avoiding a large number
of provisioned connections and dynamically
providing the best available traffic path.

Key Features and Benefits
PP6400

Key Features

Benefits

System Networking

Redundancy

Redundancy available at CP, FP, system bus, Fan
Unit & Power supply to avoid single point failure
Allocates bandwidth dynamically, reducing traffic
congestion and delivering the least possible
network latency, guaranteeing service level for
all traffic
Provides flexible cell and frame transport and
improves LAN/WAN inter-working performance for
IP and IPX routed traffic as well as bridged traffic
Inter-working with PP4400 for both data and
voice services.
Provides ease of configuration and management
with reduced latency for voice and improved
connectivity for LAN traffic
Dedicated ASIC to optimise IP performance
over ATM
Provides seamless inter-working between Passport
6400 and routers
Support QoS prioritisation(TP) for FR circuits over
PP network
Support single-hop SVC for voice connection to
deliver toll-quality voice at G.729
Efficient consolidation of fax with other services
reduces communication costs. Transmits faxes
with only 9.6/14.4 Kbps instead of 64 Kbps
Inherently provides signalling conversion and
avoids the need for external signalling equipment

Multiple Priority System

Virtual Network
Switching
M-PANL Networking
with PP4400
SVC/PNNI/IISP Support

ATM

Frame Relay

Voice

Next Generation ATM
IP module
RFC 1490 WAN PVC over
Frame Relay protocol
QoS-enabled for Frame
Relay service
Toll-quality Voice
(Clearvoice)
FAX Demodulation

A-law and Mu-law
conversion

Passport 6400 Multiservice Enterprise Switch

Key Features and Benefits continued…
Echo Cancellation

LAN

On-board echo cancellation with 64ms tail delay
delivers superior voice quality and eliminates the
need for external devices
Routing Support: RIP, RIPv2, Provides flexibility in building IP networks
OSPF, BGP-4, EGP
NetSentry
Provides advanced IP packet filtering
Virtual Router
Eliminates a single point of failure inherent in the
Redundancy Protocol
static default router environment

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 6400 Multiservice Enterprise Switch

Passport 7400
Multiservice Switch
Overview
The Nortel Networks Passport 7400 Series of Multiservice Switches offer a versatile, reliable and scalable
networking platform - delivering high-performance, cost savings, investment protection and management
simplicity. The versatile Passport 7400 switches are ideal for access adaptation and backbone switchingsupporting ATM, frame relay, IP routing and switching, MPLS, circuit emulation and voice services. The
series includes the 16-slot Passport 7480 and the 5-slot Passport 7440, the switches offer multiservice access
consolidation for speeds up to OC-3 and deliver flexible growth and high availability through a scalable
redundant hardware architecture.

Customer Profile

Key Points

Enterprise customers are able to take advantage of
the attributes of the Nortel Networks Passport 7400
Series of Multiservice Switches. Providing a versatile,
reliable and scalable networking platform, the
Passport 7400 series delivers high-performance,
cost savings, investment protection and
management simplicity to Enterprise and Service
Provider network environments. Ideal for access
adaptation and backbone switching, the Passport
7400 series supports ATM, frame relay, IP routing
and switching, MPLS, circuit emulation and voice
services. Typical target customers include those in
the following sectors: Finance, Government, Utilities
and Call Centres.

Nortel Networks Passport 7400 are scalable
multi-service solution that allows integration of
LAN/WAN services into a single easily managed
solution over leased lines, public/private frame
relay or ATM. Key values include:
• Bandwidth Savings. Achieve bandwidth
savings through dynamic bandwidth allocation,
voice (8K) and data compression, silence
suppression, fax demodulation and optimised
LAN access protocols.
• QoS Optimisation. Passport supports Multiple
Priority System (MPS) to allow dynamic traffic
management based on application characteristic
and QoS priorities.
• Branch Office Consolidation. Passport 7400
provides consolidation for ATM, voice, fax,
video, LAN and data services across a single
network link.
• Scalability. The high density MSA32 FP and
the 4-port MVP FP provide scalable, flexible,
cost-effective multiservice and voice solutions.
Network-wide, Passport 7400 can support
thousands of nodes.
• Support for port speeds from DSO through to
and including STM-1
• Low Cost of Operations. Passport 7400
supports switched virtual circuits, avoiding a
large number of provisioned connections and
dynamically providing the best available
traffic path.
• Capacity. Passport PVG converts conventional
circuit-switched voice traffic to Packet voice for
succession network evolution.

Typical Applications
Passport 7400 series supports all common
applications required in the Enterprise customer
environment. Typical applications include:
• Backbone switching solution for branch access
• Voice/Fax networking for PBX
• LAN services (IP)
• Provide layer 2 connectivity (eg ATM, FR)
for existing data equipment/network
• Video conferencing
• Packet Voice Gateway (PVG)

Passport 7400 Multiservice Switch

Key Features and Benefits
PP7400

Key Features

Benefits

System Networking

Redundancy

Redundancy available at CP, FP, system bus, Fan
Unit & Power supply to avoid single point failure

Multiple Priority System

Allocates bandwidth dynamically, reducing
traffic congestion and delivering the least possible
network latency, guaranteeing service level for
all traffic

SVC/PNNI/IISP Support

Provides ease of configuration and management
with reduced latency for voice and improved
connectivity for LAN traffic

Next Generation ATM
IP module

Dedicated ASIC to optimise IP performance
over ATM

RFC 1490 WAN PVC over
Frame Relay protocol

Provides seamless inter-working between Passport
7400 and routers

QoS-enabled for Frame
Relay service

Support QoS prioritisation(TP) for FR circuits over
PP network

Toll-quality Voice
(Clearvoice)

Support single-hop SVC for voice connection to
deliver toll-quality voice at G.729

FAX Demodulation

Efficient consolidation of fax with other services
reduces communication costs. Transmits faxes
with only 9.6/14.4 Kbps instead of 64 Kbps

A-law and Mu-law
conversion

Inherently provides signalling conversion and
avoids the need for external signalling equipment

Echo Cancellation

On-board echo cancellation with 64ms tail delay
delivers superior voice quality and eliminates the
need for external devices

Support for both
VoATM and VoIP

AAL2 channel multiplexing for greater networking
efficiency

LAN

Routing Support: RIP,
RIPv2, OSPF, BGP-4, EGP

Provides flexibility in building IP networks

Scalability

32 Port MSA FP

A flexible card that supports a mix of services
(ATM, frame relay, CES, IP) and greatly enhances
the customer's ability to adapt to growth in
different services without having to deploy
separate FPs and incur incremental costs to spare
multiple FPs

4 Port MVPe

A four port version of the existing 1 Port MVPe
which provides significant port density and cost
improvements

MPLS

Support for evolving MPLS standards to deliver
significant traffic handling improvements in
multiservice IP-based networks

ATM

Frame Relay

Voice

Passport 7400 Multiservice Switch

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 7400 Multiservice Switch

Passport 15000
Multiservice Switch
Overview
The Passport 15000 Multiservice WAN Switch offers a solution for enterprise customers who require high
capacity and trunking speeds that exceed STM-1/OC-3 bandwidth. Passport 15000 supports ATM, frame relay,
IP routing and switching, MPLS, circuit emulation and voice services. Passport 15000 is suited to be a backbone
platform and is integral to the design of a high capacity, versatile, reliable and scalable solution for the
provision of carrier-grade performance for core switching.

Customer Profile
• Large enterprise and service provider networks
especially in the finance, government and
utility sectors
• For users who require a large backbone network,
Passport 15000 offers a Dual 40 Gbps switching
capacity with interfaces ranging from
channelised DS3/E3 to STM-16/OC-48

Typical Applications
Passport 15000 supports the similar feature sets
available on the Passport 7400 platform (same
software stream), but in a high-density and
high-speed interface. Typical applications include:
•
•
•
•
•

Backbone switching solution for large networks
IP routing and switching
Layer 2 services (ATM and FR)
Circuit emulation service
Packet Voice Gateway (PVG)

Passport 15000 allows smooth interworking with the
other multiservice switches in the Passport family, ie
running on the same software stream, offering the
same multiservice capabilities and control of the
same management system.

Key Points
Passport 15000 offers a high capability backbone
solution with reduced complexity and capital costs,
additional access options and peace of mind
through a proven, highly secure solution.

• Reliability. Designed to meet the most stringent
networking requirements, it provides equipment
redundancy, hitless switchover, 1+1 protection
for optical interfaces and 1:N sparing for electrical
interfaces. It optimises network design for
reliability, supported by carrier grade operational
management and service
• Scalability. Passport systems can evolve into
higher switching capabilities - Passport 20000 for
10G interface solution, while all existing PP15000
control processor and interface processors can be
reused
• Versatility. Passport 15000 is unique in its ability
to provide advanced ATM, frame relay, IP, MPLS
and circuit-switched voice services all on a single
platform
• Investment Protection. With Passport 15000,
existing Passport networks can scale easily to
support extreme growth, a solution that will not
be soon outgrown. Support for multiple traffic
types provides insurance against the
uncertainties of the future while extending the
value of today’s systems
• Manageability. Powerful network management
tools (Preside MDM) enable customers to run the
network efficiently for premium levels of service
and responsiveness at minimum operational cost

Passport 15000 Multiservice Switch

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Passport 15000 Multiservice Switch

OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Platform
Overview
The OPTera Metro 5000 series comprises DWDM (Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing) platforms capable
of transporting various optical data protocols across dark fibre. The solution is equipped with protocol and
bit-rate independent interfaces which enable open, flexible and scalable networking across multiple
topologies and distances from a few kilometres up to approximately 200 kilometre links. This enables a
forecast tolerant transport solution which simplifies network planning, reduces operating costs, provides
scalable capacity upgrades and allows rapid delivery of service.

Customer Profile
Medium to large enterprise customers possessing
mission critical data with access to dark fibre
Service Providers:
- Managed wavelength and connectivity/leased
line services
- Fibre relief (maximising capacity across a pair
of fibres)

• Real time disk mirroring using ESCON or Fibre
Channel with SRDF
• PBX interconnection – via aggregation with
SDH/SONET or ATM (ie E1s/T1s into STM-1/OC-1)
• Internet access – via POS (Packet over SDH) or
Gigabit Ethernet
• Live news feeds – high quality digital video

- Mission critical data managed services
for Enterprises

Key Points

Defining Needs

• Industry partnerships (e.g. IBM, EMC, Brocade,
Sun, Dell, etc.)

Do you have dark fibre access to your building?
If not, does a service provider have fibre nearby ?
Is the value of your information critical to your
business ’ competitive advantage? Is access to this
information critical to survival?
Which applications and protocols do you need to
support today and in the next 12 months?
What is the growth in demand for bandwidth in
your network?
Do your facilities have restrictions on space,
equipment accommodation and power?

Typical Applications
• LAN interconnection – using Gigabit Ethernet,
ATM or Fast Ethernet
• Remote data storage – using ESCON or Fibre
Channel (FC100 and/or FC200)
• Geographically dispersed storage /processing –
using ESCON, FICON or Gigabit Ethernet

• Reliability – carrier grade, 99.999% availability –
key for business continuity

• Scalability
• Flexible network architecture – suitable for Core
and Enterprise network builds
• GFP (Generic Framing Protocol) interfaces to
enable Storage protocols (e.g. Fibre Channel) to be
transported directly over SDH networks
• Inter-working with other OPTera Metro products
via standardised DWDM, CWDM and GFP
interfaces
• Extended distance support via amplified solutions
• Reduced time to market / Speed of additional
capacity deployment
• Cost reduction versus leased capacity
• Future proof solutions
• Compatibility with all common optical data
communication protocols
• Simplified remote network management
• Bit-rate, data format and protocol independent for
client side interface

OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Switch

OPTera Metro 5100
Multiservice Platform

OPTera Metro 5200
Multiservice Platform

OPTera Metro
5200 Cabinet

The space-efficient OPTera
Metro 5100, is a low power
optical product for small
bandwidth requirement
serving metro colocation
and customer premise
applications. It quickly and
economically delivers 8
protected wavelengths of
DWDM service to
metropolitan colocation
and customer premise
applications.

The flexible OPTera Metro
5200 Multiservice Platform
supports 32 protected DWDM
wavelengths and offers 10G
per wavelength scalability
along with a network
modelling tool that simplifies
the deployment and operation
of efficient DWDM networks.

The free-standing OPTera Metro 5200
Cabinet is an easy-to-deploy DWDM
cabinet solution that extends the
OPTera Metro 5200 functionality and
flexibility to metropolitan enterprise
and customer premise environment
applications. This cabinet delivers the
benefits of the OPTera Metro 5200
Multiservice Platform in a pre-tested
and pre-configured cabinet.
The OPTera Metro 5200 Cabinet
solution can help
customers reduce
installation
time and speed
deployment
by 82%.

Features and Benefits
• Point to point, survivable ring and mesh topology
including multiple ring support
• 32 protected and up to 64 unprotected
wavelengths in one system with mixed
configurations possible
• DWDM and CWDM support
• Per wavelength and in-band optional protection
switching as well as fibre switching
• Supports up to 10 Gbit/s per wavelength
• 4:1 client sub-rate multiplexing option allowing up
to 270 Mbit/s per channel (usually for ESCON
applications)
• SDH /SONET path trace and performance
monitoring

OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Switch

• In-service upgrade by remote software download
• 850 to 1310nm client channel interface, single
mode /multimode fibre
• TCP/IP based network management
communications
• Network management via Preside Application
Platform including shelf level graphics
• Amplifier support for extended distance networks
(up to approx 200km depending on fibre)
• Optical network modelling tool for simplified
network deployment, upgrades and planning
• Inter and intra-site fault monitoring capabilities

Proof Points
• 25 of the 27 major financial institutions in New
York depend on Nortel Networks Metro DWDM to
deliver connectivity for their mission critical
applications
• #1 Market global share in metro optical - 41%
Metro DWDM market share and 80% market share
of optical sales into enterprises (Dell Oro, 2001)
Over 10,000 OPTera Metro 5000 elements shipped
globally

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Switch

Alteon Application
Switch (AAS)
Overview
The Alteon Application Switch is Nortel Networks next generation of high performance Layer 2-7 fixed
network switches. It runs Alteons software “AlteonOS” and has increased switching performance, session
capacity, feature capacity and port density compared to the current Webswitch platform.
The Alteon 2224 is a single Rack Unit, Fast Ethernet entry-level Application Switch that has 24 RJ45 10/100
auto-sensing Fast Ethernet ports as well as 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet uplink ports for a total of 26
useable ports.

Customer Profile

Key Points

Alteon Application Switches are an ideal solution for
Enterprises, Hosting Providers, Content Providers,
e-Businesses and Service Providers that require a
high performance switching solution for high-traffic
IT Data Centres, network and hosting
infrastructures. Current Alteon Web Switch
customers, that require more Layer 4-7 physical
ports for easy migration into higher port density,
higher session capacity and higher switch
performance.

• The Alteon Application Switch is without doubt
the industry leader in performance, functionality,
scalability and reliability when it comes to
Content Switching.
• The Alteon Application Switch uses a distributed
architecture to ensure that all processor intensive
intelligent decisions are off loaded evenly across
all network processors.
• The feature rich AlteonOS not only performs
standard content switching but also allows for
advanced applications such as Firewall Load
Balancing, Application Redirection, Wireless
access and full RTSP Streaming support
• The switch is without doubt an easy to manage
and robust device that is deployed in some of
the most mission critical and highly accessed
sites today.
• The integrated security functions enhance the
overall security of the connected networks:
Layer-7 Deny filter, Denial Of Service Attack
Detection and –prevention,TCP rate-limiting
and enhanced Port Mirroring.

Typical Applications
In order to provide the intelligence, scalability and
resilience to any web site, Alteon Application
Switches offer a raft of applications that are
leveraged using the feature rich AlteonOS. These
applications include:
• Server Load Balancing
• Global Server Load Balancing
• Web Cache Redirection
• Application Redirection (including SSL)
• Bandwidth Management
• Content Intelligent Load Balancing
• Firewall Load Balancing
• Streaming Media Load Balancing
• Intrusion Detection Load Balancing
• Wireless Load Balancing
• VPN Load Balancing
• Domain Name Service Layer7 Loadbalancing

Alteon Application Switch (AAS)

Features and Benefits
• Configuration is compatible with current
Alteon WebOS
• High-performance content-intelligent switching
• Server, Firewall, Cache, WAN Gateway, Virtual
Private Network, Wireless Application Protocol,
Real-Time streaming Protocol, Domain Name
Service and Intrusion Detection Server load
balancing
• Full inspection of URLs, cookies and any host
headers across multiple requests and responses
• TCP, UDP, HTTP, FTP, SSL, SMTP, LDAP, DNS, Radius,
WAP, RTSP, Telnet and NNTP and IP server load
balancing
• Application redirection for any traffic type,
including wireless
• Persistent connections using multiple Layer4Layer7 parameters
• Comprehensive server health checks enable
content verification and availability
• Gigabit-class, content-intelligent bandwidth
management enables SLAs and usage-based
services

• Response Time, Bandwidth, Link, Hash, Least
Connections, Maximum Connections and
Roundrobin load balancing metrics for
unparalleled infrastructure optimisation
• Full network address translation enables multisite load balancing and traffic redirection
• Global Server load balancing to distributed
servers based on health, user proximity, server
weights and response time
• Virtual Matrix Architecture enables dynamic
utilisation of all processors and memory
• Complete site redundancy via active-active,
active-standby, hot-standby and stateful fail over
for high availability
• Up to 1024 virtual servers per switch
• Up to 1024 application servers per switch
• Up to 1024 services per switch
• Up to 2K packet filtering rules per port
• Up to 2.000.000 L4-7 sessions per switch

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your Local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Application Switch (AAS)

Alteon
Content Cache (ACC)
Overview
The Alteon Content Cache (ACC) is a core component of web caching and content delivery networking
- a networking system designed for optimised management, distribution and delivery of content over
networks. The ACC is the industry’s highest performing caching and streaming appliance.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Enterprise: The ACC enables Enterprise Content
Delivery Networking for rich streaming content
delivering, improving corporate communication
and reducing cost through advanced
e-Learning. The ACC also increases productivity
by effective content filtering and reducing user
wait time.
• Internet Data Centre (IDC): The ACC enhances an
IDC by providing managed services to improve
content access to customers.
• Access Service Provider: The ACC enables
intelligent Point of Presence (PoP) and provides
advanced content filtering and performance
enhancement.
• CDN Service Provider: The ACC allows Service
Providers to offer intelligent CDN services that
significantly enhances the end user’s experience
and improves network efficiency.

• High performance streaming appliance
(delivering 800+ Mbps throughput, 300K +
concurrent sessions)
• Rich streaming protocols supported (QuickTime,
Microsoft Media and Real Networks)
• Advanced support for streaming, including
concurrent on-demand stream caching and
live-stream splitting
• Content pinning for prioritisation
• Small Footprint
• Client acceleration and server acceleration
supported on the same unit
• Complete family from entry level for small usage
to high-end carrier-class appliance

Typical Applications
• Content Delivery Networks (CDN)
• Advanced Streaming-based Applications like
e-Learning, Corporate Communications and New
Product Introduction
• Managed Content Service provided by an IDC
• Content Filtering based on administratorconfigured and / or filtering subscription services
• Traditional Usage of Web Proxy Caching
and Web Server Farm Acceleration

Features and Benefits
• Delivers up to 35 percent bandwidth utilisation
and up to 90 percent web server space and
power savings
• QuickTime, Microsoft Media and Real Networks
streaming media applications are supported
• Client acceleration (transparent-proxy) mode and
server acceleration (reverse-proxy) mode are
implemented simultaneously in the same unit,
allowing flexible and cost-effective deployment
• The ACC accelerates web access response time
and saves bandwidth consumption.
As a result productivity is largely improved.

Alteon Content Cache (ACC)

• Offloads origin servers; reduces cost of
implementing origin web server sites with
lower cost appliance
• Enables revenue-generating content delivery
services at access edge
• Enables Enterprises and Service Providers to
deliver high-value streaming media applications
such as e-Learning, live broadcasts and corporate
communications

• Support for content quality of service with
Content Pinning and IP type of service tagging
capability
• Supports filtering subscription services such as
N2H2, X-Stop and Web Sense

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your Local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Content Cache (ACC)

Alteon Content
Director (ACD)
Overview
The Alteon Content Director (ACD)is a Layer 7 client and content proximity solution for geographically
distributed domains. Based on breakthrough, patent-pending technology, the ACD is the industry’s only
global server load balancing (GSLB) solution that delivers request-to-content routing based on Layer 7
attributes, true user proximity as well as network and server health and performance.

Customer Profile
• Enterprise: the ACD improves intranet and
extranet performance and application
availability, enabling advanced streaming
applications like e-Learning.
• Service Provider: the ACD allows service providers
to offer intelligent content delivery networking
(CDN) services that significantly enhance the
end-user ’s experience and improve
network efficiency.

Typical Applications
• Content Delivery Networks (CDN)
• Global application and sub-domain
load balancing
• Streaming delivery
• Enterprise / Service Provider
network optimisation
• High-availability applications

Key Points
• Accurate Request-to-Content Routing: The ACD
selects the best site from the perspective of the
user, not the user’s domain name server (DNS).
• Content-aware Site Selection: The ACD chooses
best site based on requested content.
• Performance: The ACD dramatically improves the
overall user web experience by dynamically
selecting fastest-responding site, accounting for
user proximity, server health and load. The
proximity database maintained by the ACD, which
is learnt and built during site selection, further

speeds up site selection process.
• Understanding Streaming Protocols: The ACD
inspects content inside Real Time Streaming
Protocol (RTSP). This offers flexibility to content
provider in developing streaming application.

Features and Benefits
• Intelligent site selection based on specific content
being requested which improves service
robustness and efficiency of web content delivery.
• Layer 7 load balancing / routing based on patterns
contained in HTTP headers, enabling site selection
based on language, client access devices, etc.
• Real-time knowledge of latency, packet loss
and server health.
• Multiple site selection algorithm for
maximum flexibility.
• HTTP and native RTSP supported.
• Client Network Cache contains client information
learnt by the ACD over time, storing millions of
client networks.
This speeds up the lookup process.
• Site persistence based on HTTP cookies
allows e-business application deployment.
• Highly scalable architecture supports thousands
of sites.

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your
local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Content Director (ACD)

Alteon Content Manager
(ACM)
Overview
The Alteon Content Manager (ACM) is the centralised management component of Nortel’ Networks’ Content
Delivery Network (CDN) solution - a networking system designed around optimised management,
distribution and delivery of content over networks. The ACM is typically deployed at a unique central location
in a redundant configuration. The ACM works directly with networks of Alteon Content Caches (ACCs) to
provide distribution, pre-positioning and management of content, as well as accounting management, to
enable CDN services for the Enterprise, Content Provider or Service Provider. The ACM is also a powerful
management tool, which can be used to configure and monitor any or all Alteon Content Caches in a network
to create groups of caches and to assign access control to specific administrators. The ACM also enables
content delivery networks with the industry’s most scalable and resilient system management, allowing
Enterprises and Service Providers to manage their CDN networks efficiently and cost-effectively.

Customer Profile
The Alteon Content Manager is an excellent
proposition for Enterprises and Service Providers
that are deploying a CDN or many remote Alteon
Content Caches. Each Alteon Content Manager will
support 20+ administrators, each of which can have
individualised management rights and over 2,000
Alteon Content Caches.

Typical Applications
The product is designed to allow comprehensive,
centralised management of Alteon Content Caches.
The logging, accounting and system management
allow for large scale CDNs as well as enterprise wide
cache monitoring.

• The Alteon Content Manager utilises an
integrated database. Including a database makes
integration and configuration seamless and
facilitates the creation of an internal directory
that is easily synchronised with all Alteon Content
Caches in a network. This design reduces start-up
costs dramatically when compared to some other
vendors’ implementation, which requires a third
party database. This results in enhanced fault
tolerance, redundancy, and scalability, with
reduced investment, management and
maintenance costs.
• Replication and synchronisation are included
in the integrated data store, providing even
greater savings.

Features and Benefits
Key Points
• The Alteon Content Manager was specifically
designed for optimal communication with the
Alteon Content Caches, or groups of Alteon
Content Caches. This enhanced communication
results in reduced bandwidth consumed between
both devices.

ACM’s system management provides the
infrastructure layer that allows the management,
the monitoring, and the configuration of multiple
ACCs in a CDN network. It is the foundation for
ACM’s other value-added management components
such as content management and accounting
management for CDNs.

Alteon Content Manager (ACM)

General

• Flexible and easy management solution for Content Delivery Networks
• Provides Content Management, Device Management and Accounting services
• Web based user interface
• No dependencies on expensive third party databases
• Ability to configure cache groups and apply actions to the groups
• Clustering for scalability

Cache

• Support for grouping of caches and then treating the group just like a single cache

Management

• Configuration of Cache Groups as well as individual caches
• Monitoring of Cache Groups as well as individual caches
• Log Management
• Configuration Templates
• Scheduling of events eg configuration changes, upgrades or other maintenance

Content
Management

• Content Collections to treat large quantities of content as single object
for management
• Cache Group defined for Cache Management are used in content management
as well
• Content Pre-positioning of collections to distribution groups
• Monitoring of Content Collections
• Job Scheduling
• Content Purging

Accounting

• Efficient collection of accounting data
• Aggregation of data
• Reporting at configurable intervals
• Collection of only relevant data for efficient resource usage
• Data reported in industry standard formats
• Integration with third party billing systems

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your Local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Content Manager (ACM)

Alteon Link
Optimizer (ALO)
Overview
Nortel Networks Alteon Link Optimizer is designed to simplify multi-homing and optimise multiple WAN links
for application performance, scalability, and cost-effectiveness while also providing a first line of security for
network assets. With both Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet models available, enterprises can choose a
model best suited to meet their network requirements for maximum ROI.
The Alteon Link Optimizer combines the load balancing intelligence of its special link optimizer software,
called the WAN LB OS, with the fast packet processing engine built by its mature ASIC distributed technology.
For the outbound and inbout traffic, the Alteon Link Optimizer will determine the best ISP link to sent out the
traffic. The measurement of the best ISP link is determined on a sliding average weighted window to ensure
that the best link is always chosen. At the same time, each of the ISP router is been checked regularly to
ensure that the router can properly handle the traffic. The Alteon Link Optimizer assures that traffic returns
via the same ISP link that the request originally specified for the client initiated. The symmetric traffic flow
will ensure that each ISP handles both the ingress and the egress portion of a session.

Customer Profile

Features and Benefits

• Medium and large businesses
• Enterprise businesses, Hosting providers, Content
providers, e-Businesses that need a highly reliable
and failsafe Internet connection
• Customers using multihomed ISP connections
• Customers who need ISP failover functions

• Enables fail-safe business continuity by efficiently
load balancing multiple WAN links and providing
link failover.
• Improves business productivity and simplifies
operations by optimising WAN links for
application performance.
• Protects applications and networks via multi-layer
security
• Scales business applications and network capacity
efficiently without downtime.
• Simplifies operations and deployment of
Multi-homing
• Removes the need for complicated BGP based
solutions
• Full featured load balancing, health checking and
Bandwidth rate limiting
• Maximises return on IT investment
• Utilise existing infrastructure more efficiently
• Utilise previously idled backup WAN links
• Transparent to users and ISP providers

Typical Applications
• WAN Link Load Balancing
• Bandwidth Management for ISP links
• First line of security into corporate networks

Key Points
•
•
•
•

Fail-safe business continuity
Network optimisation
Security
For multi-homing environments

Alteon Link Optimizer (ALO)

MODEL

143

150

Total # of Ports

8 – 10/100 Mbps 1- Gig SX

8- 10/100/1000 1-Gig SX

Total Memory

18 MB/switch

Concurrent Session

336K

Session per Second

>24K*

ISP Links load balanced
IP Routing Interfaces

256

Policy Filters

224

VLANS

256

8 Gbps

Switch Capacity 143

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your Local Nortel Networks Representative.

Alteon Link Optimizer (ALO)

Alteon SSL
Accelerator (ASA)
Overview
The Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA)is an innovative service delivery platform designed to provide a variety of
value added traffic management applications that further extend the performance, scalability and flexibility
of advanced Content Switching infrastructures. The Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA) intelligently accelerates
secure business transactions by offloading Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) processing from local servers without
imposing delays on other traffic in the same data path. The SSL Accelerator also simplifies the way to deploy
and maintain a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI), enabling business critical electronic transactions. Purposebuilt to perform processing tasks with long duty-cycles that would otherwise bog down network performance,
the SSL Accelerator seamlessly integrates with Alteon Content Switches to offer the best of Content Switching
and IP appliance technologies.

Customer Profile
• Any business that is serious about securing their
web and email traffic be it from an internal or
external threat, is a prime candidate for the
Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA)
• Large government organisations, to companies
providing e-Commerce or B2B services, who
require encryption and/or authentication of their
data without impacting the customer experience,
will require the deployment of the Alteon SSL
Accelerator (ASA)
The rich features of content switching are not
compromised when security is required as
fully-fledged intelligent switching is still achieved by
using an Alteon Web Switch in conjunction with the
SSL Accelerator. In addition securing of email
services that support SSMTP, POP3S and IMAPS can
be easily achieved using the Accelerator.

Typical Applications
Today’s most successful companies are using the
Web to communicate with their customers,
suppliers and partners because of the open and
ubiquitous nature of the Internet. But the very
openness of the Web makes security a concern. SSL,

combined with PKI, can provide a standard means of
securing transactions, but each has possible
drawbacks to your site’s performance and resources.
SSL transactions can be so compute-intensive that
they slow your site to crawl as Web servers are
forced to handle key exchanges and bulk encryption.
And PKI can take a toll in administration. The Alteon
SSL Accelerator (ASA) has been specifically designed
and enhanced to work with Nortel Networks
industry leading Alteon Web Switch, to create a total
solution that allows you to ensure security for you
and your customers and to manage key
administration centrally, all without losing the site
performance that is truly critical to success. So one
can enjoy the performance one needs with the
strong security customers demand at a much lower
cost than adding more servers, all in a highly
scalable solution that is easy to integrate.
On line shopping and eBusiness services are the
main applications that would benefit from this
technology however as more emphasis is placed on
security, internal and non-web based sites are being
migrated to SSL to provide superior encryption and
security.

Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA)

Key Points
Scalability. Resilience. Manageability. Performance.
These age old adages are at the cornerstone of the
Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA). Scaling to an excess of
150 000 key exchanges per second in a single SSL
offload farm provides sufficient growth for even the
busiest sites.
The ability to cluster the Accelerator not only allows
for rapid fail over it also allows for unparalled
management as all configurations and certificates
are installed once through a common interface and
automatically copied, using encryption, to all other
devices thus providing a single point of
management.
All non SSL traffic is not impacted as this device sits
out of the data path allowing only the SSL session to
be forwarded to the Accelerator for processing thus
increasing throughput of non secure traffic.

Features and Benefits
• The Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA) can process SSL
transactions 5 to 250 times faster than an HTTPS
server
• A cluster of Accelerators can process up to 150,000
SSL sessions per second on a single Content
Switch
• Centralised, advanced key and certificate
management saves administrative costs and
maintenance hassles

• Automatic import of keys generated by Apache,
Stronghold, OpenSSL, IIS 4.0, Weblogic and PKCS12
• Scalable up to 256 hot swappable SSL Accelerators
per Content Switch for performance and
redundancy
• Supports multiple virtual SSL servers in activestandby mode for resilient SSL services
• Content Intelligent Switching services for secure
SSL sessions
• HTTP application level knowledge which enables
functions like header add/remove and redirection
• Maintains session context between HTTP
and HTTPS
• Processes SMTP-S, POP3-S and IMAP-S secure
messaging protocols
• Shopping-cart persistence without server
reconfiguration or waste of VIP addresses
• SSH secure management protocol and
SNMP support
• Supports SSL v2.0, SSL v3.0 and TLS v1.0
• Easy import of keys generated by Netscape Server
via a conversion utility
• 10/100 Mbps copper or 1,000 Mbps fibre link from
SSL Accelerator to Content Switch
• Attach to Content Switch directly or across a local
broadcast domain
• Rack-mountable 1U high unit

Ordering Information
For further information please contact your local Nortel Networks representative.

Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA)

Alteon Switched Firewall
(ASF)
Overview
The Alteon Switched Firewall (ASF) is a multi-component solution managed as a single system.
The system is a tight confederation of two key components - an Alteon Switched Firewall Accelerator,
plus up to six Alteon Switched Firewall Directors. The software is a combination of the Alteon Switched
Firewall OS, providing session acceleration and switching functionality and the market-leading Firewall-1
software from Check Point.
The Alteon Switched Firewall Director performs policy checking for every new connection request, manages
the connection table and specifies the rules for handling packets in a session. After a connection is
established, the Alteon Switched Firewall Director passes its connection table to the Alteon Switched Firewall
Accelerator. The Switched Firewall Accelerator applies the firewall rules at wire speed to subsequent packets
within an existing connection. As a result, up to 90% of traffic is accelerated as these packets bypass the core
firewall logic on the Switched Firewall Director. This unique acceleration technology, only found on the Alteon
Switched Firewall System, makes it one of the leading high performance firewalls on the market.

Customer Profile

Key Points

Today, businesses need to carefully manage both
capital and operational expenditures, while
continuing to quickly respond to changing IT
infrastructure requirements. The Alteon Switched
Firewall provides a data centre solution that meets
customer’s needs to simplify operations and control
costs. With security at the forefront of all network
designs and with the use of the OPSEC certified
software ensuring strong security as a given, this
allows customers to focus on other aspects of
deployment.

• Transparent deployment into existing Check Point
firewall infrastructures leveraging Check Point’s
advanced firewall and security management
services.
• Overall simplification of firewall and hosting
infrastructures in terms of deployment, day to
day management and troubleshooting.
• Operation costs are minimised because
administrators no longer must configure each
firewall as added. The first firewall can be
provisioned in less than 30 minutes with a
configuration wizard. The Single System Image
replication and management wizard capabilities
of the Alteon Switched Firewall System makes
adding new Alteon Switched Firewall Directors a
plug and play operation.
• With its innovative architecture and plug and
play provisioning of firewall resources, the Alteon
Switched Firewall allows Enterprises and Service
Providers to lower capital expenditures and
increase their return on investment. Capital
expenditures are reduced to a "pay as your traffic
grows" flexible architecture.
• Protection of existing staff skills, training and
processes while deploying advanced Alteon
Switched Firewall services.

• Time sensitive applications such as Streaming
and VoIP services will benefit from the very low
latency imposed by the ASF
• Customers who have a large user base making
multiple connections requiring raw throughput
and session set up such as wireless users, will be
able to leverage the power of the ASF
• Customers seeking to centrally manage a large
deployment of global firewalls will benefit from
the single management UI and the Check Point
NG Management Platform
All of the above is underpinned by Check Point NG,
the market leading, defacto industry standard
security software.

Alteon Switched Firewall (ASF)

• The Alteon Switched Firewall provides the best
price/throughput ratio on the market making it
the best choice for performance hungry networks.

Features and Benefits
• Integrated market leading Check Point NG firewall
software with performance enhancements
• Switched-based session acceleration enables
tremendous improvement in firewall
performance
• Total compatibility with Check Point NAT and the
added feature of offloading CPU intensive NAT
functions to the Switched Firewall Accelerator
• Highest performing firewall on market with
3.2Gbps throughput and 500,000 simultaneous
sessions
• High availability allows automatic fail-over to
back up firewall devices.

Throughput
Session
connections/s
Accelerated
Sessions
Total Sessions
Layer 3 Protocols
Virtual Firewalls
VLANs/IEEE 802.1Q
Health Checks
Multi-Link
Trunking
Plug and Play
Single Image
Upgrade
Scalability
High Availability
10/100 Ports
Gigabit Ethernet
Ports
Rack Units

• Discrete switch and firewall fail-over eliminating
single points of failure.
• Plug and Play allows additional Switched Firewall
Directors to be auto-detected upon power-on and
automatically configured for license, IP address
and security policies.
• Scalable, allowing up to 6 Switched Firewall
Directors per switched firewall accelerator for
easy expansion.
• Small Footprint of only 3RU for the base Alteon
Switched Firewall or 1RU for the ASF-5100 series
• A single GUI is used to manage both the Switched
Firewall Accelerator and the Switched Firewall
Director
• Switch and Director logs centrally monitored
• VLAN and 802.1Q tagging support allowing
for 256 DMZs
• Customers need not trade off performance
for security

ASF 5308

ASF 5408

ASF 5610

ASF 5710

600 Mb/s
5,500 - up to

600 Mbps
5,500 - up to

4.2 Gbps
5,500 - up to

32K

40,000
500,000
OSPF
Yes - up to 100
Yes - up to 242

170,000
500,000
OSPF
Yes - up to 100
Yes - up to 242

170,000
1,000,000
OSPF
Yes - up to 100
Yes - up to 242

500,000
1,000,000
OSPF
Yes - up to 100
Yes - up to 242

Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Active-Active

9
1
3

9
9
3

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks representative.

Alteon Switched Firewall (ASF)

802.11 Wireless IP Gateway
Overview
The 802.11 Wireless IP Gateway card enables third-party wireless IP handsets to deliver the feature rich suite of
Meridian Digital Services over a Wireless LAN connection. It is a fully integrated offering in Nortel Networks
communications portfolio which includes Meridian 1 and Succession CSE 1000. This product is designed to
capitalise on the convergence of voice, data and wireless while providing investment protection by building
on the feature richness and reliability of Nortel Networks Meridian 1 and Succession CSE 1000.

Customer Profile

Features and Benefits

• 802.11 Wireless IP Gateway solution is most suited
to customers that want to implement a voice over
wireless LAN infrastructure
• Early adopters and technology sensitive users,
such as healthcare, retail or industrial sectors, can
capitalise on the need for wireless data and add
voice devices on the same wireless infrastructure

The Wireless IP Gateway card emulates a Digital Line
Card (XDLC) and has 24 DSP ports that provides
gateway functionality to facilitate the bridging
(conversion) of voice streams between the packetswitched (IP) data network and the circuit-switched
PBX network. These 24 DSP ports allow the card to
support up to 24 wireless IP handsets. In addition,
the Wireless IP Gateway card acts as a Terminal
Proxy Server or “virtual line card” for wireless
handsets. In this capacity, the card is responsible for
registering handsets and keeping track of the
maximum number of sets that can be registered
per card.

Key Points
• Leverage investment in wireless LAN and
Meridian 1/Succession CSE 1000/CallPilot and
other applications
• Cost saving – utilising common wireless LAN for
both Meridian based wireless voice services and
standard wireless data intranet services and
applications.
• Cost saving - extending of common fixed LAN
with a wireless LAN network for voice and data in
communal areas and areas that are difficult /
expensive to wire.
• Mobility – enables users with the ability to roam
about the workplace with real-time wireless voice
and high throughput wireless data
communications
• Increase Productivity - wireless users can take
calls that otherwise would not reach intended
recipient
• Open Standards Solution L Wireless LAN based on
IEEE 802.11, wireless voice based on
ITU H.323 with Nortel Networks specific
extensions.

Nortel Networks 802.11 Wireless IP Gateway card
supports the following handsets from Symbol
Technologies Inc.
• NetVision Phone – 2 Mbps Frequency Hopping
Spread Spectrum – 802.11
• NetVision Phone – 11 Mbps Direct Sequence
Spread Spectrum – 802.11b
A special version of the NetVision phone software
supports the H323+ protocol to allow for M1 feature
support access from the wireless set. Symbol
handsets are shipped with Nortel Networks specific
software which can also be downloaded from the
Symbol website.

802.11 Wireless IP Gateway

The following features are supported in the 802.11
Wireless IP Gateway release (features are activated
through the “Function” key on
the handset):
• Called/Calling Party Name Display
• Message Waiting Indication
• Conference
• Transfer
• Call Forward
• Ring Again

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Call Park (Retrieve & Timeout)
Make Set Busy
Dial Access to Group Call
Speed Call User
Call Pickup
Dial Access to Paging
Twinning/Privacy

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

802.11 Wireless IP Gateway

i2050 Softphone

i2002 Internet Telephone

Internet Telephones
Overview

i2004 Internet Telephone

The Nortel Networks i2004 and i2002 IP Telsets provide clear, high-quality telephony service and the
familiarity and ease of use of a traditional digital telephone. Both telephones connect directly to the LAN
using a modular RJ-45 connector enabling your customer to capitalise on the economies of a simplified
wiring system.
The i2050 Software Phone will transform your PC into a fully-featured telephony communications platform by
simply loading the software and plugging in the headset into the USB port.
Nortel Networks offers options for an evolutionary or revolutionary step up to IP Telephony. Customers can
upgrade from Norstar to Business Communications Manager or Meridian 1 to IP enabled Meridian and
gradually adopt IP Telephony as required or they can take advantage of the benefits of new IP functionality
immediately.

Customer Profile
Small medium size businesses with multiple sites or
small distant offices that require a cost-effective
method of networking sites.
i2002 Internet Telephone: Designed for office
professionals and technical specialists, this
multi-line phone offers an integrated LCD display
screen and is well-suited for moderate call volumes.
i2004 Internet Telephone: Ideal for managers,
executives, and office administrators, this multi-line
phone features a large LCD display screen capable of
displaying a maximum amount of information, and
is well-suited for high call volumes.
i2050 Software Phone: Created for a broad range of
workplaces and mobile users, this software-based
solution transforms your laptop or desktop PC into a
converged voice/data communications platform.

Key Points
• Buying an i2002 or i2004 IP set means that as
your business needs changes it is easy to unplug
the set and move to an alternative locations
without any reprogramming.
• Buying an i2050 softphone means that as you
move around doing your business the voice
functions you require are delivered.

• Cost effective solution that can be fully
maintained.
• All the benefits of traditional telephony but using
the latest IP set.
• Can be used for business or IP Contact Centre set.

Features and Benefits
• Simplicity, flexibility and cost advantages: IP sets
are flexible as they can be connected to any LAN
port. Faster to set up and rearrange and easier to
manage. Reduced long term management costs of
configuring, supporting and maintaining IP
extensions over digital extensions.
• Portability: It’s possible to extend an IP station to
virtually anywhere in the LAN/WAN via IP. Home
workers can be connected through dial up from
anywhere in the world. Small branch offices can
be connected back to a central IP enabled
Meridian 1, CSE 1000, or Business
Communications Manager using a
Nortel Networks data switch at the branch office
and data network connection back to the
central site.
• Unified Infrastructure: With IP Clients voice is
supported on an IP based data network. On the
i2004 it is possible to connect the telephone and
the PC into a single Ethernet cable on the desktop.
Reducing overall cabling costs. Delivering a
unified infrastructure that supports both
voice and data.

Internet Telephones

i2002 Internet Telephone

i2004 Internet Telephone

i2050 Soft Phone

Multi-line set with 2 line 24 character

Multi-line set with 4 line 24 character LCD

Three slide out feature draws (line keys,

LCD display.

display.

Voicemail and Quickdials)

Supports four self-labelling

Supports six self-labelling programmable

Supports five special purpose service keys

programmable features and four soft

features and nine soft feature keys.

and four interactive keys.

Dual use incoming call indictor and

Message waiting indicator

message waiting light.

Supports direct headset connection

Supports direct headset connection (set

Supports direct headset connection via

(set has built in amplifier).

has built in amplifier).

PC USB port.

Navigation cluster keys gives fast menu,

Navigation Keys

sub-list and call log scrolling.

High Fidelity Full Duplex speakerphone.

Supports local directory imports

Supports disabled users with

Supports disabled users with hearing aids

Reads Symantec ACT, Microsoft Outlook,

feature keys.

hearing aids

and LDAP databases for seamless
directory integration.

Adjustable LCD contrast

Desk or wall mounting.

Macro functions transform lengthy
operations into a single digit action.

Specifications

i2002

i2004

PC Desktop or Laptop compatible.

i2050

Power over LAN Hub

Platform

Business Communications

Compatibility

Manager, IP-Enabled

Manager, IP-Enabled Meridian

Manager, IP-Enabled

Meridian 1 and Meridian

Meridian 1 and Meridian SL-

1 and Meridian SL-100 systems,

Meridian 1 and Meridian

SL-100 systems, Succession

100 systems, Succession

Succession Communication

SL-100 systems, Succession

Communication Server for

Server for Enterprise 1000,

Communication Server for

Enterprise 1000,

Enterprise 1000, Succession

Succession Communication

Enterprise 1000, succession

Succession

Communication Server

Server 2000, Succession

Communication Server

2000, Succession

Communication Server 3000,

2000, Succession

Communication Server

and Succession Interactive

Communication Server

3000, and Succession

Multimedia Server.

3000, and Succession

Interactive Multimedia

Server.

Server.
8.2 x 6.5 x 6.6 in., (WxDxH)

11.8 x 6.5 x 5.3 in., (WxDxH)

208 x 165 x 168 mm

300 x 165 x 134 mm

Weight

2.1 Ibs, 965 g

2 Ibs, 900 g

N/A

5 kg/11 Ibs

Colour

EtherGray

Two user-configurable skins

White

Dimensions

Configurable

17.2 x 11.8 x 2.6 in., (WxDxH)
436.9 x 300 x 66 mm

(light/dark gray)
110 V Wallmount supply

110 V Wallmount supply

delivering 16 VAC @500 mA

AC Power

90-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

DC Input Power

-48 VDC LAN feed

Power Supply

N/A

90/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

N/A

90-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

-48 VDC LAN feed

N/A

-48 VDC redundant power
connector

Internet Telephones

Specifications

i2002

i2004

i2050

Power over LAN Hub

Output Power

N/A

-48 VDC watts max per

Power dissipation

4.5 watts typical,

N/A

Operating

5 watts max
40o to 104o F (+5o to 40oC)

N/A

32o to 104o F (0o to 40o C)

Relative Humidity

5% to 95%

N/A

Storage

(non-condensing)
(non-condensing)
-40o to 158o F (-40o to 70o C) -40o to 158o F (-40o to 70o C)

N/A

G.711a and/or u law, G.723.1,

G.711a and/or u law, G.723.1, &

N/A

& G.729a and annex b

G.729a and annex b

port total output 192 watts

temperature

Temperature
Codecs Support

Call control protocol UNIStim subset over UDP

UNISim subset over UDP

w/reliability layer

Built-in amplifier for direct

Nortel Networks USB audio kit

N/A

headset connection

OS compatibility

N/A

MS Windows 98, 98SE, 2000

N/A

Security

Private key challenge

Private key challenge response

N/A

response

N/A

WAV standard 16-bit linear

N/A

Headseat Support

Audio Interface

N/A

8 KHz
RX jitter buffer

Configurable, default is

two frames

WAV buffer

N/A

40 ms

N/A

Internet Telephone

Integrated

N/A

Mounting

Desktop or Wall

Desktop PC or laptop

N/A

Ports

3 (1 internal, 2 external)

N/A

Data rates

10/100 Mbps autosensing

N/A

10/100 Mbps autosensing

Standards

IEEE 802.3, 802.3u

N/A

IEEE approval in process

MAC address

Auto-Learning, auto-aging

N/A

at 700 seconds

at 700 seconds
N/A

N/A

Common mode on pairs 4,

N/A

Switch

Hardware priority
Power Feed

Load Sensing

Fixed priority to phone port Fixed priority to phone port
based on hardware

based on hardware

16 VAC by supplied AC

adaptor or 48 VDC Power

over LAN Hub

N/A

5 & 7,8
N/A

Automatic common mode
sensing. Will not power
unused pair unless a valid
load is present.

Fault Sensing

N/A

Automatic over /under
current independent on
each port.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Internet Telephones

Business
Communications Manager
Release 3.0
Overview
The Business Communications Manager is a fully converged business communications system.
It brings together voice, data and business applications onto a single unified solutions platform.
BCM delivers IP telephony and a full complement of features and functions, such as Internet access, voice
messaging and call centre capabilities, as well as a Web-based system management. This breakthrough
solution is built specifically for small-to-medium businesses and networked branch offices. It enables these
businesses to streamline their operations and can help them obtain, improved employee productivity, provide
better customer service and develop more effective and profitable relationships with their clients. Business
Communications Manager lets business communicate over traditional voice circuits. IP networks or using a
combination of both. This unified communications platform makes network management far easier,
facilitates voice over IP calls and IP networking between offices and can help to significantly lower operating
costs and overall cost of ownership.

Customer Profile
Typical installations are likely to range from 8 to 196
users and will encompass green field sites along
with established SME customers and networked
branch offices of larger enterprises.

Typical Applications
BCM is ideally suited for the small-medium
enterprise (SME) single site customer who requires
an advanced, feature rich communication solution.
It is also an ideal solution for larger customers with
branches or multiple premises, which need to
communicate with each other over a network.

Defining Needs
The key for BCM is not to just focus on single
features such as Voice over IP or basic telephony,
but to look at it as a complete solution to a
business’ needs:
• Are you looking to increase revenueearning opportunities?
• Do your employees travel and could they benefit
from greater accessibility and freedom to work
from anywhere?

• Which of your clients contact the business the
most and would you like to improve the service
that you give to them?
• Would you like to increase your employee
effectiveness?

Key Points
The powerful synergy created by converging
traditional data networks with breakthrough
IP telephony applications offers significant benefits
to small/medium-size businesses and larger
enterprises with a number of branch offices that are
required to be networked together. Whether it's
using Internet Protocol (IP) networks to handle
telephony traffic, establishing Contact Centres to
provide higher levels of customer service, or using
breakthrough wireless technologies to streamline
operations, Business Communications Manager can
help businesses develop an operational advantage
over their competitors. By supporting both digital
and IP telephony, this converged solution enables
companies to adopt and migrate towards IP-based
solutions at their own pace, with no loss of features
and functionality, and at no risk, whilst
simultaneously providing them with maximum
investment protection.

Business Communications Manager Release 3.0

The system is now available based on two core
platforms to improve product scalability and widen
its appeal to a larger range of customers.

Features and Benefits
Business Communications Manager can provide
customers with cost effective advanced business
solutions based on:
• Traditional and IP Telephony
• Unified Messaging
• Flexible Contact Centres
• Interactive Voice Response
• Computer/Telephony Integration
• Voice and Data Networking
• In-Building Mobility
• Flexible Working
• Centralised/Remote System Management
• Hybrid Environment communications
environments, using a mix of traditional and IP
leverage existing investments in Meridian and
Norstar systems, and offers a future-proof and
cost effective low risk migration strategy.
• IP Telephony supports powerful new
e-business applications that level the playing field
with larger competitors, extend network services
to remote workers, simplify moves and changes
and reduce call charges and leased line costs on
site-to-site calls.
• Unified Messaging expands on the power of
traditional voice messaging and fax solutions.
With Business Communications Manger,
traditional voice messaging can easily be
extended to include fax management, through
the traditional voice messaging interface. By
upgrading to CallPilot Unified Messaging users
can manage all their voice and fax messages in
the same way as they manage their e-mail from
applications such as Outlook, Lotus Notes, Novell
Groupwise and a number of others, from their
multimedia-equipped PC or laptop computer.
By upgrading to CallPilot Unified Messaging users
can manage all their voice and fax messages in
the same way as they manage their e-mail from
applications such as Outlook, Lotus Notes, Novell
Groupwise and a number of others, from their
multimedia-equipped PC or laptop computer.

Business Communications Manager Release 3.0

• Three levels of Call Centre functionality are
available, enabling a wide rage of contact centre
solutions to be implemented. These, when
combined with the reach of the Internet, enables
businesses to provide enhanced customer service
experiences through personalised agent
interaction and customised information and
service delivery
• Interactive Voice Response is a self service
application designed to allow businesses to
be accessible to their customers 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Businesses can supply callers with
access to a broad range of information simply by
responding to a series of prompts via their
touchtone phones. BCM 3.0 provides an
integrated IVR runtime engine that sits on top of
Voice CTI and interprets customised IVR
applications.
• Universal Internet Access for all users and
workstations, including access to corporate
intranets using a wide range of access
technologies, from fixed connection over a leased
line, to ISDN dial up on demand. Contivity IPSec
support is provided for secure intra-site Virtual
Private Networks (VPN’s)
and secure remote connectivity for mobile or
home-based users.
• Wireless e-mobility and DECT based mobility
solutions break the chains that tie users to their
workstations. Wireless e-mobility provides
feature rich support for Symbol Netvision IE802.11
wireless IP telephones and other wireless devices
including the Symbol wireless IP Datavision
Telephone/barcode scanner. Alternatively, BCM
DECT mobility provides cost effective multi cell
wireless solutions to cover the needs of
employees who need to make and receive
telephone calls, when away from their desks.
• Browser-based system Management simplifies
installations and provides an intuitive, wizardsbased method of managing the network from any
Web-enabled workstation or remotely via ISDN
dial up.
• Multi-site system management through Network
Configuration Manager provides a management
capability for multi-site BCM customers, which

enables them to significantly reduce the total cost
of ownership of their BCM systems. The multi-site
management capabilities of release 3.0 will
provide the ability to apply programming changes
to all, or a subset of, BCM systems within a
network from a centralised location.
– The changes that can be applied include:
– Auto Attendant and Call Centre greetings;
– Auto Attendant hours of operation;
– Custom Call Routing tree settings;
– Telephony call routing information;
– Application of software option keycodes;
– Bulk password changes.

• NCM will provide the ability to schedule the
changes listed above and to define groups of BCM
systems to which the changes may be applied.
• NCM will be also be integrated with IVR to provide
the ability to deploy, upload or remove IVR scripts
and audio files from BCM’s on a real-time or
scheduled basis.
• Remote management capabilities enable channel
partners to administer and change their
customers’ system configurations and activate
new software remotely, minimising the need for
costly and time, consuming site visits.

BCM 200

•
•
•
•

2 U high Chassis supporting up to 2 Media Bay Modules
32 Digital telephone Users maximum
64 IP Telephone Users maximum
Optional Redundant Hard Disk

BCM 400

• 4 U high Chassis supporting up to 4 Media Bay Modules
• Optional expansion Chassis for adding up to 6 additional Media Bay
Modules
• 160 Digital telephone Users maximum (with expansion chassis)
• 90 IP Telephone Users maximum
• Optional redundant Hard Disk + RAID controller
• Optional redundant Power Supplies and Fans

Common Features – All Platforms
Voice Capabilities • Over 150 core PBX telephony features
• ISDN trunks – PRI and BRI
- Analogue available in some markets
• Voice networking over ISDN
- QSig, DPNSS & MCDN
• 5 digital telephone models – Norstar based
- M7000, T7100, T728, T7316 and
- M7324N + CAP Expansion for M7324N
Voice Applications • Auto Attendant and Custom Call Routing
Suite
• Call Pilot Voice Mail
• Call Pilot 2.0 Unified Messaging for :- Outlook, Outlook Express, Lotus Notes,
Qualcomm Eudora Pro, Novell Groupwise , Netscape
Messenger
• Fax messaging
• BCM Contact Centres

Business Communications Manager Release 3.0

- 1 to 80 Active Agents
- 2 to 50 Queues
- 10 to 150 Recorded Announcements
- Integrated MIS reporting for real time and historical data
- IP and Soft Wall Boards
- Web Voice Button
• TAPI 2.1 server for Computer Telephony Integration
• Periphonics MPS 100 based Interactive Voice Response Support
• CDR raw data output via FTP or in real time, over IP.
DECT Mobility
Voice over

Data capabilities

•
•
•
•
•

Up to 32 cordless handsets and 8 radio base stations.
H.323 V2 Compliant
Support for i2002, i2004, and i2050 Internet telephones
Support for up to 60 VoIP trunks
Voice networking between BCM systems, Meridian 1 IP enabled
systems via ITG or Succession CSE 1000, using MCDN protocols
over IP
• Support for Symbol IE 802.11 wireless IP telephones, with T7100
digital set feature emulation.
• IP/IPX Router
- RIP1, RIP2, OSPF, Static
• DHCP Server
• DNS Cache Server
• Web Cache Server
• NAT
- Public to Private Network Address Translations
• Netlink Manager for WAN Back up

WAN access
services

• PPP or Frame Relay over X.21 or V.35
• PPPoE
• PPP/MP Dial on Demand over ISDN

Security services • IPSec
- 3DES 128 bit encryption
• PAP/CHAP – Password And Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol
• RAS
• Integrated Firewall
- Stateful or basic packet filtering

Business Communications Manager Release 3.0

VPN Services

• Contivity server support
- Up to 16 VPN Tunnels
- BCM to BCM or BCM to Contivity
• Contivity Extranet Client support Up to 16 simultaneous
IPSec clients
• PPTP
- Up to 10 tunnels

System Management and IP services
• WEB browser system management interface
• SNMP traps
• Network Configuration Manager for Multi Site management and
configuration of up to 2000 BCM nodes
• DiffServ quality of service
• DHCP server

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Business Communications Manager Release 3.0

ITG Line Card

Internet Telephony Gateway
(ITG) Line Card

i2050 Software phone

i2004 IP Telephone

Overview
ITG Line card is supported on Option 11C, 11C Mini, 61C, 81C on x11Release 25 or above which enables
IP terminals to be deployed that deliver the feature rich suite of Meridian Digital Services over a single
Ethernet connection.
The ITG card has 24 DSP ports that provide gateway functionality to facilitate the bridging (conversion)
of voice streams between the packet switched (IP) data network and the circuit switched PBX network.
In addition, the ITG Line card acts as a Terminal Proxy Server or IP telephony softswitch for the IP sets.
In this capacity the ITG Line card is responsible for registering the IP sets and keeping track of the maximum
number of sets that can be registered per card.

Customer Profile
• ITG Line is the right choice for any business that
wants a mix of IP, digital and analogue sets on a
tried and tested office communications platform
• Existing Meridian 1 customers – IP enabled
Meridian 1 represents the smoothest, most cost
effective route to IP telephony for the installed
base of 43 million Meridian 1 users
• Early adopters who want the latest technology on
the world’s number one system
• Companies that want to expand their network
either by adding new sites or adding new users
• Companies that have a large number of adds,
moves and changes
• Remote workers - users that need to access their
corporate data and voice services in exactly the
same way, in the office, at home, or on the road

Key Points
• A highly distributed connection management
system that consolidates the sophisticated
intelligence, complex call/connection
management and evolving standard protocol
support that is required for delivering a robust
and scalable Internet telephony solution
• A Nortel Networks solution that supports a rich
set of telephony features traditionally found on
PBX and Key Systems, along with standards-based

IP networking support of H.323 protocol that
provide the link between IP and the traditional
telephony world

Features and Benefits
The Meridian ITG Line 2.0 solution provides the
following benefits:
• Enables communication between a circuit –
switched telephony network and IP clients
• Can take advantage of IP telephony on an existing
Meridian 1 system
• Increased choice and flexibility in providing
desktop voice capability for campus and
remote users
• Leverages customer’s existing data network
infrastructure (data/voice convergence)
• Enables smooth roll-out of IP telephony services
building on the existing voice network
• Load balancing so IP sets can use a pool of DSP
Gateway resources
• Provide n x redundancy – in the unlikely event of
ITG line card failure, IP sets will register with
another ITG line card
• Most cost effective evolution to IP telephony
• Simplified network management and
support costs
• Simplified moves, adds and changes through
support of DHCP

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Line Card

• Builds on the reliability and feature-richness of
the Meridian 1 system
• Complies with Open standards
• Consolidation of network services resulting
in savings

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Line Card

ITG Line Card

Meridian 1 IE (Internet Enabled)
Communications System

i2050 Software phone

i2004 IP Telephone

Overview
Meridian 1 is the world’s leading office communications system with over 43 million lines installed. Meridian 1
is evolving into an IP based communications system with all equipment distributable over an IP converged
network. IP enabling the Meridian 1 represents the smoothest evolution path to IP telephony with full
investment protection for existing features, telephones and equipment.

Customer Profile
• IP enabled Meridian 1 is the right choice for any
business who wants a mix of IP, digital and
analogue sets on a tried and tested office
communications platform
• IP enabled Meridian 1 represents the smoothest,
most cost effective route to IP telephony for the
installed base of 43 million Meridian 1 users
• Early adopters who want the latest technology on
the world’s number one system
• Companies that want to expand their network
either by adding new sites or adding new users
• Companies that have a large number of adds,
moves and changes
• Remote workers – these users need to access their
corporate data and voice services in exactly the
same way, in the office, at home, or on the road

Convergence of a communications network is not
complete without addressing management.

Key Points
• A highly distributed connection management
system that consolidates the sophisticated
intelligence, complex call/connection
management and evolving standard protocol
support that is required for delivering a robust
and scalable Internet telephony solution
• The solution supports a rich set of telephony
features traditionally found on PBX and Key
Systems, along with standards-based
IP networking support of the MGCP and
H.323 protocols that provide the link between
IP and the traditional telephony world

Features and Benefits

Typical Applications
With Meridian 1 Internet enabled solutions,
distributed server applications like Nortel Networks
CallPilot Unified Messaging and Symposium Contact
Centre IP Solutions are available to users on a data
network. A business benefits from distributed
applications that are cost-effectively and easily
deployed.
Whether a contact centre comprises a single site or
is geographically dispersed, IP Telephony can be
used to simplify management and administration
and to extend customer care capabilities to agents
anywhere – in branch offices or working at home.
The flexibility of the Symposium Contact Centre
IP solution results in lower operating costs and
increased employee retention, both of which
improve profits.

The Meridian 1 IE portfolio includes the
following products:
• Internet Telephony Gateway Line Card
• Internet Telephony Gateway Trunk Card
• Remote Office 9150/9110/9115 portfolio
• i2002 and i2004 Internet Telephone
• i2050 software phone
• IP adaptors for digital phones
• Optivity Telephony IP based Management
• Symposium Contact Centre Solutions
• Voice Portal Solutions
• Symposium CTI (Agent, TAPI, MLS, IPML)
• CallPilot unified messaging
• Meridian Integrated IP applications
• Survivable IP Expansion

Meridian 1 IE (Internet Enabled) Communications System

Meridian 1 supports integrated IP telephony server
cards (ITG line cards) that provide soft switching for
IP terminals (i2004, i2002 and i2050) distributed
over the LAN and WAN.
ITG trunk cards are also available to transport voice
with full Meridian Customer Defined Networking
(MCDN) over IP between two or more Meridian 1
locations.
Reach Line Card is also available to extend
Meridian 1 telephony features and applications
over IP data networks to users located at remote
sites. Meridian 1 supports a mix of analogue,
digital and IP terminals, applications and
management distributable over an IP network.

Key benefits of IP enabled Meridian 1 include:
• Most cost effective evolution to IP telephony
• Built in reliability
• Simplified network management
• eBusiness solution enabled
• Feature rich telephony
• Industry leading IP applications and devices
• Open standards based
• Consolidation of network services resulting
in savings
• Dynamic QoS monitoring and transitioning

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks representative.

100

Meridian 1 IE (Internet Enabled) Communications System

Meridian Digital Telephone
IP Adapters
Overview
Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters extend the life of, and preserve customer investment in,
Meridian Digital Telephones by allowing them to be converted from digital telephone devices to
IP Telephony devices that can be plugged directly into an IP-based local area network (LAN).
IP Adapters are an important proof-point in Nortel Networks philosophy of preserving customer investment
in existing product. In situations where existing Meridian digital phones must be preserved, Nortel Networks
is able to provide a solution, while still allowing customer migration to an IP-based architecture.

Customer Profile
Existing customers with large installations of
Meridian digital phones that need or want to move
to an IP LAN-based infrastructure, but do want to
leverage their existing Meridian telephone sets

The External IP Adapter is a small external device
that operates exactly like the internal version, and in
addition it supports the Meridian M3902, M3903,
M3904 and M3905 telephones. Since the external
adapter works with a wider selection of phones, it
does not fit into the footstand of any model of
telephone.

Key Points
• IP Enables all the Meridian Digital sets providing
access to all system features & application
• Leverage the investment of a Meridian 1 or
Succession CSE communications system
• Feature Richness – all Meridian 1/Succession CSE
1000 applications are supported: Telephony
features, Symposium Call Centre, CallPilot Unified
Messaging, Meridian Mail, TAPI, etc
• System Administration - Policy capability under
Optivity Telephony Manager

The Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters
communicate to the Meridian 1 or Succession
CSE 1000 systems via a 16-port or 32-port Reach
Line Card (which can also simultaneously support
Remote Office 9150, 9110 and 9115 units).
The single-slot 16-port Reach Line card can support
up to 16 IP Adapters and the dual-slot 32-port
Reach Line card can support up to 20 simultaneous
IP Adapters.

Features and Benefits
The Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapter
comes in an internal and external version.
The internal version is a small circuit-card that snaps
inside the footstand of a Meridian M2008D, M2616D,
M2008HFD, M2216D, M3310 or M3820 telephone,
allowing the phone to communicate with the host
communication system over an IP-based Ethernet
LAN. This greatly simplifies the wiring necessary to
support office phones and makes moves, adds and
changes far easier and quicker to implement.

Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters

101

Features

Nortel Networks Meridian Digital IP Adapter

Interfaces

10BaseT Ethernet

Compatible Handsets

Support M2000 and M3900 sets plus add-on
modules plus M3310 and M3820

Host Site

16 and 32-port Meridian Internet Gateway Remote
IPE line cards
Ethernet interface for VoIP

Meridian Feature/Application Support

All Meridian 1/Succession CSE 1000 Applications:
• Telephony features
• Symposium Call Centre
• Supports 1st & 3rd party CTI
• Call Pilot Unified Messaging
• Meridian Mail

Audio Compression

G.711, G.729a, 30ms voice samples

Capacity per card

• 16 simultaneous per single-slot RLC
• 20 simultaneous per dual-slot RLC
• Can simultaneously support Remote Office 9150
branch offices, 9110/ 9115 Home working,
Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters and
directly attached digital phones.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks representative.

102

Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters

Power over LAN Hub
- Power In-Line Patch Panel
Overview
There are two methods available from Nortel Networks. Either integrated via Baystack LAN Switching
(refer to Baystack 460) or Power over LAN Hub (POL).
The POL Hub is part of the Nortel Networks Succession portfolio of Internet Telephony Solutions. It provides
power to i2004/i2002 Internet telephones using existing LAN cable infrastructure. It delivers power over the
unused pairs of standard category 5 LAN cables. The POL Hub features a sophisticated load auto-sensing
algorithm that provides power to devices only as required. This monitoring capability ensures continuous
proper operation of i2004/i2002 Internet Telephones.
The POL Hub solution fits as standard equipment in the wiring closet and eliminates the need to connect
each telephone to an AC power outlet. The POL Hub can be operated with any commercially available UPS.
This solution consists of a centrally located power supply that is installed in the wiring closet. It supports
24 ports and connects as standard equipment into the wiring closet.

Customer Profile

Ordering Information

The Power over LAN Hub forms the basis of a power
system that brings PBX reliability to Voice over IP
while maintaining the plug and play installation
typical of data networks. Power over the LAN and
reliable system backup are additional options
available to maximise system reliability throughout
the network and meet customer expectations for
telephony availability and reliability.

For further information, please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

Technical Specification
Number of Users

Data Rates

10/100 Mbps

Dimensions

(H) 66.4mm (2.6") x (W) 437mm (17.2") x (D) 300mm (11.8")

Weight

5kg (11 lbs)

Environmental Conditions

Operating Temperature 32 to 104 F (0 to 40 C)

Load Sensing

Automatic common mode sensing. Will not power up unused pairs unless a valid load is present

Fault Sensing

Automatic over/under current independent on each port

AC Power Requirements

90-260VAC 50/60Hz commercial power
DC Input: -48V DC redundant power connector

Output Power

48V DC 14 watts max per port, total output 192 watts

Power Feed

Common mode on pairs 4,5 & 7,8

Discovery

Automatic common mode sensing. Will not power up unused pairs unless a valid load is present

Mounting

19" rack mountable or stackable.

The IEEE 802.3 af standard1 is emerging at present, both solutions above the Baystack and POL Hub are
compliant with this standard.
1

i200x will support this standard from mid year 03.

Power over LAN Hub - Power In-Line Patch Panel

103

104

Power over LAN Hub - Power In-Line Patch Panel

Succession Communication Server
for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) Release 2.0
Overview
Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) is a next generation, VoIP solution providing
all the benefits of a converged network plus advanced business applications and management software and
over 400 world-class telephony features. Succession CSE 1000 is the completion of an architectural evolution
that decouples and distributes the key components of the Meridian 1 enterprise communication system – call
processing, switching, line and trunk interfaces, applications – into an open, IP-distributed, standards based
network design.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Technology driven - these companies are
constantly exploring ways of enhancing their
business by leveraging technology advances
• Companies that want to expand their network
either by adding new sites or adding new users
• Companies that have a large number of adds,
moves and changes
• Remote workers - these users need flexibility, as
they need to access their corporate data and voice
services in exactly the same way, in the office, at
home, or on the road
• Existing enterprise customers that want the
business features and service capabilities of a
Meridian 1 on an IP telephony communications
server running over a telephony-grade converged
network

•
•
•
•
•
•

Typical Applications
• Centralised telephony services distributed to
multiple sites using a converged network as
transport
• Simplifying management with an end-to-end
converged solution for full-featured telephony
• Reducing the cost of adds, moves and changes
• Web portal applications, Unified Messaging, IP
contact centres, CRM, audio conferences, one
number ‘find me’ services and personal
management
• Flexibility/mobility/remote working

Distributed architecture
Full application portfolio support
Scalability
Mobility and productivity features
Centralised Services
Works on vendor independent infrastructure

Features and Benefits
This section provides a brief overview of some of the
main features and benefits of the Succession 1000
Release 2.0, which expands the system’s capabilities
to provide more flexible working capabilities, new IP
phone desktop services, and enhanced networking
and management solutions.
The enhancements are mainly in the following areas
also shown in Figure 1:
1. IP Peer Networking
2. Succession Branch Office
3. Desktop Enhancements
4. Core System Enhancements
5. Management Solutions

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) Release 2.0

105

Succession CSE 1000 Release 2 Network
Centralised Multimedia
Applications & Management

Multimedia
Applications

Head Office

Network Gatekeeper

Call Server
CallPilot
Symposium
Optivity

Succession
Branch Office

Web management, Unified Messaging,
contact centre, Conferencing,
One number follow me

Multimedia
Converged Network
Branch Office
Gateways

i2000 series

802.11 Wireless LAN

Home Office
Gateways

Mobility
Internet Café
Wireless LAN Hotspots
(Web browser apps & mgmt)

IP Peer Networking
The IP Peer Networking feature allows Succession
CSE 1000 systems to be networked together over a
LAN/WAN enabling scaling up of capacity beyond
the limit of 1,000 IP phones per individual call server.
The IP Peer Networking Feature has the following
attributes:
• Direct voice over IP media path between 2
terminals connected across different systems
across the LAN/WAN. This feature provides
improved Voice Quality &cost savings to the
customer. Whenever a connection needs to be
made between IP phones on two different
Succession CSE 1000 systems, the media (voice)
path will use direct IP connections and will not be
passed through the central Succession CSE 1000
system.
• Central Numbering Plan Administration - H.323
Gatekeeper. The IP Peer Networking feature
introduces a centralised Gatekeeper where all

106

Remote Office 9115

Succession CSE 1000 systems in the network are
registered. This eliminates the need for manual
configuration of IP addresses and numbering plan
information on every site.
• Removal of the need for separate IP trunk
hardware ports. The IP Peer Networking feature
eliminates the requirement to provide IP trunk
card ports for IP phone to IP phone
communication across 2 or more systems.
• Improved Interoperability. The Succession CSE
1000 uses standard H.323 version 3 protocol to
provide interworking with vendors that
implement the same interpretation of the
standard.

Succession Branch Office.
The Succession CSE 1000 Branch Office (SBO)
provides a means of extending Succession CSE 1000
services to one or more remotely located branch
offices. The Call Server at the main office provides
the call processing for both the main and branch

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) Release 2.0

offices. An H.323 Media Gateway located in the
Branch Office provides access to the local PSTN. If an
IP connection to the Main Office cannot be made,
the Succession Branch Office will provide service to
the telephones located at the Succession Branch
Office providing survivability to remote users. SBO is
positioned to provide between 40 and 400 IP phones
plus digital and analogue phones can be added. Up
to 256 SBO ’s can theoretically be run from one
system – however IP phones on the SBO use up the
limit of 1,000 IP phones per system so more call
servers would need to be provisioned if IP phones in
the branch offices and main offices exceed 1,000 IP
phones. However, with IP peer networking between
servers, this is not viewed as
a problem.

Desktop Enhancements
A number of enhancements have been made in this
area and are illustrated throughout the guide. Two
of the major enhancements include:
• Network Wide Virtual OfficeThis feature will
allow extension mobility: the ability for an
employee to reconfigure any IP phone in the
network as their personal phone. Once “logged in
” personal configuration will be downloaded to
the telephone

– All DNs
– Key layout
– Voice mail message indicator
– Feature capabilities e.g. boss secretary filtering
• Corporate Directory
The Corporate Directory feature is similar
to the M3900 corporate directory but it provides
a network directory rather than a nodal directory.
This feature is available on the i2002 and i2004
IP phones, and the i2050 soft phone. The
corporate directory database is created using
OTM which is LDAP compatible with customers
unified directory.

Core System Enhancements
An example of one of the core system enhancements
is around Scalability. The Succession CSE 1000 call
server can support up to 1,000 IP phones per server
with multiple servers providing seamless feature
transparency.

Management Solutions
The enhancements to the management of
Succession CSE 1000 in Release 2.0 focus on further
Web Enabling the management of the product and
simplifying the management process in a Wide Area
Network environment.transparency.

Capacity

Up to 1000 IP terminals

Terminal Support

i2004, i2050, eMobility 802.11 Wireless, PC-based Attendant consoles

Applications

CallPilot, eMobility 802.11 Wireless LAN, Symposium Express Call Centre,
Symposium Call Centre Server

Connections

10Base-T port for IP-based applications and management, 100Base-T or 100Base-F for Succession
Media Gateways

Mounting

19” rack mountable

See CSE 1000 Release 2.0 product guide on
Nortel Networks.com for more detail.

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) Release 2.0

107

Competitive Positioning
Nortel Networks are the only vendor to offer a wide range of choice to our customers. This confirms our
commitment to our Evergreen philosophy of investment protection combined with our innovation spirit.
Open Standards Support

Succession CSE 1000 is designed to work across any QoS capable infrastructure. Succession CSE
1000 is open standards based so will run over any QoS aware, IP network infrastructure and will
smoothly evolve to open standards for IP terminals (eg SIP, H323), power over LAN (IEEE 802.3af)
and we already support open standards for QoS (IETF DiffServ)

Carrier Grade Reliability

Succession CSE 1000 Media Gateways are survivable. Delivering FULL feature set when in survive
mode. Media Gateways can run in stand-alone mode and perform call processing in the event of
an IP link failure, or an improbable outage of the Call Server.
IP terminals will re-register to another ITG line card if there’s a network outage or ITG line card
failure, therefore ITG line cards support n x redundancy where n = the number of ITG line cards.
Succession CSE 1000 is built on proven technology and provides the safest method of IP telephony
implementations
The call server runs embedded V-Works as an operating system.
Secure, resilient and time tested.

World class Feature Suite

Succession CSE 1000 fully leverages Meridian 1 X11 software expertise.
This results in an IP telephony offering with robust feature and application support. Succession
CSE 1000 supports the full suite of telephony features developed by Nortel Networks based on
customer demand and feedback over the past 20 years

Customer choice

Nortel Networks recognises that customers are at different stages and therefore we cater for
varying needs – whether Greenfield or upgrade. The Succession for Enterprise portfolio offers an
incremental migration to IP telephony with the Meridian Internet-enabled solution as well as a
pure IP solution for the more aggressive innovators, with Succession CSE 1000. Additionally the
Business Communications Manager (BCM) offers a converged solution for the small business
owner or branch office.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks representative.

108

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) Release 2.0

Succession Communication Server
for Enterprise Multimedia Xchange (CSE MX)
Overview
The CSE MX is a new communication platform that delivers multimedia applications and employee
productivity tools on a VoIP network. CSE MX is complementary to the existing range of Succession Enterprise
servers (BCM, M1, CSE 1000) as it adds multimedia tools on top of existing telephony and application services
deployed in those networks. CSE MX software runs on open hardware servers and uses "open standards"
based gateways (SIP, H323, MGCP). CSE MX delivers multimedia VoIP to any vendor enterprise network.

Customer Profile

Key Points

CSE MX is targeted at those users in enterprises who
need to use tools to collaborate with employees and
customers more effectively. eg highly mobile staff,
R&D teams collaborating on a new project, sales
reps and customer support staff. Target size is
between 100 and 200,000 users. If the requirement
is for fewer users or for temporary collaboration
services, a hosted service solution, eg IMS, might
prove more suitable.

• True multimedia communications over IP using
SIP open standard.
• Changes the fundamental way people
communicate to enable them to increase
productivity, enable them to work when and how
they want, with the device they want, and to
enable them to personalise their services to their
specific needs.
• Enables enterprises to strengthen their
relationships with their customers using SIP as a
key enabling technology.
• "Open standards" based supporting a range of 3rd
party SIP terminals and gateways (SIP, H323,
MGCP)
• Scalability from 100 to 200,000+ users
• 5 x 9's reliable with redundant servers and
survivable gateways

Typical Applications
• Multimedia Collaboration: Productivity is
enhanced with services such as video
conferencing, video calling, white boarding, "web
push", co-browsing and file exchange.
• Personalisation: Users can personalise and
provision their workspace by simply setting up
and establishing individual preferences. Using
any browser, a user may select such call handling
services as call forwarding, call screening, and
buddy lists which let users know whether you are
available to take calls or not.
• Mobility: find me/follow me, call agent and
presence management enables calls to reach
you no matter where you are and which
telephony type you are using

Features and Benefits
• CSE MX offers a bridge between current
Enterprise telephony solutions and the
deployment of rich, multimedia applications over
IP with personalisation and mobility options.
• Multimedia collaboration enhances customer
service and employee productivity by offering a
more "natural" and richer communications
experience.
• Personalisation enables users to control when,
how and by whom they can be contacted

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise Multimedia Xchange (CSE MX)

109

• Mobility ensures users never miss an important
call regardless of distance or location.
• SIP Multimedia Web Client makes it easy for
users to access new applications from a
browser anywhere.
• SIP Multimedia PDA Client enables PDA's to be
used as mobile extensions.
• SIP Multimedia PC Client provides multimedia
collaboration on a PC

Competitive Positioning
No true direct competitors to the CSE MX. Security,
reliability, and application integration is uniquely
different from alternative solutions.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

110

Succession Communication Server for Enterprise Multimedia Xchange (CSE MX)

USB Headset Adapter
Overview
The USB Headset Adapter provides a high quality and low cost predictable audio interface for software based
IP telephony clients such as the i2050 Software Phone. It is highly optimised for telephony applications.
The headset adapter offers the possibility of actually achieving softphone performance rivalling that of
hard telephones. The USB Headset Adapter is part of the Nortel Networks Succession portfolio of Internet
telephony solutions.

Customer Profile

Features and Benefits

The USB headset is used in conjunction with
Nortel Networks i2050 Software Phone which is an
ideal application for the telecommuter – someone
who works from home a couple of days a week or
who is always on the road and is wanting to extend
the telephony features and functionality of their
laptop or PC. Other target audiences include:

• It is fully compatible with the suspend and
resume functions for effective use in battery
operated laptops
• No drivers or software are required
for installation
• Power is derived from the PC's USB power
subsystem so there is no external power required.
The only connections are standard USB cable to
the PC and an RJ-9 jack for a telecom style headset
and handset
• The USB Headset adapter is fully compliant with
version 1.1 of the USB Device Specification and
Windows Plug and Play specifications
• In-use lamp connector with in-use control
provided by polarity
• Support on Windows 98, Windows 98SE,
Windows 2000 Professional and ME

• Distributed workforce involving teleworkers and
telecommuters requiring access to the telephony
network
• Roaming staff that require access to the
telephony network
• Call centre agents

Key Points
• USB Headset Adapter provides a controlled
high quality audio environment
• This solution is superior to sound cards in that it
offers the ability for a softphone to have an
absolute and predictable loss and level plan
which is necessary to meet TIA-810, FCC part 68
and its international equivalents, as well as the
ADA requirements for the hearing impaired
• Simple installation using standard Windows
drivers (requires no additional software
or drivers)

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local
Nortel Networks representative.

USB Headset Adapter

111

112

USB Headset Adapter

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)
Overview
Integrated Services Digital Networking or ISDN is a set of international standards that have been adopted by
the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT). ISDN provides businesses with
integrated communication services that optimise the flexibility and economy of digital networks worldwide.
What this means to a business is that corporate users can transmit voice and data with increased speed,
improved quality and greater economy and ease.
As simple as placing a voice call to virtually anywhere in the world, ISDN can extend this capability
to almost all forms of information in the future such as text, graphics, images and ultimately,
full-motion video.

Customer Profile
• Medium to large multi-site enterprise customers
benefit the most from ISDN services. The ability to
centralise services like voice mail to reduce cost
and management expenses increases the
productivity of the entire enterprise network
• ISDN services are supported on all of the systems
within the Meridian 1 and Succession
Communication Server for Enterprise 1000
(CSE1000) portfolios. So, whether it’s a branch
office with Option 11C Mini or a large corporate
headquarters with Option 81C, customers can
leverage the features, flexibility and power of
Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 and their ISDN services
in an enterprise network environment.

Typical Applications
From the smallest system in the portfolio,
Option 11C Mini, to the largest with Option 81C,
businesses all of sizes can leverage Nortel Networks
state-of-the-art MCDN features to lower costs, boost
employee productivity and enhance the level of
responsiveness provided to customers.
From centralised voice mail to reduced hardware
and administration costs, to automatic call
distribution over the Meridian 1 corporate network
to enhance customer responsiveness to ISDN
features over a VoIP network, an investment in
Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 is a future-safe investment
in the ability to network and interoperate with ISDN,
ISDN Q.SIG and MCDN. So, as businesses expand,

they can seamlessly integrate additional campus
sites or branch offices. All with access to the same
robust feature sets as their main campus.

Key Points
• ISDN PRI on Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 offers an
opportunity for PBX network growth at much
lower cost to businesses in conjunction with far
greater manageability
• By upgrading existing T1 or E1 spans with PRI
to a central office, improvements in network
performance can be obtained without adding any
new leased line facilities
• The efficiency of PRI can reduce the number of
physical trunks required to handle the current
network traffic by as much as 30%, which in turn,
can lower PBX operating costs
• As a trunk interface to a DMS-100 central office,
ISDN PRI on the Meridian 1 offers businesses
switch access to multiple Central Office (CO)
services and unprecedented flexibility in trunk
usage. It also provides the platform for future
service enhancements
• For added network reliability, ISDN PRI provides
the advantage of a backup D-Channel. This
backup D-Channel automatically takes over for a
failed primary D-Channel to prevent the loss of
calls over the B-Channels

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

113

Features and Benefits
Features

Benefits

Backup D-Channel

Provides redundancy for DChannel Handler Interface (DCHI)
cards with automatic switchover,
if necessary, to the backup unit
in the event of a failure

Boosts system resiliency and
redundancy of the very important
D-Channel signalling information
from Meridian 1 systems

Calling Line
Identification

Sends a telephone’s designated
number through the ISDN PRI
network to the digit display on
the receiving device. Outgoing
and incoming calls are supported
and the CLID lasts for the
duration of the call

Enhances customer
responsiveness

Network ACD (NACD)

Utilises ISDN Primary Rate
Interface or Integrated Serial Link
to quickly and efficiently route
calls to available agents within
a Meridian 1 network. Also
supported over Q.SIG networks

Maximises customer
responsiveness and boosts
employee productivity thereby
driving increased revenue
opportunities for the business

Network Call Party Name
Display

Provides network wide visual
display of name and number
within Meridian 1 and Q.SIG
networks

Boosts the ability to personalise
greetings thereby enhancing
customer responsiveness with the
passage of name and number
information across these networks

Integrated Service Access
(ISA) - Call-by-Call Service
Selection

Dynamically allocates calls by call
and service type including service
identification and incoming digit
conversion for all trunk types
(TIE, CO, DID, WATS); supports
private trunk types for DMS-100
systems

Provides greater maximisation of
system and network resources
along with additional information
passage for enhanced customer
responsiveness

Network Attendant
Service (NAS)

Provides ability to distribute
attendants throughout a
network sharing the workload.
Calls can be re-routed to an
alternate attendant (at a remote
location) based on a variety of
conditions such as overflow,
time of day, night service, etc.)

Boosts customer responsiveness
and efficiency while reducing
business costs offering seamless
coverage to incoming callers while
maximising the productivity of
your support staff.

114

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

Features contd…

Benefits contd…

Network Call Redirection

Extends the “hunt” and “busy”
capabilities of the Meridian 1 to a
Meridian 1 network via ISDN
Primary Rate Interface (PRI) or
ISDN Signalling Link. The originally
dialled number, the connected
number and the reason for the
redirection (busy or hunt)
are displayed.

Promotes greater customer
responsiveness with personalised
greetings based on incoming ANI
information being provided

MCDN Alternate Routing

Allows the MCDN network to reroute calls on an alternate routes if
the call cannot be connected over a
primary route due to network
congestion, temporary failure, etc.

Maximises efficiency and
productivity of the traffic in your
MCDN network by providing for
overflow situations

1.5/2.0 MB Gateway

Provides connectivity between T1
and E1 networks.

Offers more seamless integration
of international networks

Public to Private CLID
Conversion

Allows the correct CLID
information to be displayed at a
terminating set should a call leave
the private network due to
congestion. Applicable to Extended
Switched Network (ESN) and to
interfaces such as DMS-100,
DMS250, #4 ESS, #5 ESS, S100 and
NI-2 TR-1268 interfaces

Promotes greater customer
responsiveness with correct CLID
information being provided to the
end destination even during
“hop off” scenarios

Network Message Service
(NMS)

Utilises ISDN signalling to provide
messaging services across an ISDN
network. Meridian 1 systems
connected with PRI or ISL (ISDN
Signalling Link) can extend
supported message services to all
users within the network from a
single, central location.

Reduces administrative costs
with centralised messaging
administration and boosts user
productivity as feature activation
from the messaging system is
transparent to the user.

Network Ring Again

Provides ring again capability
within the PRI/ISL network. For
example, a caller at location “A”
who encounters a busy destination
signal at location “B” can press the
ring again key on their telephone
and be notified when the busy
station becomes idle. Supported on
Meridian Digital Clients as well as
500/2500 sets.

Boosts employee productivity
and efficiency

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

115

Features contd…

Benefits contd…

Network-wide Remote
Call Forward

Extends the capability of call
forwarding to remotely
forwarding a telephone over the
network. Also provides an
attendant with the ability to
change the forwarding of a
telephone and to verify
forwarding status

Boosts employee productivity
and enhances customer
responsiveness

Remote Virtual Queuing

Uses either ISDN Primary Rate
Interface or ISDN Signalling Link
to allow for queuing of network
calls when trunking facilities are
blocked or busy

Ensures customer responsiveness
and maximises network
utilisation

ISDN Signalling Link (ISL)

Provides the capability to replace
both digital and analogue
conventional trunk signalling
with out-of-band ISDN DChannel signalling. Applications
supported include Calling Line ID,
Calling Line ID in CDR, ESN,
Network Ring Again, Network
Call Redirection, Network
Message Services, Network ACD
and Network Call Party Name
Display. ISL supports both TIE and
ISA trunk types with Meridian 1
to Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 to
CSE 1000 connectivity.

Maximises productivity
of facilities

Calling Line
Identification in Call
Detail Records

Gives customers the call
telephone’s ID in CDR records
including through a tandem
node. Enables customers to
charge the calling party for
services rendered in connection
with an incoming call (ie calls to
an attorney could be charged).

Increases revenue with greater
accuracy in billing and reporting.

Integrated Trunk Access
(ITA)

Allows common digital
transmission facilities to be
shared by B-Channel trunks (via
PRI or ISL) and traditional A&B bit
signalling trunks. Supported on
Meridian 1 to Meridian 1 and CSE
1000 to CSE 1000.

Maximises the efficiency and
productivity of trunking facilities

116

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

Features contd…

Benefits contd…

In-Band Automatic
Number Identification
(ANI)

Allows a carrier to send to the
Meridian 1 the calling party’s
10-digit telephone number via
standard digital trunks (T1)

Promotes greater customer
responsiveness with personalised
greetings based on incoming ANI
information being provided

Call Pickup Network Wide

In a Meridian 1 corporate network
with multiple sites, enables call
pickup feature to be used even if
the two phones are connected to
different Meridian 1 or Succession
CSE 1000 systems

Boosts personal productivity and
promotes more efficient call
handling for Meridian 1 networks
with multiple campuses

Virtual Network Service
(VNS)

Provides private ISDN networking
features utilising public network
facilities

Reduces costs by not requiring a
dedicated private network

510 Trunk Route Member
Expansion

Expands the number of ISDN
Bearer “B” Channels that can be
associated with a single D-Channel
up to 510 from 254 previously

Reduces costs in private networks
by maximising D-Channel
capabilities

MCDN End to End
Transparency

Provides robust features of MCDN
networks such as Network
Attendant Service (NAS), Network
Automatic Call Distribution (NACD)
and Network Message Service
(NMS) over standardised ISDN
Q.SIG network interfaces

Leverages and maximises your
investment in the rich services of
MCDN within ISDN Q.SIG
standardised networks

Solution Sets:
Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 ISDN
Basic Rate Interface (BRI)
ISDN BRI connects data terminals and telephones to
public network switches, such as those used by local
telephone companies, or private network switches,
like the Meridian 1. ISDN BRI implementation into
Meridian 1 software is in accordance with relevant
CCITT standards at the physical, data link and
network layers of the International Standards
Organisation's Open Systems Interconnect model.
Feature activation is supported using CCITT-defined
supplemental service elements. In addition, National
ISDN support is provided, including the
supplementary services "Conference" and "Call
Forward All Calls".

Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 ISDN
Primary Rate Applications
The link that connects corporate users to ISDN
network services
Provides a platform for innovative networking
services such as:
• Dynamically allocating trunks on a
call-by-call basis
• Activating feature transparency such as Ring
Again or Call Forward across a network
• Notification of a calling party’s identity
• Improving customer service and productivity
by automatically linking the calling party's
number to a file in a host computer data base

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

117

Meridian 1 to Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 to CSE 1000
Enterprise Networking
The Meridian 1 Enterprise Networking includes the
Public ISDN Networking Capabilities plus the
following unique features:
• Network Call Party Name Display (NCPND)
• ISDN Signalling Link (ISL) with revert to
conventional signalling
• Call Forward/Hunt Override (Across Network)
• Non-associated Signalling (nB+D)
• Network Attendant Service
• Network Message Service - Meridian Mail
and CallPilot
• Network Call Redirection
• Remote Virtual Queuing
• Network Ring Again (NRAG)
• Backup D-Channel
• Integrated Trunk Access (ITA)
• ESN over ISDN Primary Rate Interface
• Network Message Service - Message Centre
• Network ACD
• Network-wide Remote Call Forward
• Trunk Optimisation

Meridian 1 and CSE 1000 QSIG Networking
QSIG is oriented towards signalling and services that
occur between two switches. For example, two PBXs,
or a PBX and a Centrex switch could exchange
signalling for services across a “Q” reference point.
The QSIG interface will support the
following services:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Call Establishment and Tear Down
ETSI or ISO version of basic call
64 kbps clear data
Overlap Sending/Receiving
Channel Negotiation
Calling and Connected Parties Information
(CLIP/COLP)
Calling and Connected Parties Restriction
(CLIR/COLR)
Generic Functional Protocol (GF)
Call Diversion (CFSD)
Path Replacement (PR)
Message Waiting Indication (MWI)
Flexible Numbering Plan
TIE call types
nB+D with n ranging from 1 to 480 for PRI
Transit Count information transmitted
when ISDN Call Connection Limitation (ICCL) is
present

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

118

ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)

Internet Telephony
Gateway (ITG) Trunk
Overview
With today’s widespread deployment of Internet Protocol (IP) networks, organisations are looking for
new ways to maximise their investments by converging their voice and data network infrastructures.
The Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk is an Intelligent Peripheral Equipment (IPE) card that
acts as a gateway to convert real-time voice and fax information into IP packets to send across an IP WAN
(Wide Area Network) or IP MAN (Metropolitan Area Network). ITG Trunk provides an integrated solution for
high-quality voice transmission over an IP network with the benefit of ISDN networking features. ITG Trunk is
an excellent incremental step in the migration toward IP telephony. Customers can incorporate IP telephony
into their networks at a pace that makes sense for their business requirements.

Customer Profile
• New and existing multi-site customers of
Meridian 1 systems that need to network to other
Meridian 1 and/or BCM systems
• International sites already connected via IP data
networks can save money using IP telephony tollbypass
• Customers that pay high per-minute charges for
local calls between sites can also use
IP telephony as a lower cost alternative to
PSTN calls
• Multi-site customers that need additional
signalling between sites, for feature-enabling and
sharing of centralised resources
(like voice mail)
• Customers with sites already interconnected via
both an IP network and multiple point-to-point
tie lines
• Multi-site customers interconnected via
high-speed IP networks (MAN/Optical)

Typical Applications
ITG Trunk is an important element of
Nortel Networks High Performance Network
Architecture by facilitating the convergence of voice
and data on the Meridian 1 platform. With this
product, an existing IP-based data network can be
used for voice and fax traffic. With ITG’s support of
ISDN signalling, customers will also be able to take
advantage of such productivity enhancers as

network-wide Calling Party Name and Number
display. Centralised access to powerful Meridian 1
services like CallPilot messaging and attendant
services can also be used network-wide through
support of ISDN.

Key Points
• Provides VoIP with full MCDN feature
transparency including centralised and
networked applications between Meridian 1s
• Migration to VoIP is transparent to the end user
as no change in dialling sequence or feature
operation is necessary
• Installs neatly into existing Meridian 1 shelf and is
easily managed using Meridian 1 automatic least
cost routing tables
• Meridian 1 automatic least cost routing table will
always try and send voice calls over ITG trunk but
will revert to ISDN in cases of WAN congestion or
outage as continually monitored by ITG trunk
card
• ITG trunk does not require a nailed up, dedicated
connection between each Meridian 1 but instead
ITG trunk card resources are shared across the
whole network.
• Carrier class reliability with resource pooling and
n x redundancy with the ITG trunk cards
• Nortel Networks provides the ITG Trunk products
to enable customers to deploy
IP Telephony across an existing IP-WAN

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk

119

infrastructure, while preserving their investment
in their existing systems
• ITG Trunk quickly IP-enables all existing Meridian
sets for site-to-site IP telephony traffic, while
seamlessly integrating with the PBX features and
functions. Customers can deploy multi-site IP
telephony without any user-retraining,
installation of poorly integrated (and high
administrative cost) external devices and still
have access to all of the PBX features and
functions they need for maximum flexibility
and efficiency
• ITG Trunk products also eliminate the worry of
doing a “forklift” upgrade and cut-over to a
different vendor’s completely different IP-based
system, that may have unknown missing
features, require user and administrator
re-training, and throw away the significant
investment made in telephone sets, etc. Instead,
ITG Trunk products allow IP trunking to be used
without having to replace all of the rest of the
installed infrastructure

Features and Benefits
The Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG)
system offers customers the ability to reduce their
communication costs by routing voice traffic at low
marginal cost over existing private IP network
facilities with available under-utilised bandwidth on
the intranet. By enabling organisations to send more
traffic over IP networks, costs are reduced as routing
through the PSTN is minimised.
The Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG)
product compresses Pulse Code Modulation (PCM)
voice, demodulates Group 3 fax and routes the
packetised data over a private intranet, to provide
non-ISDN tie trunks between Meridian 1 Electronic
Switched Network (ESN) nodes. It is a requirement
that the customer has already installed a corporate
IP network and that routers are available for WAN
connectivity between networked Meridian 1 systems.
ITG is offered for intranet, rather than Internet use,
since an intranet is a more controlled and managed
data environment. 100/10BaseT Ethernet interfaces
to the ITG card are required, as well as support of IP
version 4 Network layer and addressing in the WAN.

120

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk

There is no restriction on the physical medium
of the WAN.
ITG Trunk cards are Intelligent Peripheral Equipment
(IPE) trunk cards that link two or more Meridian 1
systems together in a private IP WAN network. ITG
Trunk packetises and compresses voice and
modulates fax for transmission over customers’
IP WAN. They include an ISDN D-Channel to provide
enhanced signalling between Meridian 1 systems,
allowing them to be networked.
ITG Trunk uses ISDN protocols with H.323 signalling
and voice over a standard IP protocol stack. As
standards become well deployed, this will also
facilitate native communication between multiple
vendors’ IP based communication systems. ITG
Trunk cards monitor Quality of Service (QoS)
parameters across the data network (such as
latency, jitter and packet loss) to ensure that high
quality voice is delivered. If these measurements
exceed acceptable levels at call set-up, then calls are
automatically routed over traditional voice lines.
When the QoS parameters return to acceptable
levels, IP routing automatically resumes with the
next call. Operations, Administration, and
Maintenance (OAM) for Meridian ITG Trunk cards
can be performed using Optivity Telephony Manager
(OTM). Meridian 1 X11 Release 25 software is required.
The Meridian ITG Trunk provides the
following benefits:
• Enables ISDN trunk connectivity (similar to ISL –
ISDN Signalling Link) between Meridian 1
systems over an IP WAN
• Reduces communications and support costs
• Deploys easily in a Meridian 1 network
• Complies with standard codecs (G.711, G.723.1,
G.729B and G.729AB)
• Offers simple installation and maintenance
with OTM
• Builds on the reliability and feature-richness of
the Meridian 1 system
• Operates transparently to the end user when
routing over the IP data network

Benefits and Applications
ITG 1.0, 2.0 & 2.1 Trunk
• Allows Meridian 1 voice traffic to be sent over a
data network:
- Saves on international toll charges
(by leveraging existing or expanded flat-rate
IP data network, instead of per-minute-charge
circuit-switched PSTN)
- More efficient converged infrastructure –
one IP-based network pipe runs both data
and voice services between sites. Capacity
not used for data service at any given time is
available for voice service and vice-versa
- Increased flexibility – A single all-IP network can
frequently be changed more rapidly, allowing
businesses to respond more quickly to changing
needs
• Converts a traditional Meridian PBX to a
Meridian-Internet Enabled system:
- All traditionally attached PBX phones are
IP-enabled and can now make IP calls
• Build a network of Meridian systems:
- Share centralised voicemail with messagewaiting indication over IP
- Utilise Network Attendant Service over an
IP Telephony network

- Form a Network-based ACD (Automatic Call
Distribution) over an IP Telephony network
- Gain time-saving extra signalling features
when sending calls over an IP Trunk:
• Calling Line ID
• Caller-Name-Display
• QSig and MCDN signalling features
• Other features, similar to those provided
by a point-to-point PRI tie-line
- Meridian PBXs can use ITG Trunk to form a
virtual point-to-multipoint tie-line network.
This provides the functional equivalent of a
fully meshed tie-line network at a fraction of
the cost- IP-based trunks can greatly reduce the
need for tie-lines and point-to-point
D-Channels
ITG 2.1 Trunk
• 33% greater port density per card (32 ports)
• 50% less slot usage (single-slot IPE module).
– 2.67 times greater port density in same
number of slots
• Improved Indicator Lights (full indicators
for both Ethernet interfaces)
• Lower power consumption
• Greater processing power

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk

121

122

Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk

Meridian 1 Option 11C
Overview
Sophisticated communications in a small package. Option 11C supports the same first class desktop
and system features as our larger Meridian 1 systems, including digital telephones, in-building wireless
communications, voice messaging, call centre, PC-based system management and multimedia applications.
The Meridian 1 Option 11C is a powerful system in a small package, supporting up to 800 ports. The Meridian 1
Option 11C is an ideal solution for more advanced single site enterprise businesses and networked branch
offices and sites requiring advanced applications such as Symposium and CallPilot. With additional wall or 19”
rack mountable cabinets to help minimise space requirements, the Option 11C provides the perfect fit for
medium sized offices. Option 11C can be configured for a single site or provide excellent multi-location ISDN
Private Networking. The Option 11C's modular design allows you to easily and cost effectively add capacity and
new capabilities on an as needed basis.

Customer Profile

Key Points

• Single and multi-site SMEs that support
more than 30 lines, communicate globally,
use sophisticated telephony applications and
want the ability to expand services on an
as-needed basis
• Small call centres and telemarketing
environments seeking processing power and
reliability to support current business needs and
the ability to support
future applications
• Campus-like or high-rise business environments
that need to distribute network intelligence
across multiple sites

• Well suited to campus-like or high-rise
business environments
• Compact and lightweight
• Provides the power and versatility of
the larger systems
• Powerful networking features
• Cost effective solution for smaller
locations/branches
• Scaleable and upgradeable
• Reliability with self diagnostics and
back up monitoring
• Easy to use and manage
• Flexible communications solution that offers any
combination of circuit or packet-switched
capabilities in a small package

Typical Applications
• Crafted to deliver all the functionality, rich
application support and reliability of the larger
Meridian 1 systems
• Advanced voice features, data connections,
LAN communications, CTI and sophisticated
information services for 30 to 800 ports;
LAN and WAN VoIP
• Efficient distribution of incoming calls through
Meridian Automatic Call
Distribution (ACD)
• Networking services for connections next door or
in another country
• ISDN private networking services

Features and Benefits
Features

Nortel Networks
Option 11c

System Capacity (Ports)
I/O Ports
Supports all Meridian
Telephone Sets
Unified Messaging
Call Centre Technology
Networking Solution
ISDN Networking
Wireless capabilities
Wall or Rack Mountable

800
64
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Meridian 1 Option 11c

123

Features and Benefits continued…
Trunking

Analogue: Loop or Ground Start, CO, FX, WATS, 2- or 4-wire E&M or
4-wire DX, DID, RAN, Paging, Meridian Gateway Digital:
DTI, ISDN-PRI, ISDN-BRI, Internet Telephony Gateway Trunk, DPNSS-PRI

Management

The Option 11C Ethernet connection provides an interface to Optivity
Telephony Manager (OTM). OTM is a PC-based administration tool that allows
telephone adds, moves, changes, traffic analysis, reporting and more with
point-and-click simplicity. OTM supports open standards such as LDAP and
SNMP. Telephone programming is as easy as clicking on specific graphics.
Web-based help files offer simple instructions on how to use the phones
and features.

Easy to Use Digital Phones

Meridian 1 Option 11C is easy for people to use. Meridian Digital Telephones
bring all the powerful features and services of the Meridian 1 Option 11C to
each desktop in a company, helping employees communicate better and
improving productivity company-wide. Customers can choose from a wide
selection of telephones to match the specific needs of each employee. They
can choose from a digital telephone portfolio which includes a single-line
telephone, specialised sets for telemarketing, a variety of business telephone
configurations that provide capacities from 6 to 60 keys for lines and features,
modular displays for enhanced call coverage and programmable data
adapters to take advantage of sharing on-site and remote computers,
modems and public databases. All Meridian digital phones work alike,
including our i2004 Internet telephone and i2050 Software Phones – so, if a
customer can use one Meridian phone, they can use them all. No extra
training required.

The Competitive Advantage
of Unified Messaging

CallPilot combines voicemail, faxes and email on a single, powerful,
easy-to-use messaging system allowing users to:
• Create and send voice messages to one or many people
• Add a voice message attachment to a fax or e-mail
• Send and receive different message types from either a PC
or a telephone
• Access all messages handsfree using simple voice commands
In short, CallPilot lets customers manage all of their communications instantly
from a single centralised mailbox. If customers are looking for a traditional
voice mail solution, the Option 11C offers Meridian Mail. Meridian Mail voice
menus guide the calls coming into a customer’s office, directing callers
effortlessly to the appropriate person or department. The menus can be
simple - such as prompts for an extension number - or more sophisticated,
allowing callers to check account balances, place orders, or obtain a company
address and hours of operation. And since Meridian Mail is fully integrated
with the Option 11C, there is just a single user interface to manage.

124

Meridian 1 Option 11c

Features and Benefits continued…
Call Centre Management

Symposium call centre products improve operating efficiency with functionality
that also provides the best in customer service. If a business relies on telephone
inquiries, order taking and collections, the Option 11C supports Automatic Call
Distribution and Symposium Call Centre solutions, call-handling software that lets a
business offer unsurpassed customer service. These advanced and networked call
centre services offer skills-based routing to geographically distributed agents for
24/7 operation. Easy Graphical User Interface management and reporting gives
businesses an in-depth analysis of a call centre’s operational efficiency, traffic and
revenue generating capabilities. Symposium Call Centre is a full-powered, state-ofthe-art, server-based, flexible, scalable solution offering the best in customer
relationship management.

ISDN Private Networking

Meridian 1 Option 11C is ready to help you take full advantage of Integrated Services
Digital Networking (ISDN), a set of standards capable of transmitting fully digital
communications (voice, data, fax and image) over the same facilities. Today, ISDN
capabilities can display a caller's name and the incoming phone number over a
private network. Option 11C with its increased processing power presents a very
strong networking capacity that can fully take advantage of networking capabilities

Outstanding Investment
Protection

Option 11C is designed to accommodate future technological innovations and
advances currently being pursued by our research and development teams.
Nortel Networks takes pride in its record of protecting customers' investments in
communications over the long term. All the performance, value, simplicity and
unparalleled quality you'd expect from Nortel Networks, the leading manufacturer
of digital communication systems, is available with Meridian 1 Option 11C

IP Solutions on Demand

The Meridian 1 Option 11C is fully IP-enabled. Customers can get server-based IP
applications that can be integrated with their existing network, such as CallPilot,
Symposium Call Centre and Optivity Telephony Manager. And they can get the
newest IP solutions designed to save money and keep them connected. With the
Option 11C, customers can add Internet Telephony Gateways that let them place
voice calls over IP on their company’s in-building LAN, or route calls over IP to
remote offices. For small remote offices, Option 11C systems can use the Remote
Office 9150, which can seamlessly extend all host features and applications to
remote users of Meridian digital telephones over IP and/or circuit-switched
connections. The newest IP solution for the Option 11C is called the IP Expansion
Option. This is the easiest way to migrate a customer’s users safely and gradually to
voice-over IP, using their managed LAN. It increases trunking capacity and allows
the Option 11C to operate as a standalone unit. Power outages at a main location are
not a problem since this remote system carries on alone until the outage is restored.
These IP solutions can be added easily, whenever they are required. With the
Meridian 1 Option 11C, it is good to know that as technology moves toward
sophisticated IP solutions, customers can safely move with them.

Meridian 1 Option 11c

125

Features and Benefits continued…
Reliability and Flexibility

The Option 11C is crafted to deliver all the functionality, rich application
support and reliability of the larger Meridian 1 systems, but in a smaller
package. It has always used the same software, peripheral cards, desktop
sets and offered the same applications. Option 11C can reduce operating
costs using the latest integrated applications, such as the Integrated
Recorded Announcement Card, Integrated Personal Call Director Card, and
the Integrated Conference Bridge. It is true that Option 11C capabilities have
expanded dramatically. And as these upgrades took place, our customers
were able to stay current - while retaining more than 90 percent of their
initial investment. Today, the Option 11C is widely regarded as industry best
in class. It boasts a mean time between failure rate measured in decades.
When we say that it is 99.999 percent reliable, we have the track record to
prove it.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

126

Meridian 1 Option 11c

Meridian 1 Option 11C Mini
Overview
Specially designed for small branch offices and remote sites, this small powerhouse of a PBX can function as a
standalone unit or as an end node in a Meridian 1 network. The Meridian 1 Option 11C Mini is a version of the
Meridian 1 Option 11C specifically positioned for the 30 to 80 line enterprise branch office site. The Mini is a
customer premises communications system, packaged to provide Meridian 1 features and functionality for
enterprise small branch offices and economic growth up to the full capacity of the Option 11C. The Meridian 1
Option 11C Mini represents the newest member of the Meridian portfolio based on the Option 11C platform. It
has been designed with Nortel Networks Evergreen strategy in mind, ensuring a smooth upgrade path as the
needs of a business evolve.

Customer Profile
• Technology savvy enterprises that communicate
globally with multiple remote locations
• Remote sites that need powerful voice features,
data connections, LAN communications, CTI and
information services
• Branch offices supporting fewer than 80 lines
• Companies wanting a clear growth path for
the future

Typical Applications
• Extending advanced services to remote sites
located next door or in another country;
LAN and WAN VoIP
• Meridian Mail, CallPilot, Symposium Call Centre,
Symposium desktop applications,
Meridian Integrated Call Bridge (MICB), Meridian
Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN) and
Meridian mobility solutions, plus a host of IP
applications
• Efficient distribution of incoming calls through
Meridian Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)

Scalability
• Easily expands from 70 to 800 ports
• Open architecture accommodates hundreds
of software features and services
• Can be IP-enabled to take advantage of voice/data
network integration
Flexibility
• Interacts with other servers to allow multimedia
communications including voice messaging, call
centres, database lookup,
and CTI applications
• Software programmable to support a variety
of central office trunks
• Can interface with the signalling and protocols of
public carrier networks
Simplicity
• Simplified administration and maintenance
• Built in diagnostics reduce costs and simplify
maintenance
• Visual displays and single button access
to features

Key Points
Affordability
• Automatic route selection reduces costs
by restricting access to the least expensive
class of service
• Call accounting helps allocate expenses to
appropriate departments and companies

Meridian 1 Option 11c Mini

127

Features and Benefits
Features
Number of Ports
Network Switching Capacity
Number of Card Slots
Conference Ports
Supports all Meridian Telephone Sets
Supports all Meridian 1 Applications
Mounting Options
Flexible System Expansion Beyond 2 Chassis

Nortel Networks
Option 11c Mini
160 (96 Main, 64 Expander), expanding to 800 ports
320 timeslots, non blocking
8 (4 Main, 4 Expander)
16 in main chassis
Yes
Yes
Rack/Table/Shelf/Wall
Yes

• This product is a competitively priced extension of
the Meridian 1 Option 11C platform. Option 11C
Mini is targeted at branch offices needing up to
80 lines.
The system provides the full range of Meridian 1
features, which can be found on the larger
members of the Meridian family and also
supports the full portfolio of Meridian desktop
telephones
• The Option 11C Mini is the optimum solution for
an end node in a Meridian 1 Network where
advantage can be taken of centralised services
such as Meridian Mail or CallPilot
• It is a full member of the Meridian 1 portfolio and
can take advantage of all the features and
applications available to larger
Meridian 1 systems
• It includes a 48 port DLC supporting 48 digital TNs
and 48 data TNs
• Maximum installation flexibility
• Small package supporting full
Meridian portfolio
• Full Meridian networking functionality
• Designed especially for the 30-80 line market
• Based on Meridian 1 Option 11C technology

• Supports Generic X11 Software
• Flexible expansion capability with a maximum
capacity of up to 800 ports
• Designed with Nortel Networks Evergreen
strategy in mind, ensuring a smooth
upgrade path
• Mini supports all Meridian 1 networking protocols
and the full range of integrated Meridian 1
applications, including: Meridian Mail, CallPilot,
Symposium Call Centre, Symposium desktop
applications, MICB, MIRAN, Meridian Integrated
Personal Call Director (MIPCD) and Meridian
mobility solutions
• Supports the same Internet functionality as the
larger Meridian 1 PBXs, taking advantage of
current and future Meridian IP applications and
products
• The physical design of the Mini offers maximum
installation flexibility:
wall, table, shelf, or rack-mountable
• Small, affordable configuration
• Standard Meridian 1 Desktop

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

128

Meridian 1 Option 11C Mini

Meridian 1 Option 61C
and Meridian 1 Option 81C
Overview
The Meridian 1 Option 61C and 81C Enterprise Communications Systems are the powerhouses of the Meridian 1
portfolio. Both are equipped with CPU and storage media redundancy as standard.
Meridian 1 provides a platform for applications such as CallPilot Unified Messaging and Symposium Call
Centre Server. The Meridian 1 Option 61C and 81C provide the added benefit that these services can be hosted
centrally and extended across the entire network to smaller Meridian 1 Option 11 locations, many of which
may be too small to warrant having their own local applications platforms. This is achieved using the Network
Attendant Services, Network Message Services and Networked Automatic Call Distribution features.
The power, capacity and reliability of the Option 61C and 81C are also well suited as host sites for large
deployments of the Remote Office portfolio which extends cost-effective, high-quality communications to the
smallest branch site locations and home-workers. They are equally well capable of supporting large numbers
of mobile employees through the “virtual office” feature and i2050 software telephone.
The modular design of Meridian 1 systems across the portfolio provides built in scalability so that when your
enterprise grows then so too can your Meridian 1. This enables seamless growth from the Option 61C to 81C
as the need arises.

Features
System Capacity
Real-time Call Capacity
Redundancy
Integrated Applications

System Management
Terminals

VoIP
Software Features

Meridian 1 Option 61C / Option 81C
Option 61C up to 2,00 ports
Option 81C up to 16,000 ports
320,000 Busy Hour Call Completions (BHCC)
CPU and Storage Media
Symposium Call Center Server portfolio
CallPilot Unified Messaging
MIPCD (One number find-me / follow-me)
MICB (Audio Conferencing)
MIRAN (Recorded Announcer)
Meridian Mail (Voice Mail)
Meridian DECT Wireless Voice
Remote Office
Optivity Telephony Manager
M3900 series and earlier supported Meridian 1
digital telephones , IP and Software Telephones
Analogue, Basic Rate and Attendant consoles
ITG line-side, trunk-side and Wireless VoIP Gateway
450+ (e.g. Boss Secretary Filtering, Intercom, paging)

Meridian 1 Option 61C and Meridian 1 Option 81C

129

Customer Profile

Features and Benefits

• Targeted at mid to large sized organisations with
the most demanding requirements for capacity,
reliability, advanced applications and
sophisticated networking.
• The Meridian 1 Option 61C is ideally suited for
organisations requiring up to 2,000 ports.
• It is also the system of choice for smaller port sizes
where resilience is a major consideration, such as
in a Call Centre.
• The Meridian 1 Option 81C uses many of the
Option 61C components but adds additional
power and capacity to support up to 16,000 ports.

• Advanced functionality: Meridian 1 supports over
400 features including Calling line ID, Ring Back
and Boss/Secretary filtering. Many of these
advanced features are not available from
alternative vendors.
• Absolute reliability: Meridian 1 has a track record
of absolute reliability, a key requirement in
managing running costs. Optivity Telephony
Manager enhanced this reliability by providing an
advanced element manager for Meridian 1 and its
applications.
• Valued-added applications: Meridian 1
incorporates a host of integrated applications:
CallPilot Unified Messaging, Meridian Mail,
Symposium Call Centre Server, Meridian
Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB), Personal
Call Director (MIPCD) and Recorded
Announcements (MIRAN) that are
unparalleled in the industry.
• Advanced networking: Meridian 1 offers
networked based dialling plans, call centres and
unified messaging solutions.
• Voice over IP (VoIP) support
• Enterprise Mobility: Wireless telephony on
Meridian 1 includes a choice of integrated Digital
Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications (DECT) or
Wireless Voice over IP.
• Investment protection: Line and trunk cards from
the smallest Meridian 1 can be re-used on larger
systems as expansion is required.

Defining Needs
• Are more than that 500 extensions needed?
• Is Dual Processor reliability required?
• Is this a Call Centre with over 100 agents – the
point at which dual processor redundancy is often
considered?
• Will this site host many remote locations?

Key Points
• Meridian 1 is the No. 1 Business Communications
system worldwide (Dataquest*).
• Meridian 1 is the No. 1 Call Centre solution in
Europe (MZA*).
• Meridian 1 is the No. 1 CPE based unified
messaging system in Europe (ranked by Pelorus*).
(*Independent consultancies)
• Meridian 1 provides the most effective integrated
communications: CallPilot, Meridian Mail, MIPCD,
MICB, MDECT (Meridian Digital Enhanced Cordless
Telecommunications) and MIRAN.
• Meridian 1 offers a choice of circuit switched or IP
telephony (ITG line-side, ITG trunk-side Remote
Office, IP telsets, IP adaptors for Digital sets).
• Meridian 1 uses award-winning technology
including ITG and Remote Office 9150

130

Meridian 1 Option 61C and Meridian 1 Option 81C

Ordering Information
For more information please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

Meridian 1 Remote Services
Line-Side E1 Interface
Overview
Meridian 1 Remote Services products allow businesses to distribute a single Meridian 1 system throughout
their campus, across town or across the continent while maintaining the convenience and economy of
centralised resources and control. Line-Side E1 is a complimentary addition to the Meridian 1 Remote Services
portfolio, which includes ISDN Networking, Fibre Remote and Carrier Remote. The Line-Side E1 interface card
provides a cost-effective connection between E1 compatible equipment (ie such as voice mail systems,
integrated voice response units) and a Meridian 1 system. Used in these kinds of applications, the Line-Side E1
interface eliminates the need for expensive channel bank equipment.

Customer Profile
• Businesses seeking “line side” functionality to
support E1 compatible devices via a direct
connection to the Meridian 1
• Customers intending to connect IVR equipment to
the Meridian 1 for contact centre applications

Typical Applications
An example where Line-Side E1 could be an ideal
solution is with E1 compatible voice response units
such as an IVR system. Using Line-side E1, Meridian 1
can send a call directly to the IVR system and
because the Line-Side E1 card supports 2500-type
functionality, the IVR system can send the call back
to the Meridian 1 for further handling. This is a
significant improvement over previous alternatives.
Previously, if a digital “trunk-side” connection was
used to the IVR system, the IVR system could not
transfer the call back to the Meridian 1. Analogue
ports and channel bank equipment would have to
be deployed for line-side capability – a much more
expensive solution.

connection without the need for channel bank
equipment
• For connecting to IVR equipment, Line-Side E1
interfaces simplifies system configuration
resulting in reduced installation time and easier
maintenance of both the Meridian 1 and the IVR
equipment

Features and Benefits
The Line-Side E1 interface is an Intelligent Peripheral
Equipment (IPE) line card that is supported on
Meridian 1 Option 11 through 81C systems.
Line-Side E1 emulates an analogue line card to
Meridian 1 X11 software and requires two card slots
within the IPE (ie dual width card) to support 32 E1
ports. With full analogue line card functionality in
software, these Line-Side interfaces can provide
2500-type telephone set functionality (eg hook flash,
ring back tones from the Meridian 1). This “line-side”
functionality is crucial when used with equipment
such as voice mail systems, integrated voice
response units and trading turrets (used in stock
markets).

Key Points
• The Line-Side E1 interface is appropriate for any
application where both E1 connectivity and “line
side” functionality is required. It provides a direct
connection between the Meridian 1 and third
party E1 compatible equipment. This results in a
more robust, reliable and cost-effective

The Line-Side E1 interface is compatible with public
or private CEPT type carrier facilities.
Using Channel Associated A/B signalling,
it supports CRC-4 or FAS only framing formats as
well as AMI or HDB3 coding.

Meridian 1 Remote Services Line-Side E1 Interface

131

Line-side E1 can also support off-premise extensions
over long distances (ie up to 800km from the
Meridian 1 system). Analogue telephone
functionality is extended over E1 facilities, providing
a telephone at the remote site with access to 2500type line functionalities. Audible message waiting
indication can be supported
as well.

While designed for remote services applications,
Line-Side E1 interfaces are also used for interfacing
to IVR equipment like the Nortel Networks
Periphonics line of products or other third-party IVR
equipment for Enterprise Contact Centres and
Self-Serve applications.

Features

Product

Eliminates need for expensive channel bank equipment
with support for third party E1 compatible devices

Line-side E1 Interface Card

Supports E1 Monitoring and Diagnostics

Standard with Line-side E1

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

132

Meridian 1 Remote Services Line-Side E1 Interface

Remote Office 9150
Overview
The Nortel Networks Remote Office 9150 is a powerful option for extending cost-effective, high-quality
communications to remote offices. The award-winning1 Remote Office 9150 extends the features and
functions of a Meridian 1 or Succession CSE 1000 communication system to remote branch offices providing
for up to 32 Meridian Digital telephones and utilising an standard IP-based network connection and/or ISDN
circuit-switched telephone lines.
This gives remote branch office workers full access to the corporate telephone network as if they were at the
main site. Remote Office enables a user at a remote location to access all of the system resources, such as
unified messaging, the corporate directory and corporate dialing plans. In addition, all of the 450+ features
enjoyed in the main office are available remotely, features such as “Boss-Secretary Filtering”, “Audio
Conferencing” and “Automatic Call Distribution”.

Customer Profile
• Multi-site enterprises that want to leverage the
investment in their Meridian 1 or Succession CSE
1000 by cost effectively distributing high-quality
communications capabilities over IP throughout
the entire organisation
• Enterprises that need to cost effectively support
small remote offices with up to 32 users
• Teleworking centres that want to transparently
connect remote workers or call centre agents to a
Meridian 1 and Succession CSE 1000
• School districts extending from a central site with
centralised voice mail
• Small clinics and doctors’ offices extended from a
main hospital
• Banks, credit unions and other financial services
organisations with numerous remote sites

Typical Applications
Typical applications include small branch offices
that desire to leverage the features and functionality
of a central corporate PBX while still providing a
local presence in the distant community served.
Examples include bank and credit union branch
offices, doctor offices and clinics associated with a
major hospital, regional sales and service support
centres, a remote agent call centre pod at the local
shopping centre and other similar scenarios.

• Seamlessly sharing CallPilot, Meridian Mail
and Symposium Call Centre applications
with remote sites over converged
voice/data networks
• Increasing the productivity of distributed
workforce services, mobility and
Unified Messaging
• Ensuring QoS levels

Key Points
• Cost effective Branch solution: Leverages
Customer Investments - from high value features
and applications at host site
• Scalable Remote Solution - gives up to 32
• Flexible Access Options - digital telephones
extended via IP network and/or ISDN BRI lines
• Reduces Charges - by providing dial tone from the
host Meridian 1 or local central office
• Simplified Management - with only one
centralised database to support
• Efficient use of Bandwidth - with voice
compression options
• Maintains High Voice Quality - via QoS
transitioning technology. The 9150 offers a voice
QoS feature that automatically switches to the
circuit network if IP congestion affects voice
quality and back to IP when voice QoS is reestablished on the WAN. Switching between IP
and circuit switched networks is transparent to
the user.

Remote Office 9150

133

Features and Benefits
All of the Remote Office products communicate with
the Meridian 1 or Succession CSE 1000
communication systems via a single-slot or dual-slot
Reach Line Card. This flexible integrated application
card can simultaneously support not only Remote
Office 9150-based branch offices, but also 9110 and
9115 telecommuters, IP-enabled Meridian Digital
phones with the Meridian Digital Telephone
IP Adapter and directly wired Meridian
Digital phones2.
Unlike many other IP Telephony products from other
vendors, Remote Office 9150 is able to ensure voice
quality and reliability because of its ability to place
and receive phone calls over circuit-switched PSTN
lines, as well as over a Voice over IP network
connection. When IP performance levels drop,
Remote Office 9150 uses patented QoS transitioning
technology to maintain voice quality, moving live
active calls from the IP network to PSTN fallback
lines without dropping the call.

The Remote Office 9150 allows centralised
administration and control of branch office
telephones, a consistent user interface between
branch offices and headquarters and centralised
application support, such as CallPilot Unified
Messaging and Symposium Call Centre. The Remote
Office 9150 is fully survivable in the event that the
branch office loses IP connectivity with the
headquarters office.

Features

Nortel Networks Remote Office 9150

Scalable Capacity

8-32 telephones

Interfaces

Up to four U or S/T ISDN BRI interfaces
10BaseT Ethernet
One analogue port

Compatible Handsets

Support M2000, M3800 and M3900 sets plus
add-on modules

Host Site

16- and 32-port Meridian Internet Gateway Remote
IPE line cards
Ethernet interface for VoIP
Shared ISDN PRI/T1/E1 PBX trunking to remote sites

Meridian Feature/Application Support

All Meridian 1/Succession CSE 1000 Applications:
• Telephony features
• Symposium Call Centre
• Supports 1st and 3rd party CTI
• Call Pilot Unified Messaging
• Meridian Mail

Connection to Meridian Host

Ethernet interface for VoIP
ISDN BRI
G.729 (8 kbps) encoding supports up to 8
simultaneous calls back to the Meridian 1 or
Succession CSE 1000 on a single ISDN B channel
(14 calls on 1 BRI)

134

Remote Office 9150

Survivable

If WAN connection lost to Meridian:
• Local station to station calls supported
• ISDN BRI Lines allow local outgoing and incoming
call for remote users

Local Switching

Station to station calls are switched locally saving
bandwidth to Meridian

Audio Compression

Supports multiple codecs to maximise WAN
bandwidth

QoS Transitioning

Dynamically switches calls from packet networks to
circuit-switched networks if voice quality degrades

Bridge Port

The Bridge Port feature allows local PSTN calls
received or placed on the branch office’s ISDN BRI
phone numbers to be transferred, call-forward and/or
conference from the Remote Office 9150 branch office
to the Meridian 1 or Succession CSE 1000
communication system

DiffServ and 802.1p QoS Support

802.1p Layer 2 QoS and DiffServ Layer 3 QoS
means improved IP performance. When installed on
a QoS-capable network, the Remote Office 9150
utilises these QoS features to ensure maximum IP
performance and voice quality over the IP network

Jitter Buffer Configuration

Administrators can now minimise latency (delay) on
fast high-performance IP connections, or maximise
voice quality on IP connections that may need extra
buffering

Multiple Subscriber Numbering (MSN) Support

Remote Office 9150’s support of MSN allows each
ISDN-BRI channel to have a separate DN (phone
number) from the CO. This means that each BRI line
can now have up to two phone numbers (one for each
B-channel). In some areas, this may be the only BRI
configuration supported

Voice Activity Detection

Voice Activity Detection (sometimes called silence
suppression) can dramatically reduce the amount of
IP traffic generated during a voice conversation. The
Voice Activity Detection feature allows one side (or
both) of a VoIP connection to stop sending traffic
when there is nobody speaking on that side

Remote Office 9150

135

IP Bandwidth Restriction

IP Bandwidth Restriction feature allows an
administrator to set a maximum amount of
bandwidth that will be transmitted over the IP
connection between the Reach Line Card and the
Remote Office 9150 unit. If the maximum
IP bandwidth restriction has been reached, and
additional calls are attempted, those calls will be
routed over the BRI connection

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your Nortel Networks representative.

Remote Office 9110/9115 won Best of Show award at the 2001 Internet Telephony Conference and Expo in San Diego, USA.
Directly wired Meridian Digital Telephone support not available on Succession CSE 1000 systems.

136

Remote Office 9150

Remote Office 9110/9115
Overview
Remote Office 9110 and 9115 use the award-winning technology1 to extend a single digital telephone to a
remote location, This gives a remote worker full access to the corporate telephone network as if they were at
the main corporate site. Remote Office enables a user at a remote location to access all of the system
resources, such as unified messaging, the corporate directory and corporate dialing plans. In addition, all of
the 450+ features enjoyed in the main office are available remotely, features such as “Boss-Secretary
filtering”, “Audio Conferencing” and “Automatic Call Distribution”.
Remote Office 9110 and 9115 uses either traditional circuit switched connections or packet switched VoIP
connections. Unlike many other IP Telephony products from other vendors, Remote Office 9110 and 9115 are
able to ensure voice quality and reliability because they can place and receive phone calls over analogue PSTN
lines, as well as over VoIP packet switched networks. When IP performance levels drop, voice quality can be
maintained by moving live, active calls from the IP network onto the analogue fallback line without dropping
the call.
Remote Office 9110 is a small circuit board mounted in the footstand of a digital telephone and the Remote
Office 9115 is a small module external to the telephone. The following table shows the digital telsets which
Remote Office supports.

Customer Profile

Key Points

•
•
•
•
•

• Leverage the features & Applications of a
Meridian 1 or Succession CSE 1000
communications system across to the homeoffice, worker as if he was in the office
• Cost saving by providingVoIP solution
• Centralised System Administration under Optivity Telephony Manager
• Patent Quality of Service (QoS guaranteed) with
both IP & Circuit Switch Analogue connectivity

Home-based employees
Executive home-based offices
Home-based employees
Occasional remote worker
Call centre agent teleworkers - single agent
working from home or remote site
• Remote jobsite support - support of small
temporary field/project offices
• Support personnel (including IT, facilities) that
may rotate pager duty and/or have to respond to
work calls after hours
• Very small branch offices (2-3 phones) without
ISDN BRI ability and little internal phone-tophone traffic

Typical Applications
• Ideal solution Home-worker
• Call centre agent teleworkers - single agent
working from home or remote site
• Remote jobsite support - support of small
temporary field/project offices

137

Features

Nortel Networks Remote Office 9910 / 9115

Interfaces

Single Analogue POTS
10BaseT Ethernet

Compatible Handsets

Supported M2000 and M3900 sets plus add-on modules

Meridian Feature/Application Support

All Meridian 1/Succession CSE 1000 Applications:
• Telephony features
• Symposium Call Centre
• Supports 1st and 3rd party CTI
• MIPCD, MICB, MIRAN
• CallPilot and Meridian Mail

Connection to Meridian Host

Ethernet interface for VoIP
Analogue POTS
G.729 (8 kbps) encoding back to the Meridian 1 or
Succession CSE 1000 on a single Analogue POTS

Survivable

If WAN connection lost to Meridian - Local Line allows
local outgoing and incoming call for remote users

Audio Compression

G.711, G.729a, 30ms voice samples

QoS Transitioning

Dynamically switches calls from packet networks to
analogue POTS line when IP performance degrades

Standards Compliant

TAPI: via Symposium TAPI Service Provider
(first party or third party mode)
• IEEE 802.1p: Layer 2 QoS
• DiffServ: Layer 3 QoS
• NAT-P: Network Address Translation
• Call Pilot (Unified Messaging), message
lights, MICB Conference Bridge, etc
• Same phones and user interface whether
at remote site or at main site
• Phones can be programmed identically to
local phones, including an exact copy of an existing
phone (one phone number rings at
both a remote and local office phone – MADN Multiple
Appearance Directory Number)
• Remote phones have the same access as local phones
to call centre and other applications

Transparent Access to all Meridian and
Succession Features (from the Remote Location)

Voice Activity Detection

138

Remote Office 9110/9115

Voice Activity Detection (sometimes called
silence suppression) can dramatically
reduce the amount of IP traffic generated
during a voice conversation. The Voice
Activity Detection feature allows one side
(or both) of a VoIP connection to stop
sending traffic when there is nobody
speaking on that side

M3900 Digital Telephones
Overview
The M3900 series is Nortel Networks latest range of digital telephones for the Meridian 1 Business
Communication System and Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (Succession CSE 1000).
The M3900 series consists of five new telephone models and a variety of accessories to meet the diverse
requirements of all organisations. Excellent voice quality, simplicity of use and ease of management are
guaranteed with all sets in the M3900 series.

M3901 Current Highlights:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Entry level single line set
5 programmable features
4 fixed keys (Line, Feature, Hold, Goodbye)
Ringing and Handset Volume control
LED indicator: Message waiting, Feature activation
Feature card
Desk or wall mount

Typical Applications:
• Lobby, hallways, etc

M3902 Current Highlights:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Basic single line set
2-line x 24-character display
3 self-labelling programmable feature keys
Handsfree key with LED
Navigation cluster
Desk or wall mount
Headset support

Accessories:
External Alerter & recording Interface
Typical Applications:
Manufacturing floor, warehouse, light telephone use

M3900 Digital Telephones

139

M3903 Current Highlights:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Multi-line
3-line x 24-character display
2 self-labelling programmable line/feature keys
4 context sensitive feature keys
Advanced feature access: Virtual Office, Corporate
Directory, Set-to-Set Messaging
Fixed feature keys: Direct Connect Headset
Handsfree w/LED
Navigation cluster, Quit and Copy
Desk or Wall Mount

Accessories:
External Alerter & Recording Interface
Typical Applications:
Office professionals, technical specialists

M3904 Current Highlights:
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Multi-line
5-line x 24-character display
6 self-labelling programmable line/feature keys
4 context sensitive feature keys
Advanced feature access: Virtual Office, Corporate
Directory, Set-to-Set Messaging
Fixed feature keys: Message, Directory/Log (includes
Personal Directory, Call Log and Redial List),
Applications, Shift, “Smart” Mute w/LED, Headset
w/LED, Hold, Goodbye, Volume Control
Direct Connect Headset
Handsfree w/LED
Navigation cluster, Quit and Copy
Desk or wall mount

Accessories:
KBA, DBA, External Alerter & recording Interface,
Personal Directory PC Utility
Typical Applications:
Managers, executives, administrative assistants

140

M3900 Digital Telephones

M3905 Current Highlights:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

4-line x 24-character display
8 self-labelling programmable line/feature keys
4 self-labelled programmable feature keys
6 ACD Fixed feature keys w/LED
Headset, Supervisor, Emergency, Make Busy, Not
Ready, In-Calls
Supervisor plug in key (talk or listen only)
Navigation cluster, Quit and Copy
Dual Headset jacks
Handset optional
2 accessory ports

Accessories:
KBA, External Alerter & recording Interface
Target Customers:
Symposium Contact Centre agents and supervisors
Typical Applications:
Contact Centre agents and supervisors

Key Points
• Lower cost of ownership
• Self-labelled keys
• Simplified administration, upgrades
and maintenance
• Simplify accessories installation
• Increased user productivity through
simplified user interface
• Enhancements to Directory search makes calling
easier and finding numbers faster

• More efficient access to value-added features
and services
• Context sensitive keys allow easy viewing
of line/feature status
• Empowerment
• Increased flexibility with more customisation
of Virtual Office features

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

M3900 Digital Telephones

141

142

M3900 Digital Telephones

Meridian Integrated
Conference Bridge (MICB)
Overview
Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB) is a server based Intelligent Peripheral Equipment (IPE)
application that provides an integrated audio conference bridge capability for Meridian 1 and Succession CSE
1000. Organisations wanting to extend their communications reach to geographically dispersed customers,
clients or colleagues, can do so efficiently and professionally with MICB. In addition, MICB provides quick
“in-house” access to a secure conference bridge, instead of requiring constant coordination with external
service bureaus. MICB is designed not only to enhance an organisation's audio-conferencing capability with
a variety of convenient features, but also as an easy to use administrative tool for scheduling conferences.

Customer Profile
• Any business organisation that wants to use
audio conferencing as a means of consolidating
communications irrespective of time, date
and location
• Corporate decision-makers interested in a
high-quality audio-conferencing solution will find
that the MICB is an excellent fit for their
requirements. Not only does it integrate with the
Meridian 1 system to help reduce costs by
avoiding the need for additional equipment, MICB
can also bring a geographically dispersed
organisation together via high-quality audio
conferencing
• Managers will appreciate the cost-savings
and efficiency that this intuitive conference
administration tool can bring to their
organisations

Key Points
• MICB delivers cost-effective, interactive, multipoint audio conferences accessible from any
telephone, anytime, anywhere in the world
• MICB provides administrators and users alike
with cost-effective in-house conference
capabilities without the inconvenience of external
OEM equipment, or more expensive and less
secure third-party service bureaus

• Being “in-house” means conferences can be
scheduled at a moment’s notice instead of
coordinating services with a suitable provider
• Access to MICB is provided at the user level for
conference management and at the
administrator level for configuration, editing
conference parameters, bridge allocation,
assigning control directory numbers, or analysing
traffic reports
• The administration of conferences can be
controlled via a web-based browser user interface
on a personal computer

Features and Benefits
The Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge
offers features designed to make scheduling,
administrating and attending a conference
effortless for any organisation.
To ensure conference security, MICB provides
password protection on a conference-by-conference
basis. Specific calls can be password protected, or all
calls protected depending on the level of security
that is desired. Passwords are assigned at the
administrator level at the time the conference is
scheduled and are between four and eight digits in
length. MICB will allow two attempts to enter a
password and if still incorrect, will advise the user to
contact the bridge administrator.

Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB)

143

Flexible conference scheduling and administrative
user interface options are available. An intuitive
web-based browser user interface (BUI) makes
scheduling conferences quick and easy. A menudriven telephone set option not only lets customers
schedule conferences via any DTMF set, but also
allows chairperson and conferees to have control of
in-conference features.
Each MICB card can function independently,
providing up to 32 ports that can be divided
into groups from 1 to 10, where each group
represents a separate conference.

By linking two MICB cards together, 62 ports
for a single conference call can be obtained.
For configurations beyond 32 ports, a Windows NT
server is required in lieu of using the embedded
server contained within the
MICB card.
MICB is a global product and supports English (UK),
English (American), French, German and a number
of other European languages.

Feature

Benefit

24 x 7 Availability

Accessible from any phone, anytime, anywhere

Browser User Interface

Intuitive web-based BUI for administration

Telephone User Interface

Menu-driven scheduling/reservation capability

BUI Administration

Support of configuration, schedules and reports

Entrance/Exit Options

Enter/exit by Name, Tone, or Silence

Multi-Language Prompts

Selective application in language of choice

Password Security

Controls access by Chairperson/Participant

Email Notification

Conference confirmation/attributes to scheduler

Custom Greeting

Permits recording of brand line greeting

Assign Chairperson

Reserves a port for access by Chairperson

Help Access Menu

Enables Chairperson to play list of commands

Group Callout

Permits Chairperson to call pre-selected group

Roll Call

Allows Chairperson to check participants

Dial Out

Allows Chairperson to call a non-participant

Port Expansion

Allows additional conferees to join the bridge

Side Bridge

Chairperson consults privately with a participant

Selective Disconnect

Enables Chairperson to disconnect a participant

Block-out Scheduling

Permits recurring conferences to be established

Emergency Bridge

Automatically dials list of predetermined numbers

Lock/unlock Conferees

Permits Chairperson to allow/deny participants

Conference Extension

Conference can be extended beyond allotted time

Conference Termination

Issues warning when conference is about to end

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

144

Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB)

Meridian Integrated
Personal Call Director (MIPCD)
Overview
Meridian Integrated Personal Call Director (MIPCD) is a versatile one number “follow-me” product that
provides the ability to screen and route incoming calls to one or multiple phones based on customised
personal profiles, time and date. It allows a user to distribute just one telephone number to associates, rather
than dealing with multiple phone numbers. MIPCD provides users with the ability to discreetly screen and
route their calls while ensuring their continual accessibility to callers. It also provides flexible features for
different stages of a one-number telephone call such as greeting a caller, searching for the called party, or
re-directing a call to the user's voicemail.

Customer Profile
• MIPCD is ideal for any organisation that has road
warriors, mobile sales forces, or any employees
that are constantly on the go
• MIPCD follow-me call service benefits any
organisation seeking to improve customer
satisfaction and increase employee productivity
• The application is ideal for people with multiple
telephones or other devices accessible through
the telephony network such as office, cellular,
pager, fax, etc
• MIPCD facilitates personnel who must keep in
touch with colleagues and customers outside of
normal business hours

Key Points
• MIPCD can increase employees' productivity levels
while simultaneously enhancing customer
satisfaction
• Corporate decision-makers will be especially
interested in MIPCD because of its integrated
nature. The MIPCD has been designed as a
universal IPE card so that it will slot easily into
any IPE shelf on the Meridian 1 system.
It provides seamless integration that avoids
having to deal with possible compatibility issues
associated with external equipment, thus
leveraging the same service and support provided
to the Meridian 1

• Network and telecom managers will appreciate
the flexibility of MIPCD. The ability to add
additional users and ports as the need arises via
the purchase of simple key code activated user
expansions and upgrades, makes MIPCD an
attractive enhancement to the Meridian 1
• Each MIPCD card contains an embedded server
that allows users to access service via the Web in
order to create customised call screening and
routing profiles based on time of day and
date scheduling
• MIPCD provides two intuitive user interfaces:
a Web-based Browser User Interface (BUI) and a
voice prompted Telephone User Interface (TUI);
the TUI allows users to conveniently make
changes to their MIPCD settings from any DTMF
telephone
• The MIPCD administrator can benefit from very
extensive traffic, billing and event reporting
capabilities. Traffic measurement files are
generated and stored in the PCMCIA disk on a one
file per day basis.

Features and Benefits
The MIPCD features can be easily handled using one
of two intuitive interfaces: either a Web-based
Browser User Interface (BUI) or a Telephone User
Interface (TUI). The BUI is used for defining and
setting the user characteristics in the follow-me
profile, follow-me schedule,

Meridian Integrated Personal Call Director (MIPCD)

145

temporary overrides and personal properties
(passwords, mailbox number and the like).
The TUI is accessible from any DTMF telephone and
permits the user to record one or more personal
greeting, assign the greeting to a distribution list,
activate the override capability to change the profile
and program MIPCD to route calls accordingly.
Each MIPCD card has an IP address to permit both
individual subscribers (users) and the administrator
access to the various services, such as defining
personal routing profiles from a Web browser.
Depending on the setup, a user can access the
MIPCD BUI either via their company's intranet
and/or Internet. A TUI is provided for subscribers to
initiate immediate overrides to an existing routing
profile, or to a direct number if the subscriber is
away from their usual place of work and does not
have access to the Web.
MIPCD supports Nortel Networks Meridian
Mail/CallPilot and other voice message systems that
have Express Messaging capability. MIPCD transfers
subscriber’s incoming calls to the Express Messaging
number defined in the Administrator’s BUI.
Subscribers can enter a different mailbox number if
necessary via the User BUI. An incoming call is
automatically transferred to the subscriber’s voice
mail if the user cannot be reached.

During the MIPCD search phase for the connection
to the user, the calling party can receive a recorded
announcement, music while waiting,
announcement plus music, or ring back tone.
Four options for call disposal are available when the
MIPCD is unable to locate the subscriber. These are:
transfer to voice mail, transfer to an administrative
assistant, transfer to another number, or disconnect.
MIPCD is available in several different
configurations: 8 port/50 users, 16 port/100 users, 24
port/150 users and 32 port/200 users. The maximum
user capacities that can be reached at each of the
port sizes are: the 8 port/50 user configuration can
expand to a maximum 100 users; the 16 port/100
user MIPCD card to a maximum 150 users; the 24
port/150 user MIPCD card to a maximum 200 users
and the 32 port card can grow to a maximum 300
user capacity per card.
The MIPCD has a multi-language capability.
The voice menus for both users and callers can be
selected in a preferred language from the following:
English (UK), English (American), French, German
and a number of other European languages.

Feature

Benefit

Intuitive User Interface

Accessible by Web-based Browser or Telephone

Greeting Choices

Selectable system, personal, or no greeting

Custom Profiles

Users control call routing based on their schedule

Call Treatment

User defines how and when calls are to be routed

VIP Password

Permits special call treatment for the caller

Name Request

Announces caller’s name for discretionary handling

Calling Line Request

Announces calling number to the call recipient

Search Options

Provides sequential or simultaneous parallel search

Response During Search

Provides message, music, or ring back tone to caller

Call Answer Password

Adds security through user authentication password

Call Reconnection

Reconnects call if accidentally disconnected

Incoming FAX Detection

Automatically routes the call to a defined number

Call Disposal

Transfer to voice mail, attendant, or other number

Dial Restrictions

Checks validity of dialling parameters set by the user

Override Profiles

Users can change their profile from a BUI or TUI for immediate or
programmed implementation

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

146

Meridian Integrated Personal Call Director (MIPCD)

Meridian Integrated
Recorded Announcer (MIRAN)
Overview
Meridian Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN) is a server based Intelligent Peripheral Equipment (IPE) card
that provides high quality, integrated recorded announcements (RAN) and music-on-hold (MOH) capabilities
for Meridian 1 and Succession CSE 1000. With MIRAN, businesses can increase their customer responsiveness
by providing callers with easy 24-hour access to important recorded information. MIRAN can be used for a
variety of applications with its ability to deliver recorded announcements repeatedly and automatically. It can
provide general information messages, call intercept treatment, after hour business instructions, advertising
and promotional announcements, hotel wake-up services and any other recorded service necessary to
optimise the business environment.
• In conjunction with Music Broadcast feature
elimination of dedicated conference cards for
MOH purposes provides hardware savings and
additional card slots for other use, as well as
considerable improvements in real time capacity
and network traffic handling results
• The Telephone User Interface (TUI) within the
MIRAN application permits access from any DTMF
telephone using password security
• Announcements can be recorded either locally or
remotely as often as required

Customer Profile
• New or existing Meridian 1 (on X11 Release 20
or later software) and Succession CSE 1000
customers
• Any horizontal and vertical market that requires
the benefit of using announcements to keep
customers informed
• MIRAN can be used to empower any business
with improved customer contact

Key Points
• MIRAN is an IPE card that provides integrated RAN
and MOH services and built-in trunk ports, saving
the need to use additional trunk cards and OEM
RAN machines
• MIRAN is available in different configurations and
offers a comprehensive range of recording and
maintenance features for simplified
management of recorded announcements
• As is the case with other products in the Meridian
Integrated Application Portfolio, the key benefit
with MIRAN is the avoidance of using external
OEM equipment in order to provide recorded
announcements and music on hold to callers
• Integration streamlines operation and
consolidates installation, maintenance and
support to a single entity. The result is a costeffective solution that provides a necessary and
expected operation to the communication
services of the system

Features and Benefits
MIRAN delivers a simple, cost effective alternative to
standalone digital announcers that have
traditionally operated as auxiliary adjuncts to the
Meridian 1 system. Its integrated design eliminates
the need for external battery back-up, power supply,
cabling or switch room space normally required to
accommodate third-party standalone RAN systems.
Designed to provide simple plug and play
installation, MIRAN resides in a single IPE card slot
within a Meridian 1 IPE module. Each MIRAN card is
available in a number of configurations that can be
tailored to meet the requirements of any business
entity.
In addition, MIRAN delivers a comprehensive range
of recording and administration features, all on a
single platform.

Meridian Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN)

147

MIRAN supports the following applications:
• First recorded announcement
• Second recorded announcement
• Intercept treatment
• Music on hold
• Automatic wake-up for the
hospitality market
MIRAN supports both Continuous and Start/Stop
modes of playback. Immediate Continuous mode
allows recordings to constantly play as callers “barge
in” on the playback. Delay Dial Continuous mode
initiates a ring back tone to callers until the
recording begins again. Start/Stop modes reset the
recording to its beginning position when a call is
terminated. All MIRAN channels are totally
independent and it is possible for each channel to
play different parts of a recording at the same time.

For flexibility, each MIRAN card can be configured
for 1 of 3 port channel (port) configurations:
Small (2 channels), Medium (4 channels) or Large
(8 channels). If traffic requirements increase, the
port capacity of the Small and Medium cards can be
quickly and easily expanded to the higher
configurations with a software keycode that
activates the additional channels.
To accommodate traffic requirements beyond the 8channel capacity, up to 16 MIRAN cards can be linked
together in a daisy chain and managed from a single
terminal. As many MIRAN cards as required can be
supported by Meridian 1, limited only by the number
of IPE slots available in the system.

MIRAN is pre-configured with 24 minutes of voice
memory storage and 6 minutes of royalty-free
music for music-on-hold application.
Feature
Text-Based User Interface
Telephone User Interface (TUI)
Browser User Interface (BUI)
Calendar Assignments
Time and Date Synchronisation
Music-on-Hold
Password Security
Announcement Recording
Music Recording
Pre-recorded Message Exchange
Time of Day Messages
Multiple Modes of Operation

Benefit
Provides menus and commands for all OA&M functions
Access MIRAN from any DTMF phone for recording or
amending announcements
Access MIRAN via a web browser to perform OA&M functions
Schedule announcements based on day and month basis utilising 366 day
calendar
Provides the option of setting the parameter manually or synchronising
with the Meridian 1
Trunks and routes can be selectively programmed to provide
MOH to callers
Provided on any recording made from a DTMF phone; second level
password required for advanced maintenance
Create voice announcements via commercially available sound editor
applications
Connect to external music sources such as a tape recorder,
CD player, or radio
In-service recordings can be immediately exchanged with reserve
recordings stored in memory
Each channel can be assigned to play different messages at specific times
during the day, week, or month
Continuous and Start/Stop modes of playback independent of each channel

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative

148

Meridian Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN)

Messaging - Meridian Mail
Overview
Meridian Mail is Nortel Networks legacy Voice Mail solution with over 70,000 systems installed globally. In
simple terms, Meridian Mail is a hardware and software package that integrates with the Meridian 1 business
communications system to provide high-powered, cost-effective means of extending sophisticated handling
of voice messages across your communications network.

Customer Profile
Businesses of all sizes can enjoy the benefits of voice
processing with Meridian Mail. The system can scale
from 2 to 96 ports with 5 to 800 hours of storage
capacity, so you can start small and grow your
system in line with your business requirements.

Key Points
• The benefits of automated call handling are
widely acknowledged in terms of improvements
in customer service and workforce productivity
• Cost efficiency - increases call handling to reduce
the overall cost of communication
• Professionalism - no longer left on hold, callers
receive a personalised greeting inviting them to
leave a message
• Convenience - no need for repeat calls, voice mail
ensures the message gets through and is
responded to at the most convenient time
• Time management – enables users to set aside
time to concentrate on core activities by allowing
Meridian Mail to manage calls
• Expediency - fewer delays, SMS text notifications
are routed to advise of new message alerts
• Prioritisation - urgent messages can be filtered
through SMS and responded to accordingly

Features and Benefits
All of Meridian Mail’s sophisticated features can be
accessed by following clear interruptible voice
prompts or by entering one or two digit codes on the
phone keypad, with no complex codes to remember.
Context-sensitive help is always close at hand
accessed by a simple key command so in fact, only

unauthorised users will find it difficult to access
Meridian Mail.
A number of security systems are in place to keep
your system secure. Mailboxes are protected by
passwords and automatic lockout is triggered after a
set number of failed number entries. ‘Hacker
Tracker’ monitors unlawful system intrusion, which
integrates with Meridian Mail Reporter alerting your
system supervisor when unauthorised access was
attempted, allowing you to take remedial action at
the earliest opportunity.

Voice Menu
A menu may simply prompt a caller to dial the
extension they want, or take them through a series
of options to reach people or specific items of
recorded information. You can offer a different
menu choice at different times of the day or week,
use a special menu for holidays and run different
language versions on different numbers.

Voice Messaging
Telephone Answering provides personalised
answering of telephones that are forwarded,
unanswered, or busy. Voice mail provides the
capabilities to send and receive verbal messages via
the telephone. Voice Messaging also provides
features in most systems such as Reply, Call Sender,
Forward, Compose and Distribution Lists and
Outcalling. Your mailbox can route message alerts
to pagers, mobile phones and car phones - you
don’t even have to be a user of the system to get
the message.

Automated Attendant
Automated Attendant puts the caller in control
providing an effective operator back-up service

Messaging - Meridian Mail

149

during peak times. Calls are routed to a specific
number and simple voice prompts enable callers to
steer their call to the right destination. Unlike a
human operator, Automated Attendant service
answers many calls at the same time and works
24 hours a day.

Voice Forms
Callers can complete forms and request information
by simply answering a series of pre-recorded
questions. A customer can therefore place an order
by phone, at whatever time is convenient for them.
A shift supervisor can fill out an urgent service
request in the middle of the night, knowing that it
will be handled at first priority in the morning.
Simultaneous transactioning Integrating Voice
Menus, Voice Forms and Interactive Voice
Recognition (IVR) enables a customer to carry out a
variety of transactions during a single call. If the
caller wants human contact, their call can be put
into an Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) queue and
their account details can be delivered to the
answering agent’s screen at the same time as their
call is put through.

Fax on Demand
Fax on Demand allows callers to receive hardcopy
information by calling a specified telephone number
from either a touch-tone or a faxphone. By following
simple voice prompts, the caller is guided through
the process. The faxed information can either be
received during the call or by specifying a remote fax
number to which the information will be
transmitted on completion of the call.
Fax on Demand is ideal in any situation where
multiple callers require the same information such
as location maps, news bulletins, order forms or
price lists.

Hospitality Voice Service
Meridian Mail’s HVS enables hotels to differentiate
their service offering by providing their guests with
their own voice mailbox at check-in. Anyone can
then leave a message in their own voice, at their
own pace and in their own language.

150

Messaging - Meridian Mail

Meridian Mail Reporter
Meridian Mail Reporter is a robust, feature-rich
management tool that works with the Meridian Mail
system helping it run more efficiently, protecting
you from toll fraud and allowing you to maximise
the cost-effectiveness of the system by billing back
special services to the departments or people who
use them. Meridian Mail Reporter generates up to 38
different reports to help you accurately monitor the
complete operation of your voice mail messaging
system enabling you to quickly and easily align your
messaging tasks with the critical needs of your
business.

Multiple Message Waiting Indicator
The Message Waiting Indication (MWI) is a signal
sent to a telset to indicate to a user that one or more
unread message(s) reside in their mailbox. The
administrator can define 8 MWI DNs per MMUI or
VMUIF mailbox.

Nested SDLs
Distribution lists allow voice mail users to address
messages to groups of mailboxes using a single
address. There are two types of distribution lists:
Personal Distribution lists (PDLs) and System
Distribution Lists (SDLs).
The Nested System Distribution List feature permits
one SDL to be included within another therefore
containing any combination of 120 mailboxes
and/or SDLs and allowing many more mailboxes
to be addressed using a single SDL.

Meridian Mail networking options:
• Enterprise Networking – for networking multiple
Meridian Mail systems using DTMF signalling.
Effectively makes distance irrelevant, provides
fully featured network messaging between
multiple Meridian Mail sites.
• Meridian Mail Net Gateway – for VPIM (Voice
Profile for Internet Mail ) networking with
Meridian Mail, CallPilot and other messaging
systems using an enterprise data network
or the Internet (TCP/IP)

• Virtual Node Networking – for networking
multiple Meridian Mail systems
(pre-release 11)
• Network Message Services – for networking
one Meridian Mail system with multiple
Meridian 1 PBXs
• AMIS Analogue Open Networking – for
networking with other AMIS-compliant voice mail
system, regardless of manufacturer

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact
your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Messaging - Meridian Mail

151

152

Messaging - Meridian Mail

Messaging – CallPilot
Unified Messaging
Overview
CallPilot is a Unified Messaging tool that brings together voicemail, email and fax to create a personalised,
feature-rich communications and message management system. CallPilot incorporates the latest technology
including advanced Speech Activated Messaging and Email-by-Phone. This enables access to emails using the
Telephone User Interface (TUI) through either voice commands or Dual Tone Multi Frequency (DTMF) tones
from virtually anywhere. CallPilot builds on the customer-driven functionality of proven Nortel Networks
messaging products and adds graphical user interfaces to make system management easy and effective.
The CallPilot portfolio includes CallPilot Release 2.0, CallPilot Mini, CallPilot 100/150 for Norstar and CallPilot as
an integrated version for BCM (Business Communication Manager).

Customer Profile

Key Points

Nortel Networks is able to offer a messaging
solution for every customer requirement, from a
small 20 user greenfield site, up to one single
CallPilot system serving up to a 20,000 user
multi-site corporation using IP Telephony.

• Increased productivity
• Lower total cost of ownership
• Seamless integration, provides a single mailbox
for voice, fax and email messages
• Supports conventional touch-tone commands as
well as a convenient and easy-to-use Speech
Activated Messaging interface
• Offers practical Unified Messaging on the desktop
using either the email or web client
• Includes web based and centralised system
management tools to maintain low Total Cost
of Ownership
• Complies with industry standards to fit in with
existing customer IT and telecom environments

Defining needs
• Do you use a traditional Meridian 1 business
communications system, and IP enabled Meridian
1 or a Succession CSE 1000 call server?
• Are you planning to upgrade your voice
messaging system?
• Do you frequently use transient, temporary or
mobile workers?
• Do you require confidential, person-to-person
message transmissions?
• Are you interested in implementing the
latest technologies?

Typical Applications
All employees can benefit from the implementation
of CallPilot. Typical applications include head-offices
and branch offices in the finance, government,
healthcare and transportation sectors.
Productivity enhancements will be immediately
apparent with mobile workforces eg sales and
support teams.

Features and Benefits
• Simplified usage - reduces training and increases
productivity, uses the same Telephone User
Interface (TUI) commands as Meridian Mail to
ensure ease of transition between the two
systems.
• Playback messages - through the PC, Web or
telephone, “anything, anytime, anywhere”.
• Digital networking - saves transmission costs.
• Unified Messaging - gives users the ability to
merge voice, fax and email messages into a single
interface, easily managed with Lotus Notes,
Microsoft Exchange/Outlook and Novell

Messaging - CallPilot Unified Messaging

153

•

Groupwise and web browsers such as Microsoft
Internet Explorer and Netscape Communicator.
Integrated voice and fax messaging - provides the
ability to receive, store and process voice and fax
messages in the same "multimedia" mailbox - a
single point of user administration and access.
Speech Activated Messaging - yields a natural,
easy-to-use interface for managing messages
from virtually any location - the world’s easiest
user interface.
Email-by-Phone provides users with access to
their emails from a telephone set - users can scan
through a list of email messages and initiate
printing of email to a fax machine.
Symposium Call Centre Server (SCCS)
integration will support the SCCS (ACCESS Voice)
service, Voice Menu and the voice processing
needs of SCCS allowing CallPilot to become an
integrated part of a Symposium Call Centre
Server Solution.
- CallPilot is now offering the same SCCS
functionality as the Meridian Mail solution.
- ‘My CallPilot’ - accessible through the web
browser, brings each user their very own
personalised, visual ‘window’ into CallPilot
messaging, offering exceptional flexibility for
managing messaging needs, including the ability
to change the setup of your mailbox features,
create personal distribution lists and receive,
forward, reply to, and send email messages via
the web client.

154

Messaging - CallPilot Unified Messaging

- CallPilot Manager - is a powerful management
application that enables the device to be
configured and maintained from any browserenabled workstation at the click of a mouse.
Included within CallPilot Manager is CallPilot
Reporter, which generates reports around the
operation and performance of the
CallPilot system.
• Application Builder - enables administrators to
create custom and user-designed voice menus
and automated attendants.
• Networking - the system uses Voice Profile for
Internet Mail (VPIM) standards to create seamless
IP integration with existing communications
systems such as Meridian Mail, Norstar and other
vendors. Standards based - VPIM, SNMP, LDAP,
IMAP, etc.
• CallPilot is a common application to the Meridian
1 business communications systems, Succession
Communications Server CSE 1000 and BCM
(Business Communications Manager) and
Norstar platforms.

CallPilot Mini for Meridian 1

CallPilot 100/150 for Norstar

Small to Medium business voice messaging
solution specially designed to work with
Meridian 1 Option 11 / 11C Mini business
communications systems and Succession CSE
1000 call server.

Small to Medium business voice messaging
solution specially designed to work with
Norstar Business Communications systems.

Features:
• 8 Port wall mounted
• IP enabled with 10/100 Ethernet port for
system administration and maintenance
• Automated Attendant and Custom
Call Routing
• Enhanced applications options:
- CallPilot Unified Messaging
- CallPilot Digital Networking

Features:
• 8 Port wall mounted
• System-wide choice of either Norstar or
CallPilot user interface
• IP enabled with 10/100 Ethernet port for
system administration and maintenance
• Co-resident Basic or Professional
Call Centre application
• Automated Attendant and Custom
Call Routing
• Enhanced applications options:
- CallPilot Unified Messaging
- CallPilot Digital Networking

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Messaging - CallPilot Unified Messaging

155

156

Messaging - CallPilot Unified Messaging

Symposium Agent
Overview
Symposium Agent is a software framework that allows call centre managers to rapidly implement telephony
integration with virtually any Windows or Web based application. Operating in a centrally managed
environment, call centre managers can use Symposium Agent to deliver tools such as screen pops, screen
based dialling, screen based agent call guides and more, to the call centre.
Symposium Agent is a key component of Nortel Networks strategy for helping users transition their existing
call centres into sophisticated Customer Contact Centres. This Windows based software application can
significantly boost agent productivity, deliver better customer service and increase revenue.

Customer Profile

Typical Applications

• Price and performance conscience customers
looking for a comprehensive set of CTI based
agent productivity tools that require a minimum
amount configuration to customise
• Suits any call centre or help desk operation
requiring a desktop agent productivity solution
that is thin client based and centrally managed

Symposium Agent is a client server based
application framework that can be used to
automate business applications using data provided
by the carrier network (DNIS or CLID) or information
provided by the caller via touch-tone or speech
recognition. Solutions may be implemented as thin
client browser based (turning any Web page into a
service resource), traditional client server,
or legacy host. Because it is a standards-based CT
solution, the price performance and ease of
implementation of Symposium Agent is unmatched
within the industry.

Defining Needs
• Are you looking for computer telephony
integration (CTI) and agent tools that are easy to
configure and manage?
• Do you need to automate routine tasks and
empower agents with critical customer
information?
• When your agents answer calls, do you
want to your organisation to appear
intelligent to your customers?
• Are you planning to implement screen pop
functionality in your call centre?
• Do you want basic outbound call functionality,
being able to dial numbers from the desktop from
customer lists, corporate directories, etc?
• During a call would you like text comments made
by agents to follow the call if it was transferred to
another agent?
• Do you want to build powerful workflow
solutions to automate and assist agents as they
step through complex transactions?

Key Points
• Enables the automation of up to 14 applications
via browser based "tabbed" user interface
• All applications have access to call data with
each call
• Desktop Client component built on Microsoft
Internet Explorer 5.0
• Takes full advantage of Microsoft's Telephony
Applications Programming Interface (TAPI 3.0)
message set for standards based distributed
call control
• Integrated two line agent soft phone
support offering both administrative and
call handling capability
• Web based agent administration
• Supports the definition of call automation rules
for both inbound and outbound calls, including
support for screen pops of web browser tabs

Symposium Agent

157

• Supports application integration via OLE, DDE or
Keystroke Emulation
• Windows 2000 and NT backwards compatible for
both the desktop client and server components

Features and Benefits
Symposium Agent maximises the efficiency of the
agent through desktop consolidation and soft phone
integration, putting information at the agents’
fingertips allowing them to focus on addressing
customers’ needs rather than collecting customer
information. Agents can even make and receive
phone calls by a simple point and click of the mouse
with Symposium Agents’ desktop telephony
capability.
Symposium Agent is a key component of
Nortel Networks strategy for helping users
transition their existing call centres into
sophisticated Customer Contact Centres. When used
with Web response applications it allows agents to
easily call back web form or email senders.
Symposium Agent 2.0 uses standards-based
technology, the latest Internet technology, clientserver architecture and Microsoft Telephony API
(TAPI) which are bundled with Windows NT/2000, to
deliver the following powerful features:
• AgentExplorer – a framework for all the following
features, it unifies the agent desktop access to all
Symposium Agent functions in a browser-based
Graphical User Interface that is familiar and easyto-use

• AgentMessaging – agents can enter text based
messages or comments after the call has been
answered that can follow a transferred call locally
or across the network
• AgentMobility – agents can log on from any desk
within the call centre. When the agent logs on,
the Symposium Agent application validates the
user, performs software version synchronisation
and downloads user preferences and call
handling rules to the agent's client PC
• AgentCompass - integration module used for
building powerful workflow solutions using
standard Web-authoring tools such as Microsoft®
FrontPage™, Active Server Pages™, PERL, ™ CGI™
and ISAPI™. HTML/Web-based interfaces can be
used to automate information access and assist
agents through complex transactions.
• AgentTelephony - control telephony functions
from the PC (login, logout, not ready, dial,
conference, transfer, hold, answer and release).
Point and click access from AgentTab
• AgentTabs - customise and automate links to up
to 14 Web-enabled applications simultaneously,
save and share valuable desktop space
• AgentLog - call events, agent activities and
individual notes that an agent may make about
a call are logged and stored on the server by
Symposium Agent (AgentLog). This information
is maintained in a standards compliant database
allowing it to be merged with external data
sources such as Symposium Call Centre Server
to create custom reports

• Dial Wizards – a basic outbound call application
that can launch a dial wizard from a redial list, a
clipboard or a quick menu from which you are
able to access personal and LDAP-compliant
corporate directories

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

158

Symposium Agent

Symposium Agent Greeting
Overview
Nortel Networks Symposium Agent Greeting offers contact centres a simple, cost effective and easy-to-use
solution that enables contact centre agents to pre-record standard or multiple greetings that can be played
to each customer before the agent handles the live call. This way, agents in high-volume contact centres are
relieved of the monotony of repeating the same greeting over and over throughout the course of their shift.
Likewise, contact centre agents who answer calls with multiple and unique greetings based on the customers
are afforded that extra few seconds to transition from one call to the next, ensuring the agent is prepared to
give each caller their undivided attention and superior service.

Customer Profile

Typical Applications

• Agent Greeting is ideal for medium to large
contact centres with medium to high
inbound call volumes
• Service bureau environments
• Contact centres with skill base routing
• Multilingual contact centres where regional, or
cultural distinctions are business requirements
• Agent Greeting is an excellent solution for Nortel
Networks large base of Meridian 1 contact centres this includes Symposium Call Centre Server,
Symposium Express Call Centre, Meridian 1 ACD
and Meridian MAX. It is compatible with any
version of SCCS, SECC and Meridian MAX. It is also
compatible with Succession CSE 1000 release 2.0.

• High volume call centres with short call times
such as taxi bookings and paging companies
• Simple or sophisticated, any call centre where
agents are handling approximately 300 calls per
day can instantly see benefit in using this robust
and scalable solution
• Call centres with a large skill set, language or
service offering a mix that requires differentiated
greetings based on call type
• Service bureaus or outsourced call centres where
agents are handling a variety of clients calls
• Any call centre where flat, monotonous greetings
appear after a long day and busy day, impacting
agent moral and customer relationships. (Agent
satisfaction is an ongoing challenge for today's
dynamic contact centres as agents are being
increasingly challenged both by call volume as
well as diverse callers who have unique and often
varied needs.)
• Symposium Agent Greeting is useful in any call
centre where retaining the best and brightest
talent is critical.

Defining Needs
• Do you want your call centre agents freed from
repeating a standard greeting for each call?
• Do you have agents answering calls for multiple
skill sets or languages that need to be greeted
differently?
• Are you operating an outsourced service bureau
environment where agents are handling calls
from multiple accounts?
• Are your agents working in a high volume (300+
calls per day) environment?
• Do your agents get tired of repeating the standard
greeting, resulting in their greeting becoming flat
and unwelcoming by the end of the day?
• Are you looking for innovative ways to increase
agent satisfaction and retention, saving on
training and recruitment costs?
• Are you aiming for higher levels of customer
retention and customer loyalty?

Key Points
• Increases agent satisfaction - Agent Greeting
makes agents' jobs easier, giving them extra time
to transition between calls and eliminating the
repetitive or mundane task of repeating standard
greetings throughout the course of their shift
• Improves agent retention and reduces costs satisfied agents with high morale are more likely
to stay in their jobs longer, thereby improving
agent retention and reducing costs associated
with training and recruiting
Symposium Agent Greeting

159

• Reduces the physical demands on agents’ voices standard and consistent greetings are heard by
the customer regardless of agent mood or time of
day, this enhanced greeting quality results in
improved customer service
• Enhanced greeting quality - agent effectiveness
and customer service is improved, this improved
call quality will in turn lead to customer loyalty
• Improves customer service - giving agents a few
extra seconds to transition from one call to the
next enables them to be better prepared to give
each customer their undivided attention
• Enhances customer loyalty - higher agent

Features and Benefits
• Enables agents to easily pre-record
standard greetings
• Supports agent and skill set specific greetings for
SCCS/SECC environments
• Supports agent-specific greetings for M1 ACD and
Meridian MAX environments
• Provides Visual Key flash and
Conferenced Greeting
• Offers Web-based interface for Agent Greeting
card OA&M
• Supports remote loadware/DSP firmware
upgrade over IP network

satisfaction and improved agent retention have a

• Provides telephony-class high reliability

positive impact on customer satisfaction levels

• Supports 24 greeting ports per card-up to 72 ports

and ultimately customer loyalty as customers
establish and grow relationships with a company
• Reduces noise levels - agents are actually
speaking less, thus reducing the call centre noise
level and minimising the distraction of

total
• Supports up to 1200 configured agents in a multicard environment
• Integrated VPS-Agent Greeting
system solution

background noise for both customers

• Emulates XDLC (M2616 Aries set)

and agents

• Remote Loadware/DSP firmware upgrade over IP

• Offers ease of use - Agent Greeting is easy to use
for both agents and supervisors and because it's
easy to use, they'll use it! In real-time, highvolume call centres ease of use is a primary
requirement
• The value proposition offered by this feature are
an additional revenue opportunity, increased
greeting quality, increased agent effectiveness

network
• Tight integration with the Meridian 1 / Succession
CSE 1000 speeds information flow by minimising
delays in processing calls and taking messages
• Telephony-class, high reliability design reduces
possible system outages
• Security features reduce the chance of fraud and
theft of intellectual property

and improved customer loyalty
• Robust and scalable solution to meet the high
inbound (approx 300 calls per day) and
sophisticated contact centre requirements

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

160

Symposium Agent Greeting

Symposium Call Centre Server
Overview
Symposium Call Centre Server (SCCS) offers a complete and powerful communication solution for dynamic
contact centres, providing skill-based routing, comprehensive management and reporting and real-time
displays for agents, supervisors and managers. Symposium Call Centre Server supports Meridian 1, CSE1K,
DMS Centrex, or SL-100 environments.
Symposium Call Centre Server also enables you to leverage your contact centre investment by using VoIP.
Regardless of your business environment - single site or geographically dispersed - you can use
Nortel Networks IP contact centre solutions to simplify management and administration and to extend
contact centre capabilities to agents anywhere - in branch offices or working at home.

Customer Profile
• Small to large dynamic contact centre
environments that require a great deal of
sophistication, agility and differentiation
in the care offered to customers
• All verticals (eg Financial, Hospitality,
Government, etc) that need to provide 24/7
service to their customers or clients
• Call centres requiring true skill-based routing
• Standalone, networked or virtual state of
the art call centres, including networked
skill-based routing
• Outsourced call centres (service bureau)
• Call centres utilising branch office or remote
(at home) agents
• Multimedia customer contact centres (voice, fax,
email, web) using blended environments
• IP contact centres

Defining Needs
• Do you want customer service to be a key
differentiator for your business?
• Do you need a focal point for customer
service/relationship in your business?
• Are looking for a powerful and flexible business
solution for your customer care needs?
• Do you want to customise your call centre to build
strong customer relationships?
• Do you want to multimedia-enable your call
centre and do you have plans to use VoIP in your
call centre infrastructure?
• Do your agents have specialised skills that you
wish to use to best effect by matching them to
callers with specialised needs?

• Do you wish to provide differentiated service
to your customers such as VIP service
to individuals?
• Do you need to keep the pulse of the call centre
with true real time displays and make instant
changes to manage changing call centre
conditions (fine tune)?
• Do you want all your call centre data to be openly
available to anyone who needs it?
• Do you need to extend full call centre capabilities
to resources located away from the main centre
such as in a branch office or at home?
• Do you have agents in multiple locations
that should share calls equally between
the sites (networking)?
• Do you need to route customers to available
agents with skills anywhere in your network?
• Do you want to implement industry standard,
open, client-server architecture?
• Do you want an open third party interface
strategy and open databases for
historical reports?
• Do you need to integrate your call centre
into your business using open connectivity?
• Do you want to track each call from start to finish
to get the data to fine tune your call centre?
• Are you suffering from increased
customer expectations?
• Do you want to build the right solution for your
business, today and tomorrow?
• Do you want to exceed your customer’s
expectations by providing outstanding service?

Symposium Call Centre Server

161

Typical Applications
• Symposium Call Centre Server is the right solution
for contact centres requiring call routing and
treatments based on assessing numerous traffic,
skill set and real-time factors such as current call
volumes, logged agent count, age of call,
average speed of answer, time of day,
day of week and/or holidays
• Symposium Call Centre Server is the solution for
call centres requiring call routing decisions based
on individual customer information stored in a
host computer
• Ideal for organisations requiring advanced
real-time and historical reporting,
including detailed “call-by-call” reporting
• Symposium Call Centre Server benefits any
organisation striving to build a winning customer
contact strategy. It is a solid foundation for
evolving multimedia contact centre
requirements, enabling organisations to be
flexible in meeting their customer’s ever
changing service needs, creating customer loyalty
while retaining agent talent, reducing overall
costs to improve profit

Key Points
• Powerful, Skill-Based Routing - skill-based routing
means that you can intelligently route callers
based on their needs and to the agent that is best
suited to fulfil customers' needs. Priority routing
for preferred customers ensures that your valued
customers are given VIP treatment
• Seamless Networking Environment - networking
provides an efficient, streamlined solution for
centrally managing multiple call centres in a
Meridian 1 / Succession CSE1000 environment
• Adaptable Call Handling - rich, flexible scripting
language allows the business to customise call
routing decisions and treatment based on its
business processes
• Graphical, Real-Time Displays - real-time displays
provide a snapshot of the call centre for
management to view customised performance
statistics for increased responsiveness to
changing conditions

162

Symposium Call Centre Server

• Complete, Customisable Reports and Call Tracking
- with 70 standard reports and the ability to
customise historical reports, Symposium Call
Centre Server offers a comprehensive
management tool to explore valuable data for
making business decisions
• Industry-Standard Platform - based on clientserver based architecture, Symposium Call Centre
Server is designed on an industry-standard
platform to enable real-time data, host data
exchange and other advanced
call handling features
• Optimised for Internet, Multimedia and CTI
applications - Symposium Call Centre Server can
be integrated with multimedia transaction
handling, CTI and other advanced web-enabled
functionality

Features and Benefits
• Quickly routes calls to the agents best equipped
to answer them, increasing customer loyalty
• Builds profitable customer relationships by
personalising service with superior flexibility
• Improves agents' effectiveness and productivity helping to increase employee satisfaction and
retention
• Provides managers with the decision-making
tools they need, from up-to-the-second, real-time
displays to comprehensive reporting capabilities
showing contact centre activity, traffic
fluctuations, agent performance and work
characteristics
• Speeds up answering, lengthens hours of service
and connects agents and customers across wide
geographical areas by extending your contact
centre using advanced networking and Voice over
IP (VoIP)
• Grows and adapts to your company's evolving
needs, employing open architecture, flexible
design and built-in scalability to protect
your investment
• The rich scripting language supports multifaceted
call routing and treatment decisions based on
combinations of real time conditions.

• With Symposium Call Centre Server the call
queuing and treatments provided are based
on the instructions defined in each script –
supporting tremendous customisation in sync
with the contact centre’s dynamic requirements
• Virtual or networked call centres with centralised
administration, management and reporting can
also be built offering increased business
productivity
• Multimedia integration through open interfaces,
integrates completely with the Symposium
Application suite of products
• Relevant Management Reports allow easily
customisable reports using industry standard
report writers
• Real Time Call Centre data permits rapid response
to changing Call Centre conditions
• Easy-to-learn and easy-to-operate, using familiar
Windows and Explorer based displays for agents,
supervisors and managers
• The scalability of Symposium permits cost
effective entry level with expansion potential to
meet the changing needs of any enterprise
• Symposium Web Client - Customers with
Symposium Call Centre Server Release 4.0
onwards can now take advantage of an Internet
browser-based thin client application that
introduces superior management tools and
simplifies the administration and configuration
of clients on the Symposium Call Centre Server

• Up to 1,500 concurrent active agents
(3,000 configured)
• 1 to 48 agent call answering priority levels
• Calls can be queued to up to 20 skill sets
simultaneously
• Up to 350 skill sets (300 local, 50 network),
individual agents can be assigned to 50 skill sets
simultaneously
• Approximately 35,000 calls per hour
• Up to 30 networked SCCS sites in a Meridian 1
or CSE1K environment
• Server Operating System - Windows 2000
• Client Operating System Windows 95, 98, 2000
and NT 4.0 Workstation
• Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) compliancy
• 7 x 24 x 365 reliability

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Symposium Call Centre Server

163

164

Symposium Call Centre Server

Symposium Express Call Centre
Overview
Symposium Express Call Centre (SECC) delivers sophisticated, skill-based call routing and management
reporting to customer care centres with up to 150 active agents. Leveraging the rich functionality of the
higher-capacity Symposium Call Centre Server, Symposium Express Call Centre provides an entry-level,
departmental-level or small to medium enterprise customer care centre application. Customers can
benefit from sophisticated functionality usually only provided by more complex systems.

Customer Profile

Typical Applications

• Small to Medium Enterprises - formal call centres
• Large Enterprises - department contact centres
such as helpdesks, sales desks, customer service
centres; corporate branch offices
• Emerging Call Centre markets - any business or
organisation where five or more people make
frequent use of the phone for incoming calls;
business or organisations that may currently use
hunt groups and call pickup and require
more control
• Customers that currently do not have a
contact centre but require a simplistic
call centre system

• Small to medium call centres or internal
helpdesks can benefit from the relatively simpleto-manage call flow configuration and
sophisticated features such as skill-based routing
• Environments that require flexibility in caller
treatment and reporting balanced with ease of
management, such as:
- Customer care lines
- Sales lines
- Technical assistance
- Employee helpdesks

Defining Needs
• Do you have several people answering calls in a
reservations office, order desk, technical helpdesk
or the like?
• Do you require an environment designed to
process calls with efficiency to maximise
customer satisfaction?
• Do you require instant updates on call status and
the ability to measure, report and improve your
customer call handling using “off-the-shelf”
reporting tools?
• Do you need sophisticated technology such as
skill-based routing and hot-desking to support a
call centre function?
• Are you looking for a solution to support new
ways of doing business, such as utilising CTI
applications and screen pops?
• Do you require sophisticated call centre
functionality that is quick and easy to use,
with a low cost of ownership?

Key Points
• Symposium Express grows as business
requirements grow
• A flexible and easy upgrade path provides a
smooth stepping stone to Symposium Call Centre
Server retaining investment dollars spent in
software, training and management
• Handles up to 150 active agents (300 profiles can
be created)
• Wizard driven interfaces to management
functions
• Easy to use, minimal training
• Low cost of ownership
• Provides excellent customer service like
a large call centre
• Increased productivity through efficient
utilisation of staff resources
• Skill-based routing supporting up to 50
skill sets
• Rich and comprehensive historical management
reports
• Graphical or text based real time information

Symposium Express Call Centre

165

• Supervisor view of call centre and agent activity
with real-time display of information
• Open interfaces to data access,
easy integration
• Integration with third-party applications
• Software-only solution running on specified
industry-standard PC platforms

Additionally, based on conditions and configuration,
calls can be queued to alternate skill sets or sent to
an alternate directory number to facilitate
answering. During designated closed periods calls
can be queued to an alternate skill set, routed to an
alternate number for handling or messaging, or
receive a closed announcement.

Features and Benefits

Nortel Networks Symposium Express Call Centre and
Symposium Call Centre Server both offer skill-based
routing to agents, call treatment options, real time
displays and comprehensive management and
reporting functionality – empowering today’s
contact centres with the tools and agility to deliver
unique and unprecedented care to their customers.
Determining the best solution for your customer
requires an assessment not only of size and capacity
requirements – but an understanding of your
customer’s immediate and future requirements for
capacity, flexibility and customisation in planning
their incoming call routing and treatment. The
following table summarises the features of
Symposium Express Call Centre (SECC) and
Symposium Call Centre Server (SCCS) to help you
understand the capabilities of each.

SECC utilises a predefined decision tree and
customer-defined parameters/call treatment to
determine incoming call queuing and treatments.
Queuing and treatments are based on call type and
current contact centre conditions. Contact centre
conditions include “Open or Closed”, emergency
status (active or non-active), the number of calls
active and queued in the system, the number of calls
waiting of a particular type and/or the amount of
time a call has waited in queue. During open hours,
depending on configuration, queued calls are
presented immediately with a Greeting
Announcement and with up to two separate delay
announcements (independent timers) while waiting.
The first announcement can be configured to inform
callers of expected wait time or position in queue.

Target Contact Centre
Requirements

SECC 3.0

SCCS 4.2

Emerging/Small, Departmental

Seasoned/Small to Large

Basic, Ease of Management

Customisable, Dynamic

Capacity
Calls per Hour

5,000

35,000

Active Agents (A)-Configured Agents (C)

(A) 10 to 150 – (C) 300

(A) 20 to 1,500 - (C) 3,000

Total Skill sets/ Per Agent /Agent Priority

100 / 50 / 1 to 4

350 / 50 / 1 to 48

Wizard-driven, point & click

Uses Scripting Language

No - defined template

Yes

Scheduled Changes

Yes

Standby Mode for Skill sets

Yes

Supervisors/Administrators

4/4

100/100

Administration
Management Interface
Script Customisation

Queuing & Treatments
Multiple Call Treatments

Yes

Skill-Based Routing

Yes

Routing by Caller’s Number (CLID)

Yes

Routing by Dialled Number (DNIS)

Yes

Routing by Meridian Mail Menu

Yes

166

Symposium Express Call Centre

Routing by M Mail Access Link

Yes (CCS 200)

Routing by Host Data Exchange

Yes (CCS 200)

Meridian Link Services
Idle Agent Queuing: Selection of highest
priority idle agent to receive call

Call Queuing/Treatment
Decision Mechanism
Call Treatment Classes
Conditions/Intrinsics Assessed
Time/Day/Date/Holiday

Yes

Preset:
Longest idle since last
status change

Configurable: Longest idle time
since last status change, or last
call serviced, or most cumulative
idle time this login

System Wide Decision Tree

Individual Script Instructions, or
via Host Data Exchange

32 per system/One applied per call

N/A Customisable in script

Per Call Treatment Class /6 conditions

Per Script / Combinations

Open or Closed Treatment

Customisable

Call Volume in System - Threshold

Unable to Handle Call Treatment

Customisable

Call Volume by Call Type - Threshold

Unable to Handle Call Treatment

Customisable

Calls Waiting, or Age of Call - Threshold

1st Overflow Treatment

Customisable

Calls Waiting, or Age of Call - Threshold

2nd Overflow Treatment

Customisable

Wait Announcement Treatment

Customisable

Call Waiting Timers (separate)
Skill set/Agent Intrinsics (13)

Customisable

Traffic Volume - Call Rate

Customisable

Utilises Mathematical Calculations
Emergency State

Customisable

System Wide Treatment

Customisable/System Wide

Announcements
Emergency Announcement
Unable to Handle Call Announcement
Greeting Announcement
Wait Announcements
Pos in Queue/Expected Wait Time
Closed Announcement

1 per System

Customisable

1 per Call Treatment

Customisable

1 per Call Treatment

Customisable

2 separate per Call Treatment

Customisable

As 1st Wait Announcement

Customisable

1 per Call Treatment

Customisable

Voice Processing
Give IVR

Yes

Play Prompt/Collect Digits

Yes (CCS200)

Give Controlled Broadcast

Yes (CCS200)

Host Enhanced Voice Processing

Yes (CCS200)

Customisable Scripts

Yes

70+ - Yes

Management Reporting
Standard Reports -- Customisable
Call-by-Call Reporting
RT Displays, Customisable - Personal

Yes

3 – No - No

6 – Yes - Yes

ODBC/SQL Compatible

Yes

Call by Call Reporting

Yes

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Symposium Express Call Centre

167

168

Symposium Express Call Centre

Symposium Meridian
LINK Services
Overview
Symposium Link is a two-way communications link that provides an interface between a host application and
Symposium - referred to generally as Computer Telephony Integration or CTI. This link facilitates the functional
integration of computer and Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000 environments. Symposium Meridian LINK
Services empowers businesses and third party software providers to create service-enhancing applications
by making Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000 call control, call events and call centre agent information available
to external computer applications.

Customer Profile
• Call centres that desire to become advanced
customer contact centres can take advantage of
Symposium Meridian LINK Services to exchange
information gained on the Meridian 1 CSK1K
switch with application software that resides
on a host or PC platform
• IVR users may also use LINK to tightly integrate
the IVR platform with call control in the call
centre or as a standalone application.

• In an outbound telemarketing environment a
host application can retrieve information on a
potential customer from a database and display it
on an agent’s screen. At the same time the
application can place the call on behalf of the
agent via Symposium Link.
• Both application examples demonstrate how
agent productivity can be improved while
providing personalised service. The host computer
and Symposium cooperate to provide enhanced
and effective applications to the end user
community.

Defining Needs
• Do you require a powerful, reliable intelligent call
answering capability using third party CTI host
applications such as CT-Connect?
• Are you planning to tightly integrate your IVR
platform and call centre tools to provide superior
customer service?
• Are you planning to use powerful third-party
outbound applications that need tight control
and monitoring capabilities of the PBX?
• Do you require voice processing capabilities for
host applications to play messages and collect
information from a caller?

Typical Applications
• In an inbound telemarketing environment,
Symposium Link can provide an application with
Calling Line ID (CLID) and Dialled Number
Identification Service (DNIS) information on an
incoming call. The application can use this
information to retrieve data from a database and
present it on the agent’s data terminal before the
call is answered.

Key Points
• Calls answered employing LINK Services can be
answered in an intelligent manner
• Call centres that desire to become advanced
Customer Contact Centres can take advantage of
Symposium Meridian LINK Services to exchange
information gained on the Meridian 1 / Succession
CSE 1000 switch with application software that
resides on a host or PC platform
• IVR platforms may also use Symposium Meridian
LINK Services to tightly integrate call control in
the call centre or as a standalone application
• Symposium Meridian LINK Services dramatically
increase the power and effectiveness of call
centre solutions and third party applications

Symposium Meridian LINK Services

169

Features and Benefits
Symposium Meridian LINK Services is based on
Symposium Call Centre Server Release 4.0. It is an
intelligent signalling link offering host application
access to Meridian 1 call processing functions. It is an
important element of the Meridian 1 solution as it
provides a Computer Telephony Interface (CTI) to
powerful, service enhancing third party applications.
Examples may include IBM CallPath and Genesys CTI
applications. (Nortel Networks also offer a fully
integrated, pre-packaged CT middleware solution Symposium TAPI Service Provider.)
Symposium Meridian LINK Services is available as a
no charge feature when purchasing Symposium Call
Centre Server or Symposium Express Call Centre
with a minimum agent quantity (dependent on
region). It can run as a software-only product
running on a standard Microsoft Windows NT/2000
Server
• Information such as the calling party’s telephone
number (CLID) and the number the caller dialled
(DNIS) are passed via LINK to the external
computer or IVR

• TAPI Enabler: LINK enables TAPI Service Provider to
deliver comprehensive support of Symposium
Link call processing features as well as Call Centre
agent functions
• LINK integrates Meridian 1 telephony with
Meridian Mail voice processing capabilities for
host applications to play messages and collect
information from a caller
• Host Enhanced Routing (HER), allows a host
application to route an incoming call before a call
is terminated at a resource, or provide a call
treatment (music, ringback or silence), before
routing the call. A resource can be a Control DN
(CDN). The minimum CCS 200 agent increment
package is required for HER
• Agent ID in Agent Login Message
• Dialled Number Identification Service (DNIS) Digit
Expansion to 31 digits
• Based on Symposium Call Centre Server Release 4.x
• Call Control functionality is equivalent to
Meridian Link 5C
• Capacity of 16,000 calls per hour
• Host Enhanced Voice Processing (HEVP)
functionality is no longer supported

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

170

Symposium Meridian LINK Services

TAPI Application eg Symposium Agent

Symposium TAPI
Service Provider

Microsoft’s TAPI

Symposium TAPI Service Provider

Connection to M1
(via Symposium Link or Direct Connect Option)

Overview
In Symposium TAPI (Telephony Applications Programming Interface) Service Provider, Nortel Networks has
created a reliable, ‘open’ solution that makes it extremely cost-effective and easy to combine telephone and
computer applications on the desktop.
The Symposium TAPI Service Provider for Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000 is a multifunctional Microsoft TAPI
2.x and 3.0 compliant service provider that marries Microsoft TAPI 3.0 Application Programming Interfaces
(APIs) to the Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000. More simply, as its name suggests, Symposium TAPI Service
Provider is based on Microsoft ’s Telephony Application Programming Interface (TAPI). This is widely accepted
as the industry standard interface for current and future applications that bring together the computer and
the telephone – Computer Telephony Integration (CTI). Nortel Networks Symposium TAPI Service Provider acts
as the ‘glue’ that enables a business to bring together disparate systems and multiple customer touch points,
such as phone, email and the Web.

Customer Profile
Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000 / Meridian 1
ACD / Symposium Call Centre Server / Symposium
Express Call Centre customers requiring CTI
functionality to automate and simplify knowledge
worker and call centre staff tasks.

Defining Needs
• Do you need to integrate telephony events with
your business applications?
• Do you need to automate routine tasks and
empower agents with critical customer
information, from, say, a CRM database?
• Do you want to provide fast, efficient and
intelligent service to your customers?
• Do you want screen pops in your call centre?
• Do you want to dial numbers from a Microsoft or
other application?
• Do you need to unify your call centre and your
web portal together with multimedia agents?
• Are you planning to build a seamless multimedia
customer contact centre?

multimedia solutions to the agent’s desktop
allowing the automation of common knowledge
worker tasks such as network co-ordinated screen
pops and agent desktop telephony control.
Symposium TAPI Server offers application-based call
routing and powerful open interfaces to
IVR systems that facilitate voice processing
integration.
With Nortel Networks TAPI Service Provider in place,
businesses can draw on any Microsoft TAPI-based
application on the market. For example,
administration users could be given access to
Windows applications such as Microsoft Outlook
dialling, while call centre agents may be given
desktop telephony tools to answer, make and
transfer calls.
Symposium TAPI Service Provider is a prerequisite
for Symposium Agent, Nortel Networks’ CTI solution
for agents’ desktops.

Key Points
Typical Applications
Symposium TAPI Server Provider greatly improves
the cost and ease of implementing CTI and

• Comprehensive support of Meridian Link call
processing features
• Support for Call Centre agent functions

Symposium TAPI Service Provider

171

•
•

•

•
•
•
•
•

•

such as login, ready/not-ready, and agent
DN control
Support for Fast Transfer for predictive dialling
applications
Applications-based routing to allow TAPI
applications to route calls based on network
information such as CLID, DNIS
Advanced integration with IVR systems
Supports multi node call data transfers (allows
multiple TAPI SP enabled call centres to share the
call data generated during the caller's session so
that screen pop travels with the call and call
specific data is retained)
Compatible with Microsoft TAPI 2,x and 3.0
on Windows 2000, and Microsoft TAPI 2.x on
Windows NT 4.0
Integrates user provided data from IVR or
Meridian Mail with desktop enabled TAPI
applications such as Symposium Agent
Monitor and control call centre agent
set features
Easy administrative GUI
Dynamic TAPI database associates agent desktop
and phone set at login
Supports any TAPI compatible application such as
Microsoft Dialler and Outlook dialling
Integration of Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000
telephony capability with Windows based
business applications
Enables business application automation based
on carrier call data and / or user provided call
data from IVR
Compatible with the range of Nortel Networks
Meridian telephone sets including call centre
agent sets, IP sets and IP soft phones

Features and Benefits
Microsoft TAPI is a telephony API provided with the
Windows operating system that is recognised as one
of the leading industry standards for current and
future Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)
applications. Microsoft TAPI enables and greatly
enhances the way personal computers and phones
interact in a way previously only possible through
proprietary API's from different switch vendors. In
order to interface with Microsoft TAPI, each switch
vendor must develop a TAPI Service Provider (SP)
that translates the switch commands into a

172

Symposium TAPI Service Provider

standard, TAPI compatible format. This allows
customers and developers to focus on the desktop
applications and not the "plumbing."
Together, Microsoft TAPI and Nortel Networks
Symposium TAPI Service Provider allow the
telephony capabilities of the Meridian 1 / Succession
CSE 1000 to be easily and very cost effectively
integrated with Windows-based business
applications, such as Symposium Agent. Using 3rd
party call control, applications running on Windows
NT 4.0 servers (with connections to Windows
95/98/NT workstation clients via the LAN) can
monitor and control Meridian 1 / Succession CSE
1000 telephones.
Nortel Symposium TAPI Server can be implemented
via Symposium Meridian Link Services/Symposium
Call Centre Server, or can be Direct-Connected to the
Meridian 1 / Succession CSE 1000 ELAN. Nortel
Networks supported products using TAPI Service
Provider 2.3.1 are :- Symposium Agent 2.3, and the
Symposium Communications Driver for Siebel 7 that
will be available from January 2003. TAPI Service
Provider 2.3.1 is compliant with SAPphone R/3
from SAP. By providing connectivity to the worlds
leading CRM suppliers (including Siebel and SAP)
Nortel Networks are helping to reduce the cost of
providing knowledgeable customer care.
The use of Microsoft-based standards provides
agents with the familiar graphical user interface
with which they feel immediately comfortable; while
for the business, rapid deployment and easy,
centralised administration from a web-browser
ensures lower cost of ownership in the years ahead.
Tasks such as accepting incoming calls or making
outbound calls can be made easier and more
productive with simple TAPI enabled CTI
applications such as basic screen pops and simple
dialling tools.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

Symposium Web Client
Overview
Symposium Call Centre Web Client 4.0 is a new browser-based thin client for administrators and supervisors
using Symposium Call Centre Server Release 4.0 onwards. The Symposium Call Centre Web Client 4.0
introduces superior management tools that better equip contact centre managers to make improved business
decisions and respond faster to customer needs, thereby improving productivity and strengthening customer
relationships. It also enables contact centre managers to increase the overall effectiveness of their contact
centre by providing richer real-time information that can be used to address peak loads and reduce wait times.

Customer Profile
• All new and existing Symposium Call Centre
Server customers
• Medium to large contact centres where many
clients are required
• Contact centres requiring agent desktop-based
real-time displays

Defining Needs
• Are you aware that thin clients can cut desktop
computing costs by as much as 75 percent?
(According to an article published by Network
Magazine - Decreasing TCO with
Thin Clients – 4/00)
• Do you have many client PCs that require
upgrades frequently, consuming hours of
installation time per client?
• Do you need to be able to make improved
business decisions and respond quickly to current
contact centre conditions by leveraging superior
management tools?
• Do you want to address peak loads and
reduce wait times in the call centre with
richer real-time information and reports?
• Would it be desirable for contact centre managers
and supervisors to be able to access and view Web
Client data from anywhere within their company
network by simply using an Internet Explorer
browser to connect to the server?
• Do your agents have access to Agent Desktop
Displays, so that they are able to view their
performance statistics and see how they
are contributing to the effectiveness of the
contact centre?

• Do you want increased flexibility in your call
centre to enable contact centre managers,
supervisors, agents and administrators to be
more efficient and effective, resulting in higher
productivity levels?

Typical Applications
• All new Symposium Call Centre Server customers
should be encouraged to purchase the
Symposium Call Centre Web Client option
– not only can they take advantage of the benefits
that a thin client can offer to businesses, but they
also will be able to leverage the new
enhancements and tools that it delivers.
Symposium Call Centre Web Client should be
positioned as a key part of our product evolution
strategy. No additional enhancements or features
will be developed on the existing Symposium
desktop client.
• For installed base customers, the Symposium Call
Centre Web Client is perfect for medium to large
contact centres where managers are searching for
ways to minimise their total cost of ownership
and optimise efficiency. Larger contact centres
with more clients benefit the most and will see a
greater impact in regards to a reduced Total Cost
of Ownership (TCO). However, the Symposium
Call Centre Web Client is also appropriate for
smaller contact centres that want to take
advantage of the new functionality, or customers
that require the latest advancement in
technology.

Symposium Web Client

173

• The Symposium Call Centre Web Client is also
an excellent solution for existing customers that
have experienced co-residency problems with
desktop software applications. Since the software
now resides on the application server instead of
the client PC, Symposium Call Centre Web Client
should completely eliminate co-residency issues.

Key Points
• Save significant time and expense, reduce
Total Cost of Ownership
• Eliminate the need to install, patch and
upgrade clients individually with a centralised
application server
• Expedite Symposium data filling with bulk
data loading
• Increase the overall effectiveness of the
contact centre
• Make improved business decisions and respond
quickly to current call centre conditions with
superior management tools
• Address peak loads and reduce wait times with
richer real-time information and re-designed
reports
• Improve productivity and respond faster to
customer needs
• Take advantage of the latest version of the
software without waiting for upgrades to be
installed on each computer
• Access client data from anywhere in the network
using an IE browser
• Deliver performance statistics to agents with the
new Agent Desktop Display
• Take advantage of system enhancements
• Greater agent capacity and client sessions
• Increased security via firewalls
• Client software isolated from other
desktop applications
• Enhanced filtering for better support of service
bureaus/multi-tenant call centres

Features and Benefits
The Symposium Call Centre Web Client greatly
improves the administration and configuration of
clients on Symposium Call Centre Server.
By centralising the software on an application

174

Symposium Web Client

server, the need to install, patch and upgrade
clients individually has been eliminated. As a result,
the amount of time and expense that is typically
involved with client installation and upgrades is
significantly reduced. Most sites would therefore
benefit from Symposium Web Client.
With existing Symposium client requiring
approximately one hour of installation on
each individual client PC, assuming that there are
no software conflicts or issues, in an average contact
centre with 50 client PCs the installation would take
at least 50 hours to complete. However, with the
Symposium Call Centre Web Client only three hours
are required for installation. With the Web Client,
the software is centrally located on a single
application server, eliminating the need to install
software on every client PC and saving hours of
costly labour.
Offered as an optional alternative to the existing
Symposium Call Centre Server client, Symposium
Call Centre Web Client 4.0 uses Internet Explorer 5.5
and delivers significant enhancements and new
features as follows:
• Improved User Interface – real-time displays,
reporting, configuration and user management
screens have been re-designed to further enhance
usability and data presentation
• Centralised Management – client software is
moved to a dedicated application server and
accessed through an Internet Explorer browser
for centralised installation, configuration
and administration
• New Agent Desktop Displays – miniature
real-time displays deliver performance
statistics to agents
• Historical Reporting – centralised reporting
enables sharing of public reports and email
notifications on the completion of
scheduled reports
• Nodal and Network Consolidated Real-Time
Displays – displays allow for grouping and
subtotals of call statistics and filtering of
information. New network consolidated displays
show call information from multiple locations

• Increased Security – web clients now can be
separated from the application server and
Symposium Call Centre server by a firewall
• Improved User Management - drag and drop
agent re-assignments have been added to save
time and simplify supervisor assignments
• Enhanced Service Bureau Support – real-time and
historical reports can be partitioned for a service
bureau environment (please note that
administrative functions are not partitioned, but
they are restricted by access classes)

• Historical Reporting – centralised reporting
enables sharing of public reports and email
notifications on the completion of
scheduled reports
• Increased Number of Client Sessions – With Web
Client you can have more than 100 clients
monitoring and managing the contact centre. The
number of client sessions is based on the sizing of
the Web Client application server

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Symposium Web Client

175

176

Symposium Web Client

Symposium Web Centre Portal
Overview
Symposium Web Centre Portal 3.0 empowers businesses with the capability to enhance customer interactions
through a management solution that enables enterprises to receive, route, track and report on electronic
inquiries from the enterprise’s Web-site. The product enables businesses to leverage on-line personalisation
and present information through multiple views. By servicing this new type of media, businesses will be able
to strengthen their existing customer relations and extend their reach into new lucrative markets and an
Internet savvy base.

Customer Profile
• Any customer service organisation that recognises
that their customers are missing personalised
service due to the implementation of centralised,
electronic customer service strategies
• Existing traditional call centre users that want to
transform to a powerful, unified customer
interaction centre using skill based routing and
multimedia agents
• Lead or early adopter organisations that
desire a differentiator to raise customer
service to a new level, gaining market
share and increasing profitability
• Technical support organisations that have
a particularly tech-savvy customer base who
are demanding better, multimedia technical
support methods
• Organisations such as insurance or financial
services that have particularly detailed
or complicated customer service processes
that would gain from the visual benefits of
multimedia support service, eg web collaboration,
page sharing, and form sharing
• Any organisation seeking to close sales over
the web

Defining Needs
• Do you want to be able to manage emails with
the same as efficiently and formality as you
currently handle telephone calls?
• Are your customers complaining that making
enquiries via email are not responded to, or are
too slow?

• Do you want to improve customer loyalty by
ensuring that all customers receive prompt
responses from their web-based requests?
• Do you want to be able to fill lulls in voice traffic
and improve overall efficiency of the contact
centre by handling email enquiries?
• Are you planning to evolve your telephone call
centre into a multimedia, web-enabled customer
contact centre?
• Do you want to employ skill based routing of
emails and other web-based contact requests,
with the option to push them dynamically to
specific agents?
• Are your agents multimedia agents, handling
telephone, email and web request transactions
dynamically?

Typical Applications
• Technical support services where email tends to
be the preferred contact method for customers
• Customer services where email is a particularly
appropriate response method, such as for
frequently asked or predicable questions that can
be answered with standard email reply templates,
such as in the PC support industry, eg PC modem
or printer settings
• Any customer service application where prompt
email responses from well equipped and qualified
agents result in happier customers
• Any application that allows an organisation to
create a more “sticky” website (see example in
Features and Benefits)

Symposium Web Centre Portal

177

Key Points

Features and Benefits

• Reduces costs and increases efficiency automating customer responses can help reduce
costs significantly. Symposium Web Centre Portal
can provide immediate, automated answers to
electronic queries and ensure that callers are
routed to an agent with the most appropriate
skills, therefore improving customer satisfaction
• Empowers businesses - with the capability to
enhance customer interactions through a
management solution that routes, tracks and
reports on electronic inquiries
• Internet Readiness – Symposium Web Centre
Portal readies call centres for the future deluge of
e-mail traffic by managing electronic inquiries as
effectively as phone-based inquiries
• Increases Productivity - the capability to blend
voice and e-mail traffic and placement on a
skilled agents desktop can increase productivity
and reduce costs
• Efficiency - Symposium Web Centre Portal helps
streamline the electronic handling process and
automates responses, which in turn reduces
handling and response times
• Improved Management Tools – Symposium Web
Centre Portal is yet another way of satisfying
customers by giving them their choice of access
into the business.
The management tools provided by Symposium
Web Centre Portal, like real time and historical
reporting, allows businesses to effectively
measure agent productivity and track
customer concerns
• Increases Customer Loyalty - managing customer
relationships and understanding their needs
leads to improved customer loyalty. Symposium
Web Centre Portal is a Web response system that
allows companies to create a seamless customer
experience, to make it easier for customers to do
business with you consistently – anywhere,
anyway and anytime
• Strengthens Customer Relations
- by supporting multiple media types, businesses
will be able to strengthen their existing customer
relations and extend their reach into new
lucrative markets and an Internet savvy base

This comprehensive set of solutions includes:
• E-mail Response Manager
• Multimedia Queuing and Routing
• Web Communications Manager
• Click to Call

178

Symposium Web Centre Portal

All of these solutions provide administrators and
supervisors with the necessary tools to effectively
manage on-line customer care activity through
real-time displays, statistics and reports.
Individual components of the Symposium Web
Centre Portal can easily be implemented to enable
companies to successfully address their service
needs at each stage of growth. In addition, these
modular eBusiness solutions integrate with
Symposium Call Centre Server and other products
to expand overall contact centre capabilities and
enable multimedia customer interactions.
Being modular, organisations can choose to build
applications that use individual features or modules
within the Symposium Web Centre Portal solution,
such as real-time email response; typed-chat; page
pushing; click-stream tracking; form sharing; either
on their own or in combination with the any of the
other features.
Features include:
• Text chat – customers and agents can engage in a
text-based dialogue via the Internet. Each phone
call is essentially treated as a “personal”
phone call
• Page pushing – customers and agents can “push”
pre-defined or ad hoc Web pages to each other’s
Web browsers. Agents can send pre-defined URLs
associated with the product and ad hoc URLs that
the agent or customer enters in the text box
• Form sharing – provides the customer and agent
the capability to share and edit HTML forms
together. Form sharing allows an
agent to help a customer fill out a pre-defined
form on-line
• Web-on-hold – intended to keep an end-user’s
interest while waiting for an agent. The system
will stream or push various media types such as
video, images, Web pages, etc to the customer’s
PC. This allows the opportunity to up-sell and

•

cross-sell products, services and advertises a
company’s marketing campaigns
Click stream tracking - enables businesses with
the capability to track the customers “surfing”
activity. An agent is presented with the last series
of URL’s the customer visited on their Website.
This allows agents to better understand the
behaviour and interest pattern of the customer
Agent Interface – overall look and feel of the
agent interface has been improved including
changes to the menu, toolbar, data layout and
presentation, navigation, transaction and data
download. New agent interface functionality
includes added views, agent input and info area,
status bar and Web collaboration
E-mail Manager - capabilities include support for
multiple e-mail servers, agent ability to CC and
BCC other recipients on their outbound e-mails,
as well as no direct agent – mail server interaction
allowing agents to continue to operate during
mail server downtime.
In addition, E-mail Manager also includes
analytical tools to expedite the troubleshooting
process, should any issues arise
Dynamic Transaction Handler (DTH) - enables
electronic transactions to be "blended" with
telephone traffic for presentation to the agent's
desktop. As agents become available, electronic
inquiries are routed to the best-qualified agent’s
desktop. DTH allows customer contact centres to
equally distribute Web requests among call
centre agents through Nortel Networks
Meridian 1 and Symposium applications
Click-to-Call - offering customers a connection to
live representatives via immediate or scheduled
telephone call back that assists in their
immediate needs, enhancing the overall customer
experience and maintaining customer loyalty

Example of the Web Communication module
in action:
A customer is surfing a real estate website to
research the purchase of a new home. After some

initial research, she clicks a link to “chat” with a real
estate agent. Using the Web Communication
module’s real-time, typed text chat feature, she can
discuss her needs and budget. She can also take
advantage of the module’s co-browsing feature and
“push” the agent a page on an interesting property
that she discovered while browsing the site. The
agent, in turn, can push pages to the customer
detailing other properties that might suit her needs.
The agent can also use the opportunity to cross-sell
a recreational property, or up-sell a larger home that
might better accommodate her growing family.
With the module’s Click-Stream Tracking feature,
the agent can check where else on the site the
customer has surfed, garnering useful intelligence
about her interests and making sure she has a clear
picture of all the information she’ll need to make
her decision. If the agent has to take some time to
respond to the customer’s query, the Web
Communication module provides a Web-on-Hold
feature - the online equivalent of the background
music or voice ads that telephone callers hear while
waiting in queue. The Web-based customer can be
presented with various media types - images, other
Web pages, even video clips - that let her know
about additional products and services, such as
mortgages and how to arrange a home inspection.
Like a special display at the checkout of a bricks-andmortar store, Web-on-Hold offers one more chance
to make another sale or preview future possibilities
that will keep a customer coming back. Finally, when
the hypothetical online customer is ready to apply
for a mortgage pre-approval, the Web
Communication module provides a Form-Sharing
feature whereby the agent can help her fill in an
HTML purchase form on the website. This online
collaboration provides a welcome service to the
customer, saving her the work of filling in some
of the fields and also ensures that no mistakes
are made that might disrupt the transaction.
Also, the personal interaction and assistance
make it less likely that the customer will
abandon her transaction partway through.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Symposium Web Centre Portal

179

180

Symposium Web Centre Portal

Media Processing Server
100 (MPS 100)
Overview
The Nortel Networks Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100) is a compact, aggressively priced Interactive
Voice Response (IVR) system designed specifically for the small to medium-sized contact centre environment.
This advanced solution provides support for several powerful technologies designed to enhance the
efficiency of your business, including CTI, browser-based access to traditional IVR applications and
remote system management.
The MPS 100 is a new member of the Nortel Networks Customer Contact and Self-Service Solutions portfolio
designed to make a business accessible to their customers 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Callers can
access a broad range of information simply by responding to a series of prompts via their touchtone phone.
In addition, the same information can be easily accessed over the Web. The MPS 100 module can easily
be connected to an application processor capable of running MS Windows NT 4.0. As a company’s needs
increase over time, additional features and capabilities can be activated by software key-codes without field
hardware expansions.

Customer Profile
• Small to medium sized contact
centre environment
• Entry level IVR customers requiring highly
featured solutions (database access,
CTI integration, etc)

Defining Needs
• Do you want to control the operational costs of
your contact centre?
• Do your contact centre staff regularly handle
repetitive, routine calls?
• Are you looking for a fully featured, carrier class
IVR that is suitable for diverse Contact Centre
environments?

• Any customer oriented organisation that wants to
eliminate aggravation, wasted time and delays by
providing information to callers without the need
for them to wait in a queue to speak to an agent
• Organisations looking to increase revenues and
save costs by providing new and additional
services in responses to the ever changing needs
of their customers
• Contact centres needing to free up agents from
repetitive and tedious tasks in order to deliver
superior customer service to valuable clients and
more complex calls
• In conjunction with CTI software, applications
requiring customer information input to be
displayed on the agent’s desktop, eliminating
the need to ask for information twice

Typical Applications
• Contact centres handling a large number of
routine calls
• Businesses that need to provide customers
with 24/7 access to their services

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

181

The MPS 100 is ideally suited to the following business sectors:
Healthcare

Utilities

Banking/Finance

Transportation

Government / Municipalities

• Enrolment / Claims

• Customer inquiry

• Account Inquiry

• Fares and Schedules

• Labour Services

• Eligibility Status

• Billing

• Bill Payment

• Arrival / Departure

• Co-Payment

• Service Outage Reports • Funds Transfer

Information

• Wake-up Calls

• Health and Wellness • Service Requests
Programs
• Forms Request

• Balances

Information

• Claim Filing
• Appointment Scheduling

• General Announcements • Office Locator

• ATM / Branch Locator • Package Tracking

• Tax Filing

• Scheduling

• Rate Information

• Publication Requests

• Meter Reading

• Crew Scheduling

• Worker Compensation

• Pharmacy Refills
• Drug Reference
• Referrals
• ID Card Request

Key Points
Automation of agent activities - Media Processing
Server 100 can reduce the cost of recruiting, training
and managing contact centre agents by moving
routine transactions to an automated system.
Applications on the MPS 100 can play pre-recorded
information such as hours of operation, directions,
etc. The MPS 100 can collect digit input by the caller,
then interact with multiple host databases
simultaneously to provide the caller with
their requested information.
Decreased Toll Access Costs - by routing calls to a
self-service portal, contact centres can shorten the
average speed of answer and call duration thereby
reducing access costs while also reducing the rate of
abandoned calls.
Caller enquiries are dealt with quickly, consistently
and efficiently eliminating the need to have your
callers wait in queue to speak to an agent.
Key-code activated expansion and enhancement system port size can be increased by activating a
key-code thereby eliminating the requirement to
send a technician on site. There is no requirement to
add costly hardware. Additional software features
are activated by key-code as well.
This can be completed using remote access again
eliminating costly site visit charges.

182

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

Highly optimised for multi-application
environments - power and flexibility enable
the MPS 100 to fit into diverse call centre
environments, allowing customers to adjust
the equipment and applications to specific site
requirements rather than modify existing
infrastructure to accommodate the new technology.
Applications can range from simple information
delivery services to complex call processing
implementations and web transactions with local
databases. The applications can include multiple
services and high-level transaction processing
functionality. Multiple application processors and
MPS 100 modules can be networked together to
provide for large-scale configurations.
Centralised system maintenance and administration
- system administration and application
development are managed through PeriWorks, a
complete award winning set of GUI tools. PeriView is
one of the software tools used for Media Processing
Server 100 administration, operation and control.
PeriView’s dashboard also provides access to the
application development (PeriProducer) and speech
development (PeriStudio) tools. PeriView eliminates
the requirement for multiple management systems.
A single PeriView application centralises
management of up to 250 systems.

Modular architecture - MPS 100’s modular design
supports evolution to new functionality. MPS 100
integrates new functions and technology, while
protecting investment in application software,
systems platform operations and support training.
This unique approach to managing technology
transitions has resulted in a systems platform and
software environment that keeps up with technology
changes in an incremental and compatible manner
while providing state-of-the-art features and
functionality. System features and functions can be
upgraded based on customer needs and application
readiness rather than pace of technology.
VPS/is compatibility - for customers with existing
VPS/is systems, the MPS 100 will support
compatibility with VPS/is application software,
speech and database files. The MPS 100 can be
operated and controlled from a common system
management (PeriView) environment, thereby
allowing existing customers to take advantage of
MPS 100 features and functions while continuing to
leverage their existing VPS/is systems applications
and training investments.
Application development costs - with PeriWeb,
application developers can modify existing voice
applications to handle both telephony and web
transaction processing. PeriWeb is a set of software
programs that support the creation and execution of
interactive transaction processing applications on
the Internet using the VOS software environment
and application development tools. PeriWeb also
allows access to telephony applications from the
Web, which significantly reduces customers’
expenses for development and maintenance.
PeriWeb allows users to communicate with
applications using a browser to submit input to the
applications as well as to see applications output.
Each transaction is presented as a separate page in
a browser.

CTI middleware packages. Plug-in integration of a
wide variety of third party software packages has
been achieved by a growing list of our customers,
demonstrating the openness of the Media
Processing Server and software architecture.
Make money by increasing volume of transactions since many routine transactions can be off-loaded to
an automated system, businesses can greatly increase
the volume of calls handled without increasing the
number of agents in the contact centre.
Reduce abandoned calls - since callers receive more
prompt, effective service, abandoned calls are
converted into additional sales.
Increase customer loyalty - small businesses can
provide the same competitive services as larger
businesses by offering their callers more than one
portal into their business. Customers can chose to do
business when they want and how they want.
Extend self-service to the Web - PeriWeb software
allows your integrated voice response application
to extend to your web page to reach a larger
potential customer base. The same application that
was developed for touchtone input is modified to
accept html format. Though the interface is
different, both touchtone and web applications
take on a consistent style.
Computer Telephony Integration (CTI) implementation of CTI helps agents deliver
faster, more personalised customer service.
Relevant information via screen pops and
automated retrieval of database records allows a
new call to be routed to a specific agent. With the
customer information readily available on the agent
desktop, agents can more easily cross-sell and upsell
to the existing customer base.

Easy integration to third party applications
- the networking centric architecture of the Media
Processing Server supports multiple LAN interfaces
for easy integration into a distributed environment.
MPS 100 provides interface support for a number of

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

183

Features and Benefits
• Optimised for multi-application environments
• Open, modular design delivers smooth migration
paths to the latest technologies
• CTI-enabled for tight integration with
Nortel Networks switches
• Open systems architecture
• Fully integrated with the Nortel Networks contact
and self-service solutions
Standard Features
• One T1/E1 span or 12 analogue ports
• Player, DTMF decoder, Call Progress Detection and
half-duplex recorder per port
• CAS and R2 telephony interface capability
• Connectivity to multiple hosts concurrently
if required
• Connectivity to multiple databases if required
• PeriProducer (runtime) - GUI-based application
development environment
• PeriStudio - GUI-based prompt/speech
development facility
• PeriView - GUI-based tools for administration,
monitoring and control of application, ports
and nodes
• PeriReporter - statistical data reporting tool
Optional Features
• Additional port capacity (two T1/E1 spans or up to
24/48 analogue ports in 12-port increments
depending upon configuration)
• PeriProducer (development)
• PeriView (consolidated) - single PeriView to
monitor multiple MPS 100 servers
• Connectivity to Informix via ODBC
• Geotel connectivity
• Peri-IPML Integration Package
• Peri-ICM Integration Package
• IVR SCCS Integration Package
• IVR TAPI Integration Package
• PeriWeb—Web access to IVR applications
Telephony Features
• Digital (T1/E1) interfaces
• Analogue interfaces
• Non-blocking detection of touch tones
• Detection of precision call progress tones

184

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

• Digital signal generation for call progress and
other precision tones
• Multiple signalling protocols for digital trunks
• DNIS and CLID support
Media Processing Features
• Virtually unlimited prompt and/or
message length
• Optimised/minimum concatenation for
speech output
• Prompts/messages may be recorded in a studio,
or locally, or over the phone
• Caller message recording with random
message retrieval
• Call simulator for volume testing and
capacity planning
Connectivity Features
• Multiple LAN network interfaces (Ethernet/Fast
Ethernet, Token Ring, FDDI, ATM)
• Concurrent support for serial and LAN-based
host interfaces
• Client support for Microsoft Host Integration
Server 2000
• Client support for Microsoft SQL Server
• Optional ORB support for application connectivity
• PBX/ACD data link connectivity for
Nortel Networks Meridian, Nortel Networks DMS,
Nortel Networks Symposium interfaces, Lucent,
NEC Infolink, Aspect Application bridge and
CSTA switches
Application Processing Features
• Multiple applications per system architecture
• Dedicated “process per port” architecture for
highest degree of fault isolation
• Larger configurations by networking
multiple systems
• Local/remote prompt creation/update during
on-line operation
• Extensive tracing/monitoring/ diagnostic
functions
• Call flow verification for validation of applications
• TCP/IP network protocol for application
connectivity
• VRAM (procedural language based) transaction
processing environment

• Local data files with single or multi-key indexed
records
• Extensive system and application specific
statistics
• Optional support for “C”, “C++” and other
programming languages
• Java services interface
• MQSeries interface

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

185

186

Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100)

Media Processing Server
1000 (MPS 1000)
Overview
The Nortel Networks Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000) is a carrier-class, Integrated Voice Response
(IVR) system designed for large enterprise and service provider environments. Ideal for mission-critical
installations requiring continuous availability, the MPS 1000 system integrates a wide range of call
processing functions with programmable call handling capabilities.

Customer Profile
• Large, carrier grade contact centre environment
• Large, carrier grade self-service customers
requiring highly featured solutions (database
access, CTI integration, etc)

Defining Needs
• Do you want to control the operational costs of
your contact centre?
• Does your contact centre staff regularly handle
repetitive, routine calls?
• Are you looking for a fully featured, carrier class
IVR that is suitable for diverse Contact Centre
environments?

Typical Applications
• Contact centres handling a large number of
routine calls
• Businesses that need to provide customers with
24/7 access to their services
• Any customer oriented organisation that wants to
eliminate aggravation, wasted time and delays by
providing information to callers without the need
for them to wait in a queue to speak to an agent
• Organisations looking to increase revenues and
save costs by providing new and additional
services in responses to the ever changing needs
of their customers
• Contact centres needing to free up agents from
repetitive and tedious tasks in order to deliver
superior customer service to valuable clients and
more complex calls
• In conjunction with CTI software, applications
requiring customer information input to be

displayed on the agent’s desktop, eliminating the
need to ask for information twice

Key Points
• Delivers mission-critical reliability through
redundant system components for protection
against lost service revenue. Redundant hardware
can be configured to ensure the continuous
operation of critical components such as
application processors, ATM switches, Network
Interface Controllers (NICs), and system clocks.
Standby units such as ATM switches, hot
swappable NIC cards and warm standby
application processors can be installed or
replaced with no system interruption or
manageable system interruption.
• A highly scalable solution, MPS 1000 can support
over 9000 ports in a single system. Smaller
systems can be easily expanded over time,
delivering a growth path that matches the needs
of your business.
• Compact footprint reduces floor-space
requirements, saving real estate and
maintenance costs. A system supporting up to
1536 T1 or 1920 E1 channels can be deployed in a
single, typical telco-grade cabinet.
• Many shared system resources are not required by
a port for the full duration of the call, nor are they
required by all lines at any given time. MPS 1000
is unique in its ability to dynamically allocate
such resources to ensure maximum utilisation
while at the same time reducing the amount of
hardware required and ultimately reducing
system cost.

Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000)

187

• MPS 1000’s non-blocking, programmable call
handling platform delivers connectivity of any
port to any port, or to any shared resource,
reducing hardware requirements and monthly
trunking costs while increasing system flexibility.
• Since the MPS 1000 supports both digital and IP
voice protocols, customers who require a hybrid
Digital/VoIP environment are provided a smooth
migration path designed to protect existing
hardware investment.
• Application development and system
management are simplified through the use of
the PeriWorks suite of GUI tools:
– PeriView
– PeriProducer
– PeriStudio
– PeriSQL
– Peri Web
• For businesses that currently have either the
Nortel Networks VPS/is or MPS 100 units installed
on their networks, the MPS 1000 can be easily
installed to unite the existing units into a
cohesive, enterprise-wide, IVR solution.
Applications that are in use on the VPS/is systems
are compatible with MPS 1000, saving the time
and expense of rewriting and recoding
applications

Features and Benefits
Redundant, Fault-tolerant Solution
MPS 1000 has been designed with a redundant
hardware and distributed software architecture.
Redundant hardware can be configured to ensure
the continuous operation of critical components
such as application processors, ATM switches,
Network Interface Controllers (NICs), and system
clocks. Standby units such as ATM switches, hot
swappable NIC cards and warm standby application
processors can be installed or replaced with no
system interruption or manageable system
interruption.

Flexibility
The system supports a wide variety of interactive
voice processing applications, and is optimised for
the multi-application environments typical of both

188

Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000)

the enterprise and service provider marketplace.
Typical applications can range from simple
information delivery services to complex transaction
processing services, as well as Web-based
transactions with local databases.
A wide selection of telephony and host computer
connectivity interfaces facilitate the easy integration
of automated functions into existing data
processing and communications environments.

Maximised Resource Utilisation
MPS 1000 is unique in its ability to dynamically
allocate system resources to ensure maximum
utilisation while at the same time reducing the
amount of hardware required and ultimately
reducing system cost.

Peri Suite of Graphical User Interface Tools
PeriWORKS is an integrated suite of GUI tools
focused on ease of use and support. PeriWORKS
includes a graphical application development
environment, graphical speech digitising and
processing tool, a graphical toolset for system
administration, operation, and control, a statistics
and reports management tool and an online
browser-based electronic documentation package.

System Interoperability
For businesses that currently have either the
Nortel Networks VPS/is or MPS 100 units installed
on their networks, the MPS 1000 can be easily
installed to unite the existing units into a cohesive,
enterprise-wide IVR solution. Applications that are
in use on the VPS/is systems are compatible with
MPS 1000, saving the time and expense of
rewriting and recoding your applications.
Some applications may require slight modification.
In addition, the PeriWORKS suite of GUI tools are
leveraged across all three platforms, providing a
cost-effective solution by reducing training costs
and eliminating multiple software packages.

Enhanced Multimedia Capabilities
The advanced multimedia features of the MPS 1000
include standard digital T1/E1 interfaces that can be
configured for both ISDN and Common Channel
Signaling (CCS7). In addition, the system architecture
supports voice transmission over IP networks. The

MPS 1000 supports the H.323 standard, enabling
users running H.323-compliant software to initiate
or receive calls. The system’s switching fabric
supports seamless H.323 VoIP client interfaces with
both T1 and E1 standards. Support for the SIP
standard is planned for a later release.

based management approach, the efficiency of
management personnel is maximised. This
approach reduces the need for physical visits to
branch offices and sharply lowers the cost of system
maintenance.

Future Capabilities
Hybrid Digital/VoIP Architectures
MPS 1000 supports both digital and IP voice
protocols, customers who require a hybrid
Digital/VoIP environment are provided with a
smooth migration path designed to protect existing
hardware investment. VoIP TMS modules co-reside
with T1 TMS modules and fully communicate with
each other. Organisations can gradually replace
expensive leased lines by shifting telephony traffic
onto the IP network. This design eliminates the need
for forklift switch replacements as VoIP technology
continues to mature, and provides a future-proof IP-enabled IVR solution.

Remote Management
Comprehensive management services are provided
by the PeriView application, which combines local
management with visibility into branch installations
from the central site. By using a centralised, Web-

MPS 1000 will soon support Advanced Speech
Recognition on the next release of the same
industry-leading Open Signal Computing and
Analysis Resource (OSCAR) platform as currently
offered with VPS/is. The OSCAR platform is used by
both the VPS/is and the MPS platforms. Advanced
Speech Recognition capabilities will include:
•
•
•
•

Large Vocabulary Speech Recognition
Natural Language Understanding
Text to Speech
Speaker Verification

Additional features include:
• VoiceXML
• Support for additional protocols including
VoIP SIP protocol*
• Expanded SS7 capabilities

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000)

189

190

Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000)

Periphonics VPS/is
Overview
Periphonics VPS/is is a multi-media, self-service platform that automates the transaction processing,
traditionally conducted by contact centre agents. Systems are available in a variety of scalable
configurations to meet a wide range of capacity, application and network needs. VPS/is offers a full
range of Advanced Speech Recognition capabilities including Natural Language Understanding,
Speaker Verification and Text-to-Speech

Customer Profile
• Do you want to control the operational costs of
your contact centre?
• Does your contact centre staff regularly handle
repetitive, routine calls?
• Are you looking for a fully featured, carrier class
IVR that is suitable for diverse Contact Centre
environments?
• Do you have a service, product or database of
information that could be accessible by
your customers if they used speech as a
navigation tool?
• Are you looking to provide a differentiated service
offering to your customer base?

Typical Applications
• Medium sized enterprises through to carrier
grade contact centre environments
• Medium to large IVR customers requiring highly
featured self service solutions (database access,
CTI integration, etc) and Natural Language Speech
Recognition applications
• Contact centres handling a large number of
routine calls
• Businesses that need to provide customers with
24/7 access to their services
• Any customer oriented organisation that wants to
eliminate aggravation, wasted time and delays by
providing information to callers without the need
for them to wait in a queue to speak to an agent
• Organisations looking to increase revenues and
save costs by providing new and additional
services in responses to the ever changing needs
of their customers

• Contact centres needing to free up agents from
repetitive and tedious tasks in order to deliver
superior customer service to valuable clients and
more complex calls
• In conjunction with CTI software, applications
requiring customer information input to be
displayed on the agent’s desktop, eliminating the
need to ask for information twice

Key Points
All the features and functions of the MPS 100 plus:• Full suite of Advanced Speech Recognition
capabilities - including Natural Language
Understanding, Text-to-Speech and Speaker
Verification.
– Text-to-Speech, which converts ordinary text
into intelligible speech.
– Natural Language Understanding, which
allows customers to speak to an application in
complete natural sentences.
– Speaker Verification, a biometric technology
that compares live speech samples against a
stored, pre-recorded sample of the user’s
speech to either approve or deny the caller’s
claimed identity.
• Easy-to-use management systems - the
Periphonics VPS/is supports a full suite of easy-touse, point-and-click software tools for application
management, system management and
administration.
• Scalable, modular architecture - As your voice
processing requirements increase, the VPS/is
building-block design readily accommodates new
feature and performance upgrades through
incremental enhancements, without sacrificing
initial investment.

Periphonics VPS/is

191

Features and Benefits
Telephony Capabilities
• Analog Loop/Ground Start DID/DDI
• Digital T1/E1 - DNIS - in-band CLID
• ISDN Primary Rate - CLID – NFAS
(Shared D Channel)
• Internal Switching/Bridging
• Drop and Insert Spans for call bridging
• C7 (ANSI, ITU, ETSI standards)

Shared Resource Capabilities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Caller Message Recording
Large Vocabulary Speech Recognition
Natural Language Understanding
Text-to-Speech Synthesis
PeriWeb, for Web-based transaction services
Facsimile
Call Conference
ADSI
Data Modem
TDD
Credit Card Authorisation

• VRAM, High-Level Application Programming
Language
• ANSI C and/or C++ Compiler
• PeriStudio Graphical Recording Studio
• Call Simulator Script-Driven Testing Tool
• PeriReporter Report Generator
• PeriBlast, a telephony tool designed for the
verification of application and system-level
performance

PeriView -Full Visual User Interface
•
•
•
•

Other Capabilities
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Host/Server Connectivity
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

TCP/IP sockets, ftp, NFS, telnet
OSF/DCE
IBM* APPC - LU6.2
Novell NetWare
IBM 3270/3174 Emulation
X.25
Burroughs TD830 Emulation
UNISYS UTS 4040 Emulation
Token Ring
Ethernet
Asynchronous Data Stream
Synchronous Data Stream
Host Session Pooling
SQL
ODBC (Open Database Connectivity)
CCS2000 and CCS3000 supports SS7 signaling

Graphical Application Configuration
Graphical Topology Map
Real-time Graphical Performance Monitoring
User Level Security

•
•
•
•
•

Local Random Access Data Files
System and Application-Specific Statistics Reports
Major and Minor Alarm Relay Contacts
Hardware/Software Watchdog
Shadow Disks
Network Management
T1/E1 Span Switching for hot standby System
(N + 1) Backup
System Memory is separate from RAM
vocabulary storage
Online Documentation (HTML-based)
Zero Administration for Prompts (ZAP)
(on-line update of speech prompts)
Zero Administration for Grammars (ZAG)
Disk Based Speech is virtually limitless, depending
upon disk drive size and mode

As voice processing requirements increase, the
building block design of Periphonics VPS/is readily
accommodates new feature and performance
upgrades through incremental enhancements. This
design enables you to achieve maximum return on
your initial investment.

Application Development Tools
• PeriProducer Graphical Application
Development Environment

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

192

Periphonics VPS/is

Meridian / Succession DECT
Overview
Meridian/Succession DECT is a wireless, in-building/campus private network wide communications system. It
is an integrated offering on the Meridian 1 switch or Succession CSE 1000 giving full feature access, high
capacity and good spectrum utilisation along with superior voice quality.The DECT architecture offers
flexibility in its capacity in terms of both the total number of users and the concentration of users. The main
component of the DECT system is the DECT Mobility Card (DMC), which provides the interconnection between
the Meridian 1 switching features and the wireless system. Other components of the DECT system are Radio
Fixed Parts (RFP base stations), wireless handsets, the Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM) DECT application,
plus an optional text messaging application.

Customer Profile

Key Points

Typical end users who would benefit most from
Meridian/Succession DECT:
• People who spend time away from their desks
• People without dedicated “office space”
• People with multiple work areas

• Lightweight and pocket-sized, a DECT handset
is the mobile equivalent of the phone on
your desk
• Helps customers keep their business running at
optimum efficiency levels and as a result,
increases their competitiveness
• Integrated mobility solution – greater reliability,
better features and simpler management
• Leverages customer’s existing Meridian 1 or
Succession CSE 1000 platforms. Complements
circuit switched and IP Telephony
• Provides private wireless in-building telephony
for workers that spend a lot of time away form
their desks yet need to remain in contact
• Is secure, low cost, low power output and
highly featured

Typical businesses that would benefit from
in-building mobility:
• Manufacturing
• Retail
• Professional Services
• Education
• Hospitality
• Healthcare (GSM is inappropriate near sensitive
medical equipment. It is also expensive, not part
of the dialling plan and radio coverage in all parts
of the building is not guaranteed)

Features and Benefits
Typical Applications
DECT Messaging deployment is most suited for
the following scenarios:
• When a voice conversation is not possible or
not required
• To communicate simultaneously with a large
number of users (eg Hospital)
• For immediate notification of automatically
generated alarms

The DECT system utilises 32Kbps ADPCM to offer
speech quality the same as fixed networks.
Using this technology an ETSI protocol has been
developed named GAP - Generic Access Protocol.
DECT systems that are GAP compliant allow users to
operate a handset of their choice or move to
different systems given that the handset is GAP
compliant.
• Twinning – single phone number and easy swap
from DECT to desk phone
• Wireless Encryption – the digitally encoded signal
cannot be monitored by external intruders,
ensuring privacy

Meridian / Succession DECT

193

• Network Roaming – one number/handset
for all sites
• Low Power Output – no interference with
sensitive equipment
• Pull through Meridian/Succession features
- CLID, CPND, Conference, Call Transfer,
Call Hold, Call Back, Call Pick-up,
Call Park/Retrieve
• Scaleable across Meridian 1 Options
11C Mini – Option 81C and Succession CSE 1000

• Full roaming and seamless hand over
• Fully integrated solution – DECT cards are located
within IPE module of Meridian 1 and Media
Gateway of Succession CSE 1000
• Coverage up to 700,000m2 per system dependent
upon building characteristics

System Capacity
(based on DMC8)

• Succession CSE 1000 X21 Release 1
- Up to 640 handsets and 32 base-stations
• Meridian 1 Option 11C mini X11 R23 and later
- Up to 640 handsets and 32 base-stations
• Meridian 1 Option 11C X11 R23 and later
- Up to 640 handsets and 160 base-stations
• Meridian 1 Option 61 and Option 81 X11 R23 and later
- Approximately 3000 handsets
(based on typical office traffic levels)
and 256 base-stations

DECT Base-Station

•
•
•
•
•
•

Two base station options are available
6 simultaneous calls standard
12 simultaneous calls high capacity
Typical cell radius within a building 20-100m
Optional directional antenna
Small physical size: 235x172x45mm

C4050 DECT Handset Top of range Meridian/Succession DECT handset that
takes enterprise mobility to the next level of power
• 9 hours talk time / 120 hours standby time
• 5 line alphanumeric character display for icons,
text and context sensitive soft keys
• Text messaging
• Electro luminescent light
• Message Waiting Indication (Meridian Mail/CallPIlot)
• Calling line ID and Calling Party Name Display
• 100 name / number directory, including search facility
• Last 20 number redial list
• Last 20 caller list - including dial back feature
• Handsfree
• Built in visual and vibrate call alert
• Beltclip
• Battery and data charger
• Microphone mute
• Keypad Lock
• 140 grams

194

Meridian / Succession DECT

C4030
DECT Handset

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

16 hours talk time, 120 hours standby
Alphanumeric 4 line display with backlight
Message Waiting Indication (Meridian Mail/CallPilot)
Calling line ID and Calling Party Name Display
100 name/number directory, including search facility
10 entry last number redial list – including dial back feature
Headset jack
Handsfree
Built in visual and vibrate alert
Beltclip
Battery Charger
Microphone Mute
Keypad Lock
110 grams

C4012
DECT Handset

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

10 hours talk time, 120 hours standby
1 Line Numeric/Icons Display
Message Waiting Indication (Meridian Mail/CallPilot) Calling Line ID
10 Number speed dial list
5 entry last number callers list/redial list – including dial back feature
Built in visual call alert
Beltclip
Battery charger
Microphone Mute
Keypad Lock
145 grams

C4010
Ex DECT Handset

The C4010 EX DECT handset is an intrinsically safe DECT digital cordless handset
forming part of the Meridian/Succession DECT portfolio. It has been approved
for use in hazardous environments such as the chemical and oil industries and
comes with a leather carrying case.
• 4 hours talk time, 40 hours standby
• 20 name directory
• 3 lines. 12 character alphanumeric display for icons text and context
sensitive soft keys
• Message Waiting Indication (Meridian Mail/CallPilot)
• Calling line ID and Calling Party Name Display
• 20 name / number directory
• User definable soft keys
• Context sensitive menus
• 5 entry last number redial list
• Built in visual call alert
• Belt clip
• Battery charger
• Microphone mute
• Keypad lock
• 135 grams

Meridian / Succession DECT

195

DECT Messaging
Server

Incorporates text-messaging capabilities directly onto end-user’s DECT handset.
A web admin client provides simple and convenient management.
Text messages can be generated from:
• A compatible handset
• The web client
• An external application (via SNPP) or TAP

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

196

Meridian / Succession DECT

Optivity Telephony
Manager (OTM)
Overview
Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM) is a sophisticated application for managing Meridian 1 and
Succession CSE 1000 systems. Optivity Telephony Manager is an integral part of Nortel Networks strategy
to help companies lower their total cost of ownership in operating and managing next-generation telephony
networks.It carries the value proposition of Meridian Administrator Tools (MAT) and augments it by allowing
an even greater level of management reach over an IP network. Companies can rely on OTM’s integrated
suite of management tools for configuration, control and analysis of their telephony network, either through
a Windows graphical user interface (GUI) or Web browser interface. In addition, OTM can be easily integrated
with the Optivity suite of management applications to provide a complete management view of an entire
converged network infrastructure.

Customer Profile
• Customers that want to simplify and enhance
the management of their M1 and Succession
communications network (convenience of Web
based features, friendly GUI, user-self help, etc)
• Customers that want to minimise downtime with
the use of consolidated alarm view and Alarm
notification features
• Customers that require effective tools for
monitoring and reporting on network usage,
optimising performance and planning for
the future
• Customers that require LDAP integration into a
variety of business applications in their network.
Premium Package enables auto sync of user
parameters in OTM Corp Directory without
admin intervention

Key Points
• User friendly GUI that helps customers speed
through every day management tasks and
shorten the learning curve
• End-user self management capabilities which
free-up skilled resources
• Single point of data entry – spend less time,
increase accuracy, eliminate duplication of effort
• Consolidated view of network elements – easy
access to configuration applications
• Unified alarm management – monitor the health
of a network from a single window

• Extended administration reach – access
documentation, phone configuration, CLI
from anywhere
• Scalable – add applications and management
capacity as required
• Complete management functionality via
Windows and Web based management
capabilities
• Affordable solution for both large and small
enterprises

Features and Benefits
• Single Management Platform – OTM provides a
single management platform while other vendors
offer multiple management applications that run
on disparate operating systems to support
different products, releases and applications.
• Call Tracking – monitor call usage patterns and
trends with graphical displays. Call Tracking also
provides an alarm generating function, which can
be set up to warn you of unusual calling patterns
• Alarm Management – provides an alarm
collection and processing centre for multiple
systems and devices. +OTM receives SNMP traps
from systems, such as the Meridian 1, CSE 1000
and Call Pilot and stores them in a circular log file
on the OTM Server. Notification is also available
via pager, fax or email when certain alarms are
triggered or thresholds exceeded

Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM)

197

• Traffic Analysis – used to analyse switch resources
and to forecast growth. It will provide
information such as trunk usage, peak periods,
processor loads and loop traffic
• LDAP Synchronisation – provides the ability to link
the OTM Common Database to an external LDAP
server. Netscape, Novell NDS, Microsoft Active
Directory and Microsoft Exchange LDAP servers
are supported. LDAP synchronisation will save the
administrator from having to do repetitive data
entry of common data
• Station Administration – simplifies the day-today
station adds, moves and changes to single and
multi-line phones
• Web Based Desktop Services – provides end users
with an easy-to-use on-line help; end users can
also be given permissions to make feature
changes on their phones
• Virtual Terminal Service – provides a single point
of connectivity to the Meridian 1 system and other
telnet enabled Meridian applications (ie Meridian
Mail, MIRAN, MICB, etc) via a terminal emulator
that can be launched using a Web browser. It also
provides context sensitive on-line help for
Meridian 1 overlays
• Corporate Directory – enables enterprises to
define parameters and generate reports from
corporate station and user data that is associated
with a terminal number. These reports can
include up to 100 different data fields including
name, extension, location and department
associated with each terminal number
• Access Server – offers terminal server-like
capabilities. It provides the ability to access OTM
via Command Line Interface (CLI) and have the
input passed through to a specific connected
device
• Telecom Billing System – is a fully integrated
telecom costing and billing application.
• TBS can collect call records and allocate costs to
the appropriate users or departments using
flexible cost models. It also generates meaningful
reports that supports multiple currencies

198

Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM)

The Optivity Telephony Manager Release 2.0
(OTM 2.0) provides concurrency up to (and
including) release 25.40 as well as CSE 1000 release
2.0.OTM 2.0 includes the feature enhancements
described below:
Succession CSE 1000 Release 2.0 Concurrence.
The OTM 2.0 applications have been modified to
support the introduction of new components in the
CSE 1000 Rel 2.0 solution. It includes the support of
new set (i2002) as well as the support for branch
office and virtual office.
Empowered Web Navigation. The OTM navigators
(Windows and Web based) provide a display of
Succession CSE 1000 elements in a network view.
Succession CSE1000 network elements that can be
displayed include Gatekeepers, Call Servers and
Signaling Servers. The OTM navigators will allow
administrators to select specific elements by clicking
on the displayed element, which will cause their
browser to link to the CSE “on-board ”Web server
and proceed to management “direct to the element”.
Also, since CSE is a distributed system, a new
network view (called Gatekeeper Zones) is created in
the OTM navigators. It provides a “logical ” view of
components that are linked to a given Gatekeeper as
opposed to a “geographical” view of components in
given physical locations.
Improved Security and User Access Control.
Starting on OTM Release 2.0, administrators can
now create new user groups and define for all type
of accesses one or more authentication methods.
The authentication can be done through a local OTM
server account, a Windows NT domain account or
using an LPAP server.
All passwords stored in OTM database will be
encrypted (Windows Crypto API) as well as
passwords used for synchronisation with LDAP
servers (SSL encryption).

Web Station Scheduling.
The OTM Web Scheduler was first introduced in OTM
1.1 as a capability to run the station synchronisation
tasks instantaneously. This enhancement now
introduces the capability to schedule a
synchronisation task for a future time and date.
Courtesy Change in Station Administration.
This feature offers an option to checks if a telephone
is busy/idle before transmitting changes to the
switch. In the case where a phone is busy, changes
are not transmitted thus avoiding a disconnection
of an active call.
Backup/Restore Improvements.
This feature supports information in the OTM
database (Web Station data, Web Navigator data
such as user groups, client list) that were not
previously included in the full OTM backup/
disaster recovery operations.
Updated OTM Sample Data.
Sample Data are updated on OTM 2.0 to include
components of CSE 1000 offer.
Billing Improvements.
The Billing application is enhanced to support
Network Wide Billing consolidation and billing
support for transferred calls.
IP Trunk 3.0 on Meridian-1.
Some changes are performed in the OTM 2.0 ITG
ISDN trunks application to allow IP trunks 3.0
installed on Meridian-1 to be registered on the
Signalling Server – H323 gatekeeper
Co-residency with Anti-virus software and
PC-Anywhere.
Co-residency with Norton and McAfee anti-virus
software as well as with PC anywhere is now tested
and supported with OTM 2.0 servers and clients.

The Optivity Telephony Manager Release 2.0 (OTM
2.0) provides concurrency up to (and including)
release 25.40 as well as CSE 1000 release 2.0.
OTM 2.0 includes the feature enhancements
described below:
Succession CSE 1000 Release 2.0 Concurrence.
The OTM 2.0 applications have been modified to
support the introduction of new components in the
CSE 1000 Rel 2.0 solution. It includes the support of
new set (i2002) as well as the support for Branch
office and virtual office.
Empowered Web Navigation.
The OTM navigators (Windows and Web based)
provide a display of Succession CSE 1000 elements in
a network view.
Succession CSE1000 network elements that can be
displayed include Gatekeepers, Call Servers and
Signaling Servers. The OTM navigators will allow
administrators to select specific elements by clicking
on the displayed element, which will cause their
browser to link to the CSE “on-board ”Web server and
proceed to management “direct to the element ”.
Also, since CSE is a distributed system, a new
network view (called Gatekeeper Zones) is created in
the OTM navigators. It provides a “logical ” view of
components that are linked to a given Gatekeeper as
opposed to a “geographical ” view of components in
given physical locations.
Improved Security and User Access Control.
Starting on OTM Release 2.0, administrators can
now create new user groups and define for all type
of accesses one or more authentication methods.
The authentication can be done through a local OTM
server account, a Windows NT domain account or
using an LPAP server.

Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM)

199

All passwords stored in OTM database will be
encrypted (Windows Crypto API) as well as
passwords used for synchronisation with LDAP
servers (SSL encryption).

Updated OTM Sample Data.
Sample Data are updated on OTM 2.0 to include
components of CSE 1000 offer.
Billing Improvements.

The Billing application is enhanced to support
Network Wide Billing consolidation and billing
support for transferred calls.
IP Trunk 3.0 on Meridian-1.
Some changes are performed in the OTM 2.0 ITG
ISDN trunks application to allow IP trunks 3.0
installed on Meridian-1 to be registered on the
Signalling Server – H323 gatekeeper
Co-residency with Anti-virus software and
PC-Anywhere.
Co-residency with Norton and McAfee anti-virus
software as well as with PC anywhere is now tested
and supported with OTM 2.0 servers and clients.

This feature supports information in the OTM
database (Web Station data, Web Navigator data
such as user groups, client list) that were not
previously included in the full OTM backup/disaster
recovery operations.

Ordering Information
For further information, please contact your local Nortel Networks Representative.

200

Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM)

Nortel Networks

SOLUTIONS GUIDE

Nortel Networks Solutions Guide

One Network - A World of Choice
A sustainable, profitable solution for the new enterprise network.
New business realities bring profound implications for network and information management strategies.
IT executives have had to reassess the way they build, manage and use the information infrastructure. Under
constant pressure to do more with less, they have to constantly push for more competitive and proactive
information management models.
Could the enterprise network be doing more? More efficiently? More ‘intelligently?’ It supports business
functions, but could it also be creating new revenue opportunities and new sales channels? Could it
revolutionise the very nature of how business is done... how customer contacts take place... how information
about suppliers and customers is shared and used? And how much or how quickly IT delivers return on
investment? Nortel Networks says yes.
Nortel Networks has defined an enterprise networking vision called One Network - A World of Choice, which
promises to deliver greater flexibility and innovation for deploying new business applications and services.
This is based upon converging networks to create a seamless end-user experience, however, unlike the usual
meaning of convergence, it’s not simply about breaking down the barriers between voice and data. Instead,
the One Network - A World of Choice breaks down the barriers between public and private networks, LAN and
WAN networks and wireless and wireline networks - allowing the user to treat them all as essentially the
same system.

Eliminating the Boundaries
In practice, this means that remote or mobile
workers are able to take the office network and
environment with them throughout the world without compromise. Not only can they get fully
secure, high speed, remote access to their corporate
systems, but they can also access the full
functionality of their telephone system through
their laptop. In addition, this degree of access can be
extended to whole offices, presenting a more
convenient way to help grow the global enterprise.
Designed to take full advantage of the Internet, the
new paradigm confirms IP Telephony as not only a
successor to traditional telephony but as a
foundation for new ways of working. From a
financial point of view, its ability to converge and
therefore simplify network infrastructures
dramatically reduces overall cost of ownership.
Another hallmark of the vision is to be
technologically innovative. For example, it will fully
exploit optical networking and Optical Ethernet

technology for data centre and storage network
connectivity.
One Network - A World of Choice directly enhances
customer relations with contact centres that span
multiple channels coupled with highly efficient selfservice applications. And it empowers employees
with collaboration, mobility and messaging tools
that eliminate network boundaries. What’s more,
the technology finally makes security an intrinsic
part of the complete networking environment.
Nortel Networks understands that simply
responding to customers’ requests isn’t enough. Our
enterprise solutions provide a proactive, valueadded dimension that will help you achieve a new
level of engagement with your customers, partners
and suppliers, making it possible for you to
anticipate customers’ needs and wants and
seamlessly deliver the appropriate solutions —
sometimes before the customer even knows there is
a need. By evolving to this Engaged Business
approach, enterprises can achieve a higher level of
Return on Engagement with customers, essentially

One Network - A World of Choice

203

optimising the customer relationship and every
encounter with the customer, which can lead to
increased profitability and accelerated business
success. Using new technologies such as Voice over
IP (VoIP), Internet Protocol Virtual Private Networks

(IP-VPN) and Optical Ethernet, Nortel Networks
delivers solutions that cost less to operate, have
fewer or no bottlenecks, and are open and flexible to
support new applications and services that drive
business results.

What does the future enterprise network look like?
The One Network vision is composed of five key elements:

Consistent customer
experience everywhere

Security for all
applications and services
Business connectivity
via the Internet

Storage and networking
at light speed

Internet

IP Telephony succeeds
traditional Telephony

The enterprise network evolves into a unified, adaptable infrastructure
A consistent customer experience, everywhere.
“Engaged applications” flow seamlessly across
customer contact channels (in-person, telephone,
Web, chat, fax, e-mail) and provide a positive
experience, where the business is not just reacting
to but engaging with the customer. By delivering
time-sensitive, critical information in the user’s
choice of context and access device, the new
enterprise network makes service and convenience a
tangible competitive differentiator in an
increasingly commoditised world. By moving
telephony into the Web paradigm, the new
enterprise network offers multi-media capabilities
that give users control over where, when, how, and
in what form they can be reached.

204

One Network - A World of Choice

Consistent information is delivered through
increased centralisation of IT infrastructure enabled
through Optical Ethernet.
Business connectivity over the Internet.
With innovations in privacy and quality of service,
the Internet takes on an expanded role as the
backbone of enterprise applications. The Internet
and IP-based intranets bring new agility and
economies to the tasks of connecting data centres,
delivering content to users, and supporting the
flow of private information cross the extended
supply chain.

Storage and networking at light speed.
The new enterprise network takes advantage of
CWDM/DWDM, next-generation SONET, and
Ethernet for optical storage networking, ever-aging
optics for performance and reliability. These aspects
are critical requirements for business continuity and
disaster recovery applications. Protocol-independent
optical wave-lengths support all storage protocols
and the end-to-end delay, reliability, and capacity
requirements of the most stringent storage
applications, while Optical Ethernet provides a lower
cost storage networking solution.

Security inherent in all applications and services.
High-performance, multi-layer security protects data
integrity and privacy across all environments,
including mobility, without compromising the
performance of the network and applications.
Routing is transformed by building in IP-VPN and
firewall security into routing devices that naturally
understand security protocols.

IP Telephony solutions from Nortel Networks can
now scale from a single user to branch offices, to
regional offices, to campuses - right up to global
networks with hundreds of thousands of users. IP
Telephony has matured to offer the fundamental
requirements of full-scale enterprise deployment:
centralised or distributed control, enterprise-wide
access to applications such as unified messaging,
uncompromised voice quality, choice of features
and functions, multiple migration paths, and
coexistence with legacy systems. Converging voice
and data onto one infrastructure integrates critical
communications capabilities into a single platform
to lower total cost of ownership and build
productivity through new applications.

Increased productivity - converged communications
over a secure, reliable network

By using these elements together, customers will
gain a competitive business edge through:
Cost reduction - simplified operations with faster &
cheaper bandwidth

Innovation in customer experience - improved
application performance and engaged applications.
One Network is not just a series of Nortel Networks
products. It’s a view of how business can
innovatively respond to new situations.
The following section illustrates how.

One Network - A World of Choice

205

206

One Network - A World of Choice

Consistent Customer Experience
IP Contact Centre Solution
Customer Needs
• Converge voice and data infrastructure in the contact centre for increased savings and reduced
operating costs
• Optimise resources by creating a virtual contact centre with skills distributed across a wide
geographic area
• Extend the reach of the contact centre and harness the unprecedented potential of the Internet
by implementing IP Contact Centre solutions
• Provide reliable and cost effective remote solutions to individual agents and supervisors at home
and branch locations
• To improve overall customer satisfaction through better utilisation of distributed or virtual resources
• Enhance contact centre flexibility to manage peak and seasonal loads and provide 24x7 service
• Allow customers to do business anytime, anywhere while enjoying seamless access to the best
possible service
• Create a virtual contact centre using IP that spans wide geographic areas and crosses multiple
time zones, ensuring the best agent available handles each caller's needs promptly
• Evolve gracefully or move immediately to a VoIP environment without compromising on the existing
Meridian 1 and Symposium Contact Centre capabilities
• Migrate to a VoIP environment with absolutely no disruption to the daily operations of
the existing contact centre
• Move immediately to an all VoIP environment, keeping the existing Symposium Call Centre Server
or Symposium Express Call Centre without losing any contact centre features
• Maintain telco-grade reliability in a mission critical VoIP contact centre environment with fallback
to PSTN and fully survivable local calling capability

Nortel Networks Solution
Customers can use either Symposium Call Centre
Server or Symposium Express Call Centre with an IPenabled Meridian 1 (Figure 1) to leverage the power
and performance of Internet Telephony. Regardless
of their business environments – single site or
geographically dispersed – they can use Internet
Telephony to simplify management and
administration and to extend contact centre
capabilities to agents. This flexibility results in lower
operating costs and increased employee retention,
both of which improve profits.

Communication Server for Enterprise (CSE) 1000
(Figure 2). The Succession CSE 1000 is a server-based,
IP-distributed communication system that delivers
an unprecedented level of performance and range of
system features. It allows customers to implement IP
Telephony without sacrificing the quality of business
communications that an enterprise requires.
With IP Contact Centre solutions from
Nortel Networks, you can choose the technology
solution you need to conduct business today
without having to overhaul or invest in completely
new communications infrastructures.

Customers who wish to maintain an all IP
environment can use Symposium Call Centre Server
or Symposium Express Call Centre with Succession

IP Contact Centre Solution

207

Symposium Call Center or
Symposium Express Call Center

Branch Office

Meridian 1
Internet Gateways

PSTN
Remote Office 9150

VoIP

Enterprise
LAN/WAN
Agent in Main Call Centre Site

i2004 Internet Phone
Flexible Agent Location

Home Worker

i2050 Soft Phone

Figure 1: Nortel Networks Meridian 1 IP Contact Centre Solution

Symposium Call Center or
Symposium Express Call Center

Communication Server

Enterprise
LAN/WAN

Gateways

PSTN

Management

End User Access

Figure 2: Succession Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE1000) Solution

Nortel Networks IP Contact Centre Solution Building Blocks
The Nortel Networks IP Contact Centre solutions leverage existing and new products in the Nortel Networks
Enterprise portfolio. The underlying network infrastructure in the contact centre can be built on a choice of
IP or TDM technology.

208

IP Contact Centre Solution

The IP Contact Centre solutions building blocks are:
• Infrastructure based on Meridian 1 Option 11 to 81
or Succession CSE 1000 product lines, including
Meridian Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) and
i2004 Internet telephone sets
• Contact Centre functionality based on
Symposium Call Centre Server 4.0 or higher and
Symposium Express Call Centre 3.0 or higher
• CTI using Meridian Link Services, TAPI Server 2.3
or higher and Symposium Agent 2.3
• IVR based on Meridian Mail, Periphonics
MPS100 or VPS/is
These Nortel Networks IP Contact Centre solutions
have been pre-tested and verified to work with
Meridian 1 Internet Enabled (IE) and Succession CSE
1000 configurations. New products in the portfolio
have also been tested and verified to work with
existing applications (eg CTI control of the new
i2004 Internet Telephone sets).
This removes integration risks when deploying
these solutions.

Solution Value Proposition
Nortel Networks IP Contact Centre solutions enable
businesses to unleash the unprecedented profit
potential of the Internet, offering unparalleled
choice and customisable solutions for integrated
business communications.
With Internet Telephony, businesses can extend
their contact centres to agents anywhere, while still
providing a seamless experience for customers and
suppliers. This flexibility can help attract and retain
customers by making it easier to conduct business
with them – anyway and anytime.

Benefits of Nortel Networks IP Contact Centre
Solution include:
• Build more profitable customer relationships
by giving remote agents the powerful,
feature-rich applications they need to deliver
superior service
• Speed up answering and extend your hours
of service to meet the high expectations of
today's customers
• Increase savings and reduce operating costs by
converging your voice and data infrastructures
and simplifying contact centre management
• Extend your contact centre to reach the most
appropriate agents - by distributing calls to
company branches and even home offices via
reliable, cost-effective Voice over
IP (VoIP) solution
• Deploy VoIP technology for your business today
without overhauling or buying entirely new
communications infrastructures
• Improve employee satisfaction and staff retention
by addressing the needs of your geographically
dispersed workforce
• Simplify contact centre expansion to support
seasonal business or new program requirements

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

IP Contact Centre Solution

209

210

IP Contact Centre Solution

Consistent Customer Experience
Multimedia Customer Contact Centre Solution
Customer Needs
• Create a tightly integrated Customer Contact Centre that converges voice and data technologies
with Internet services in a reliable, flexible and scalable way, evolving seamlessly in line with
business requirements
• Make optimum use of skilled resources in handling customers’ queries by applying skill-based routing
to telephone, email and web queries, ensuring that the customer is served by the agent with the right
knowledge every time
• Automate the Multimedia Contact Centre, bringing applications (such as CRM) together with CTI,
automating tasks and empowering agents with critical customer information
• Deliver personalised one-to-one service that differentiates your business while at the same time
increasing profitability
• Equip customer service representatives with powerful tools to provide outstanding customer service,
delivering seamless, personalised and consistent responses to customers for email, web requests, or
telephone transactions
• Provide 24/7 access to services via Periphonics IVR self-service solutions that tightly integrate with Web
and CTI applications
• Transform the traditional call centre into a powerful, unified, multimedia customer interaction centre
• Respond to customers constantly changing demands by delivering superior personal service over the web
• Direct customers to the right help, right away, regardless of the contact method with skill-based routing
• Comprehensive, easy-to-use management tools to provide managers and supervisors with the real-time
information required to monitor performance and react immediately
• Detailed reports to provide historical information - to measure Contact Centre and agent performance,
to track trends and to plan
• The ability to operate more effectively, reducing operating costs and to build customer loyalty in today's
highly competitive world
• Give customers the reassurance that live agents are available should they need help or if something goes
wrong with their Web-based order
• Offer sophisticated customer guidance through web collaboration and page sharing – with a choice of
voice or text chat
• Provide self service applications that free up agents from repetitive and tedious tasks in order to deliver
superior customer service to valuable clients and more complex calls
• Customer information input to be displayed on the agent ’s desktop, eliminating the need to ask the
customer for information twice

Nortel Networks Solution
The Nortel Networks Multimedia Customer Contact
Centre solution incorporates many of the
Symposium and Periphonics portfolio products to
create a powerful portfolio of customer-focused
business applications. No longer “just call centres”,
Nortel Networks CRM Integrated Multimedia
Contact Centre provides true multimedia-based
transaction processing.

So whether you choose an off the shelf integrated
solution or create your own via our suite of open
interfaces, Nortel Networks offers a powerful
set of products to create world-class customer
care applications.
The specific products in the Multimedia Customer
Contact Centre consists of:

Multimedia Customer Contact Centre Solution

211

• Symposium Web Centre Portal - facilitating
e-mail, Web-based and telephony-based
communications that enable companies to
optimise call centre effectiveness and enhance
customer service with a comprehensive set of
modular Web-based business solutions
• Symposium Call Centre Server - providing
networked skill-based routing, comprehensive
management and reporting and real-time
displays for supervisors and managers with a
complete communication solution for dynamic
contact centres.
or
• Symposium Express Call Centre can also be used
to deliver sophisticated skill-based call routing and
management reporting to departmental or small
to medium enterprise customer care centres
• The Symposium TAPI Service Provider - acts as the
‘glue’ that enables a business to bring together
disparate systems and multiple customer touch
points, such as phone, email and the Web. TAPI
Service Provider 2.3.1 is making integrations with
business applications even easier with
Symposium Communications Driver for Siebel 7
that will be available from January 2003 and
SAPphone R/3 compliancy from SAP.
• Symposium Agent - offering an excellent desktop
computer telephony framework that takes full
advantage of industry standard desktop and
server components

212

Multimedia Customer Contact Centre Solution

• Symposium Agent Greeting - automating the
agent's greeting enabling the agent to pre-record
a standard greeting that can be played to the
customer before the agent handles the live call
• Symposium Call Centre Web Client - offering
superior management tools that better equip call
centre managers using Symposium Call Centre
Server Release 4.0 or higher to make improved
business decisions and respond faster to
customer needs
• Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100) – a
compact, aggressively priced Interactive Voice
Response (IVR) system designed specifically for
the small to medium-sized contact centre
environment. Features tight integration with
Symposium Call Centre Server via IPML
or
• Periphonics VPS/is – is a scalable multi-media,
self-service platform that provides sophisticated
self-service solutions. VPS/is offers a full range of
Advanced Speech Recognition capabilities
including Natural Language Understanding,
Speaker Verification and Text-to-Speech. Features
tight integration with Symposium Call Center
Server / Symposium Express Call Center via IPML

Email & Web Servers
(Customer Interface)

Internet
WWW
Multimedia
Customer

lla

TAPI
Server

Meridian 1/CSE1K
(with Symposium Agent Greeting)

ck
Ba
ll
Ca

tio

Symposium
Web Center
Portal

Symposium Call
Center Server

Symposium
Agent Server

PSTN
Multimedia
Customer
Symposium Web Client

IPML

Operations & Management
Symposium & Peri IVR
MPS100/VPSis
IVR
Multimedia Agent
with CTI, Desktop Displays

Symposium
Web Client

Business
Applications

Centralised
Customer Database

WAN
Customer LAN

Figure 1: Nortel Networks Multimedia Customer Solution

Value Proposition
With an increasing number of customers choosing
mixed media interactions, the CRM Integrated
Multimedia Contact Centre solution can help
companies capture new customers and deliver
higher levels of service to customers who choose
to interact over the Web, e-mail or by traditional
means such as the telephone. By blending phone
calls and Web inquiries into the same service queue,
customers can choose to interact with a service
centre through traditional, Web-based channels
or sophisticated self-service options and can
expect high-calibre service with each contact.

Key Benefits
• Phone calls and web enquiries blended to the
agent ’s desktop, to make full use of your
customer care resources
• Helps to improve customer satisfaction and
loyalty through telephony self-service, online selfservice and live interaction in a truly collaborative
environment
• Skill-based routing to ensure both voice callers
and web visitors are routed to the right agent

whilst reducing costs and increasing efficiency
• Enables your customers to use their preferred
form of communication - email, Web, phone or
fax - to reach you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week
• Handles Web interactions and e-mail with the
same ease and efficiency as telephone calls,
improving your overall customer service
• Helps to increase job satisfaction and staff
retention by making your agents more productive
and adding variety to their work
• Helps you improve agent productivity and
address your customers concerns effectively using
superior management tools including real-time
and historical reporting that unify information on
managers’ and supervisors’ desktops
• Adapts and grows with your evolving business
needs and easily integrates with other contact
centre solutions and 3rd party applications such
as CRM applications from Siebel, SAP and others.

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

Multimedia Customer Contact Centre Solution

213

214

Multimedia Customer Contact Centre Solution

Consistent Customer Experience
Speech Enabled Self Service Solutions
Customer Needs
• The ability to provide a differentiated customer care application that operates more effectively, reducing
operating costs and to build customer loyalty in today’s highly competitive world
• Provide 24/7 access to services via Nortel Networks IVR self-service solutions that tightly integrate with
Web and CTI applications
• Create a tightly integrated customer contact centre that converges Agent Assisted and Self Service
technologies, evolving seamlessly in line with business requirements.
• Provide self service applications that free up agents from repetitive and tedious tasks in order to deliver
superior customer service to valuable clients and more complex calls
• Open up a database to be accessed by customers, using speech as the navigation tool, not touch tone
“...by 2003, 30 percent of the new automated lines in call centres will respond to customers’ speech.
The technology pays for itself within six to 18 months in call centres with more than 50 agents...”
Gartner Group.

Nortel Networks Solution
• Unmatched experience in speech recognition
solution deployment and the most deployed
speech applications in the industry
• Lower risk, thanks to our industry-leading
experience in making speech recognition work in
real-world situations
• Speech Processing Platform:
– VPS/is server for a modular, resilient and
scaleable foundation.
– OSCAR (Open Signal Computing and Analysis
Resource) architecture is designed to support
advanced speech-processing applications in an
open and scaleable environment
• Best-in-class technology with industry-leading
large vocabulary speech recognition (LVR), Natural
Language Understanding (NLU), Text-to-Speech
(TTS) and Speaker Verification technologies:
– Natural language speech recognition is one of
the core enabling technologies available with
the Nortel Networks Speech Processing
Platform. Our advanced systems are able to
adapt to the channel characteristics of
telephone connections and recognise tens of
thousands of words with very high recognition
accuracy. Natural Language Understanding

(NLU) capabilities allow customers to speak in
complete sentences, using a variety of phrases
to relay the same information. This more
natural flow to customer transactions and the
ability to simplify complex menu choices
results in shorter calls, an improved customer
experience and savings in call time and
agent interaction.
– Text-to-Speech (ITS) converts ordinary text into
intelligible speech. This core technology works
well when information to be spoken to callers
is drawn from large numbers of items, or from
multiple diverse sources that change regularly.
It is used for very large databases of
information where pre-recording is
impractical or not possible.
– Speaker Verification - this biometric technology
confirms a claimed identity on the basis of
voice characteristics. Speaker Verification
compares live speech samples against a stored
voiceprint – a pre-recorded sample of the user’s
speech – to either approve or deny the caller’s
claimed identity. In addition to boosting
security, it can lower an organisations
operating costs by reducing the amount of
agent-based customer service required to
verify a caller’s identity.

Speech Enabled Self Service Solutions

215

What would you like to do today?
Touch Tone

Natural Language?

Press "1" for Quotes
Press "2" for Account Review
Press "3" for Trades

Press "1" to buy
For your
Press "2" to sell
trade today:
Press "3" to connect to an agent

Key in the stock number you want to buy

Press "1" to buy at the market
Press "2" to designate a price

Value Proposition
Nortel Networks Advanced Speech Processing
solutions allow customers to do the talking, they
dramatically enhance your ability to provide the
highest levels of personalised service. Callers
perceive a better experience, because they are able
to accomplish more in less time, while using a more
natural method of communication. Speech
processing solutions allow them to conduct complex
transactions that were not possible with touch-tone
input. The result is the opportunity to build strong,
long-term relationships that are based on increased
customer satisfaction and loyalty.
The Nortel Networks Speech Technology Portfolio
also brings significant benefits to your internal
organisation. These include greater automation, as
well as the ability to reduce call lengths and allow
agents to focus on high-value transactions, sales
opportunities and complex customer issues.

"Buy 100 shares of
stock at the market price"

62732371

At what price?

The result is greater agent job satisfaction, which
reduces turnover. Our solutions also improve
employee productivity, lower your operational
costs and increase revenue, all of which lead to a
rapid return on investment. In fact, Nortel Networks
customers report up to a 50 percent reduction
in transaction costs as a result of deploying a
Nortel Networks speech recognition solution

Key Benefits
• Automating services to provide accessible and
cost effective customer service
• Greater automation and reduced talk time results
in decreased overhead costs and staffing
requirements
• Creation of significant opportunity for revenue
enhancing offerings
• Consistent delivery of information to customers
in a speedy, secure and private manner
• Customer loyalty building service offering

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

216

Speech Enabled Self Service Solutions

Business Connectivity via the Internet
Data Centre Solution
(Converged LAN and Server
Performance Optimisation)
Customer Needs
• Maximise utilisation of server resources, increasing the number of hits whilst improving the end
user experience
• High density, high performance, high resilience connectivity for the server farm and also
extending to the metropolitan area beyond the data centre
• Increase end user service level through implementation of Disaster Recovery capabilities

Nortel Networks Solution
Clients

BPS/BS 450 Stack

BPS Stack

Clients

BS 450
Stack
Streaming
Media Servers
Alteon

Passport 8600
with WSM

Passport
8600

Passport 8600
Passport 8600
with WSM

Radius
Servers

Metro Optical Ethernet
Contivity
VPN Switch
Firewalls

Secure Server Farm

IDS Servers

WAN or
Internet

Contivity
IPSec Client

Nortel Networks Passport 8600 Ethernet Switch
with WSM (Web Switch Module) and Optical
Ethernet (OE) provide the capacity, scalability and
stability required for performing critical functions
within an Enterprise data centre.

Split Multi Link Trunking (SMLT) enables network
convergence in less than one second, compared to
Spanning Tree which can take up to 40 seconds and
Rapid Spanning Tree which can take up to seven
seconds for network convergence.

The Passport 8600 delivers high performance,
robust Ethernet switching to connect between
servers, internal LANs and external WANs.

With the optional WSM module installed, the 8600
offers additional server farm and data centre
application-focused functions.

Data Centre Solution

217

Solution Value Proposition
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Local server load balancing
Web cache redirection
Content-intelligent switching
Firewall Load Balancing
VPN Load Balancing
Global (multi-site) server load balancing
Bandwidth management
Streaming Media load balancing
Intrusion Detection server load balancing
SSL Acceleration offload

Nortel Networks OE solution enables high speed
Ethernet-based connectivity to be established over
metropolitan areas. This removes the bandwidth
bottleneck which can exist between end users and
contents/applications residing within the Data
Centre. OE is also an effective way to interconnect
between multiple physically diverse data centres to
enable redundancy and disaster recovery.

• Maximises utilisation of server resources – the
Passport 8600 with WSM provides an integrated
solution for both the connectivity (via Ethernet) of
servers but also intelligent traffic and load
management as well. The WSM is a direct
evolution of Alteon Webswitch technology and is
a proven solution already used in data centres
around the world.
• High density, high performance, high resilience
connectivity – the Passport 8600 platform has the
necessary Ethernet density as well as built in
redundancy and network resilience to meet the
challenges of data centre operations.
Furthermore, the Passport 8600 is also a
cornerstone of Nortel Networks’ Optical Ethernet
solution. Optical Ethernet greatly increases the
‘reach’ of data and applications hosted by
extending the reach of the Data Centre into the
metropolitan area at Ethernet bandwidth levels.

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

218

Data Centre Solution

Business Connectivity via the Internet
Secure Remote Connectivity
Home Worker Solution
Customer Needs
•
•
•
•
•

Extend coverage of LAN and phone network to home users
Provide secure high performance access to home users via any IP transport
Extend PABX dialling plan to remote users
Provide in-office phone functionality to home users
Enable home-worker calls to be made on internal network (carrier arbitrage)

Nortel Networks Solution

Non-Meridian 1 PABX Users

Voice

Home Worker
Business
Communications
Manager

Contivity
IPSec Client
Users Database

TDM

PSTN
i2050 IP
Soft Phone

PBX

Internet
Broadband
access

LAN
Contivity VPN
Switch

Meridian 1 PABX Users
IP

IPSec Tunnels
Contivity
VPN Switch

Meridian 1
with ITG

TDM

PSTN

Voice

i2004 IP
Phone
Home workers have VPN access with office PABX connectivity

The Nortel Networks Home Worker solution is built
from a range of IP-capable products. Secure access
into the corporate LAN is provided by the Contivity
suite of VPN switches. Contivity integrates all of the
elements needed to build a high performance,
scalable and secure VPN – routing, firewall,
bandwidth management, encryption,
authentication and data integrity – into one single
platform for secured tunnelling across the Internet.
Home-side telephony is provided by the

Nortel Networks suite of IP telephony solutions,
including the i2050 Soft Client (can be used with a
USB headset), USB phones that connect into the PC
and the i2004 IP phone.
In the office, Enterprises can leverage the evolution
of their existing Meridian-1 PABX solutions by
adding a line-side ITG (Internet Telephony Gateway)
card to enable connectivity of IP clients to the PABX.
For non-Meridian-1 users, a Business

Home Worker Solution

219

Communications Manager IP PABX solution can be
added as an interface to control IP handset traffic
and to provide the IP-TDM gateway functionality.
For home workers using the i2050 soft client, an
IPSec session can be initiated from the home PC,
through the Internet to the corporate Contivity. All
VoIP traffic from the soft client traverses the secure
tunnel into the Enterprise where it exits the
terminated IPSec tunnel at the Contivity and
progresses forward to either the Meridian-1 ITG or
Business Communications Manager.
Users can utilise the microphone and speakers of
their PC, or plug in a USB headset for improved
quality.
Home workers utilising the i2004 IP phone for a
more permanent and "telephony-like" solution are
challenged by the need to create a secure tunnel. If
the PC creating the tunnel has routing functionality
and multiple network interfaces, the phone can plug
directly into the PC’s second Ethernet port. For most
situations, a Contivity VPN switch at the home office
provides an easier solution. The Contivity switch
opens up a branch tunnel between the home office
and the office, and secures all traffic between the
two sites. Everything that plugs into the Contivity
(phone and PC) is therefore encrypted and has IP
access to the corporate LAN – effectively creating an
Intranet VPN link to the home office.

220

Home Worker Solution

Solution Value Proposition
• Work becomes an activity not a location
• Seamless usage transparency between
office and home
• Bypasses carrier tariffs on voice calls
• Allows use of internal dialling plans for simplicity
in dialling
• Gives access to productivity tools such as
conference calling, call forward etc.

For further information contact your
local Nortel Networks Representative

Business Connectivity via the Internet
Secure Remote Connectivity - Intranet IP-VPN
(Virtual Private Network) Solution
Customer Needs
•
•
•
•
•

Integrate inter-office communications across an IP infrastructure
Minimise expense of leased lines and international private line circuits
Leverage Internet economics in the WAN
Provide encryption and strong authentication between sites
Implement a low-cost mesh between sites

Nortel Networks Solution

Site 1 Branch

Contivity VPN
Switch

Site 2 Branch

Dial access

Cable access

Contivity VPN
Switch

Managed IP
Network or Internet

IPSec Tunnels

DSL access

ATM/FR access

Contivity VPN
Switch

Contivity VPN Switch

IPSec tunnels Internet traffic

Site 3 Headquarters

Firewall

IPSec
termination

Site 4 Branch
LAN

Figure 1: Nortel Networks Intranet IP-VPN Solution

The Nortel Networks Contivity VPN Switch
integrates all of the elements needed to build a high
performance, scalable and secure VPN – routing,
firewall, bandwidth management, encryption,
authentication and data integrity – into one single
platform for secured tunnelling across the Internet.
The range of VPN solutions in the Contivity portfolio

allows the implementation of solutions tailored to
fit small, medium and large companies.
• Contivity switches are placed at each
branch office
• Connectivity into the managed IP network
is via any available transport technology
• Secure IPSec tunnels encrypt and encapsulate
traffic between sites

Intranet IP-VPN (Virtual Private Network) Solution

221

• Firewalls in each Contivity switch protect the site
LAN from outside threats
• Firewalls in each Contivity switch protect the site
LAN from outside threats
• Secure Routing Technology (SRT) enables dynamic
packet re-routing should a fault occur on the
Internet, without compromising the secure
tunnel.

Solution Value Proposition
• Provides the performance and security of a
private network with the bandwidth and cost of a
shared network
• Decreases the cost of wide area networking
between 30-80%
• Faster activation of new sites
• Ability to extend inter-office network to all sites,
regardless of size
• Harnesses ubiquity of the Internet for almostglobal connectivity
• Single connection into the IP network for VPN,
Internet and IP services
• Delivers confidentiality, integrity, privacy and
non-repudiation to all transactions

222

Intranet IP-VPN (Virtual Private Network) Solution

• Simple to configure, simple to maintain
• Provides a competitive advantage through
enabling new business models, allowing the
adoption of e-business, improving
communication between the workforce,
introducing more efficient work practices and
increasing profitability
• Foreign sites are a "no-brainer" cost saver
• Replace expensive international circuits
• Centralises key applications and staffing
functions
• SRT returns dynamic re-routing to the Internet
without compromising security

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

Business Connectivity via the Internet
Secure Remote Connectivity - Extranet IP-VPN
(Virtual Private Network) Solution
Customer Needs
•
•
•
•
•

Establish e-relationships with external business partners, suppliers and dealers
Controlled access of information between interested parties
Protection for private, sensitive data
Leverage Internet economics in the WAN
Provide encryption and strong authentication between sites

Nortel Networks Solution

Dealer DMZ
Product information
Price lists
Ordering

Contivity VPN
Switch
IPSec Tunnels

DSL access
Dealer

Users Database
Contivity
VPNSwitch

Managed IP
Network or Internet
ATM/FR
access

Contivity VPN
Switch

Headquarters

DSL access

Supplier

IPSec
Dealer DMZ

Supplier DMZ
Supply chain
Ordering/Invoicing

Firewall
Group

IPSec tunnel
Internet traffic
IPSec tunnel

Firewall
Group

LAN
Firewall
Group
Supplier DMZ

IPSec
Figure 1: Nortel Networks Extranet IP-VPN Solution

• Contivity switches are placed at each
partner’s office
• Connectivity into the managed IP network
is via any available transport technology
• Secure IPSec tunnels encrypt and encapsulate
traffic between sites
• Firewalls in each Contivity switch protect
the site LAN from outside threats
• Group policies on the firewalls control
which partners have what access

Extranet IP-VPN (Virtual Private Network) Solution

223

• Establishes a Demilitarised Zone (DMZ)
which allows extranet data to be isolated from
LAN data
• Secure Routing Technology (SRT) enables dynamic
packet re-routing should a fault occur on the
Internet, without compromising the secure tunnel

Solution Value Proposition
• Harnesses improved e-business models
and B2B commerce
• Enables on-line interaction between customers
and suppliers, opening up access to a segment
worth US$1.3 trillion by 2003
• Increases transactional performance
• Better customer service

224

• Reduces costs and delays of dealing with suppliers
and customers
• Reduces administration complexity, turn-around
time and potential for human error
• Better achieves JIT operating principles
• Removes psychic-distance for transactions
• Lessens human dependence of e-partnerships
• SRT returns dynamic re-routing to the Internet
without compromising security

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

Extranet IP-VPN (Virtual Private Network) Solution

Business Connectivity via the Internet
Secure Remote Connectivity - Remote Access IP-VPN
(Virtual Private Network) Solution
Customer Needs
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Replace dedicated dial-up access equipment with Internet-based alternative
Remove PRI circuits and RAS infrastructure
Integrate replacement solution with existing authentication systems
Provide global access
Provide encryption and strong authentication between users and the core sites
Support Windows, Unix and MacIntosh operating systems
Extend PABX dialling plan to remote users
Provide in-office phone functionality to home users
Enable home-worker calls to be made on internal network (carrier arbitrage)

Nortel Networks Solution
Traveller

Dial
i2050 IP
SoftPhone

IPSec Tunnels

Contivity
IPSec Client

Homeworker

ISP

Contivity
IP Services
Gateway

Dial
ISP

i2050 IP
SoftPhone

Contivity
IPSec Client

DSL

Internet

ISP

Telecommuter

i2050 IP
SoftPhone

Contivity
IPSec Client

Headquarters

ATM/FR
access

MSP
Wireless

PDA

i2050 IP
SoftPhone

User Database

Contivity
IPSec Client

Multi - OS Client Compatibility

Figure 1: Nortel Networks Remote Access IP-VPN Solution

Telephony is provided by the Nortel Networks i2050
Soft Client (can be used with a
USB headset).
• Contivity switches are placed at the core location
• User machines have secure client software
installed
• Users connect to local ISP / Internet via whatever
mechanisms are available – dial, DSL, cable,
wireless or Ethernet

Remote Access IP-VPN Solution

225

• Secure IPSec tunnels are initiated between the
user and the core Contivity
• Contivity authentication tunnel initiation request
against local data stores – may be RADIUS from
old RAS infrastructure, LDAP etc.
• Secure IPSec tunnels encrypt and encapsulate
traffic between the user and the Contivity
• Firewalls in each Contivity switch protect the site
LAN from outside threats
• Split-tunneling on the IPSec client protects
customer’s machine from outside threats while
tunnel is up

Solution Value Proposition
• Reduces corporate remote access expenses
by 60-80%
• Accommodates an increasing dispersed and
mobile workforce, estimated to be 83% of all
employees by 2003

226

Remote Access IP-VPN Solution

• Gain anywhere access with minimal
access charges
• Reduces ongoing expense of dial access
• Eliminates costly toll-free access numbers
• Eliminates dedicated RAS infrastructure
• Secures access from anywhere where the
Internet is
• Allows use of broadband access, increasing
productivity
• More effective use of work at home models
• Increases geographic coverage

For further information contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative

Optical
Storage Area Networking Solution
Customer Needs
• Disaster recovery – disk and tape back-up solutions for rapidly recovering data from offsite facilities and
contingency planning for unforeseen circumstances
• Business continuity – the business continues to function even if a data centre disaster is suffered.
• Store and access a large amount of data online, quickly and cost effectively, no matter where the data is
held geographically
• Higher levels of system availability, faster scalability of resources and better storage management
• Server and Storage Consolidation, to enable more efficient scaling in the face of unpredictable demands for
processing power and storage
• A Wide Area Storage Area Network (SAN) based upon a reliable, high performance network

Nortel Networks Solution

SAN
OPTera Metro 5200

OPTera Metro 5200

Storage Array

Server Farm

DWDM

London
IP/MPLS

Paris
NAS
Passport 8600
Layer 2-7

Storage Area Networking solutions use a number of
integrated infrastructure components to enable a
variety of storage applications. The solutions are
typically comprised of a number of disk storage arrays
and tape drives connected to a Fibre Channel (FC)
switch via FC links. The OPTera Metro 5200
Multiservice Platform enables service access delivery
providing the solution with flexibility and scalability.
Until recently, businesses transported most of their
data within Local Area Networks (LANs) at a single
location. Today this trend has reversed and more and
more traffic and protocol types are demanding

Passport 8600
Layer 2-7

transport across public Metropolitan Area Networks
(MANs). Unfortunately, storage centric protocols such
as ESCON and FC are seldom handled by these
networks.
Nortel Networks Storage Area Networking solution
overcomes this problem, by transporting all of these
and other essential protocols in their native format to
interconnect an organisation’s critical storage devices.
The Storage Area Networking concept consists of
setting up a separate high-speed mesh network that
links servers and storage devices. Typically Fibre

Storage Area Networking Solution

227

Channel is used as the means of connecting the
various devices together. Sometimes Gigabit
Ethernet, ESCON and ATM are also used, but these
have distance limits. The Nortel Networks Storage
Area Networking solution offers the connectivity to
accommodate any of these protocols over extended
distances. The Nortel Networks Storage Area
Networking Solution supports a variety of
complementary storage applications.
These applications include:
• Disaster Recovery - the ability to resume core
business functions as quickly as possible
following a disastrous data loss, such as viruses or
other data corruption, natural disasters,
hardware or software failure, theft or vandalism
and electrical disruptions
• Business Continuity - enables core business
applications to continue in the event of a disaster
with little or no disruption. Typically, business
continuity implies a distributed server
architecture using clustering and/or load
balancing, together with mirrored
disk storage
• Data Warehousing - works across enterprises. It
organises and stores a wide variety of data over
time, which can be used to create reports and
extract data at a later date. Data mining involves
processing large volumes of data and can take
advantage of the processing, storage and
querying potential of a data warehouse

228

Storage Area Networking Solution

• Data Sharing - entails using computer software
and systems designed to aid with group decisionmaking, communication and coordination
• Centralised Storage Management - a broad
category of storage functions that includes
centralised disk and tape management. Data is
centralised to a common location and data
administration is handled by software

Solution Value Proposition
• Enables disaster recovery over reliable
high speed connectivity
• Centralised management of mission critical
information storage
• Improves performance of database and
information retrieval systems
• Reduces equipment costs in centralised storage
management due to shared devices
• Reduces staffing costs because of automation
and improved resource utilisation
• Faster provisioning of storage and
reduced downtime
For further information please contact
your local Nortel Networks representative.

Optical
Optical Ethernet Solution
Customer Needs
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Remove bottlenecks and limitations of traditional WAN
Provide inter-office bandwidth ranges from 1Mbps to 1000Mbps
Simplify LAN and WAN networking
Provide network support for multimedia adoption including VoIP and desktop video
Provide the ability to adopt centralised computing models – such as terminal / thin client computing
Improve usage of data centres for centralised storage and content distribution
Provide a comprehensive, high performance and easily accessible disaster recovery / dark-site solution

Nortel Networks Solution
Ethernet to the Home
Ethernet in the Business

Et h e

r n et

a cr o

ss e
nti
re n
etw
ork

Optical WAN

Ethernet in the Wide Area Network

Ethernet in the Point-of-Presence
Ethernet Across Town

The End-to-End Ethernet concept

The end-to-end Ethernet, known as the optical
Ethernet, allows large Enterprises with access to
optical fibre, to establish next generation networks
that deliver simplicity, low cost and reliability
through extending the popular Ethernet protocol
into the MAN and WAN, taking with it cost points,
performance and familiarity.
Nortel Networks Optical Ethernet solutions are
varied and provide the implementing Enterprise
with many options for flexibility, based on the scale

of the network, the performance required and the
mix of applications. At the heart of the Nortel
Networks solution are three critical elements:
• The Business Policy Switch 2000 – an advanced
layer 2 switching device, the BPS2000 brings all the
benefits and strengths of the Baystack line of
stackable Ethernet solutions while combining the
intelligent quality of service mechanisms to set
application traffic priorities at the network edge

Optical Ethernet Solution

229

• The Passport 8600 Ethernet Routing Switch –
delivering layer 2-7 intelligence that enables not
only the switch and routing of frames
and packets, but the manipulation of content
flows across servers. The Passport 8600 brings
leading scalability, port density and performance,
while providing the depth for new multimedia
application demands through extensive
multicasting capability and extended
prioritisation and queuing mechanisms
• The OPTera Metro 5200 – intelligent metropolitan
optical solution, enabling Enterprises to extend
the capacity and capability of their fibre assets.
The OPTera Metro uses DWDM and CWDM
technologies to increase the number of
wavelengths traversing a fibre, and through its
protocol and bit rate transparency, can support
any optical service up to 10Gbps – IP, ATM,
Ethernet, ESCON, Fibre Channel, FICON, PDH, SDH,
SONET, Digital Video etc. Wavelength efficiency is
achieved by a rich set of sub rate multiplexer
cards. The OPTera Metro 5200 allows Enterprises
to extend fibre capacity up to 240Gbps if required,
while preserving the ability to offer individual
wavelengths 50mS protection switching for high
availability applications.

Nortel Networks provides end-to-end service
connectivity through the integration of its OE and IP
Services portfolios. Applying the scenario in the
diagram below, in-building LANs are interconnected
using the Business Policy Switch 2000 (BPS 2000)
and the Passport 8600 Ethernet Routing Switch.
The BPS2000 collects the floor-by-floor Ethernet
connections and after applying QoS measures,
performs layer 2 switching of the packet to the
Passport 8600 through a gigabit uplink. The
Passport 8600 enables internal routing between
BPS2000s, further QoS and queuing mechanisms
and provides the external connection to the network
at rates up 10Gbps. Metropolitan connectivity can be
achieved through clustering of Passport 8600s over
dark fibre connections, or by interfacing localised
Ethernet deployments onto an optical backbone
with Ethernet on SDH supported by OPTera Metro
4000, or DWDM with the OPTera Metro 5000 series
of metropolitan optical transport solutions.

BPS 2000

Clients

BPS 2000

Clients

BPS 2000

Re Sh
sil ar
ia ed
nt E
Pa th
ck ern
et e
Ri t Ri
ng ng
(R
PR
)

OPTera
Metro 3500

Passport 8600

Passport
8600

P
O p o in
tio t-t
n a o -P
l c oi
om nt
p a E th
ct er
W ne
DM t

OPTera
Metro 4000

Passport 8600

DWDM Ring
OPTera
Metro 5200

OPTera
Metro 5200

Passport 8600

Alteon
Switched Firewall

Internet

230

Optical Ethernet Solution

Solution Value Proposition
Strategic
30% ROI and 7:1 cost savings
in staff via server consolidation
(Compaq, IDC)
Computer
Hardware &
Software

80% server utilisation

25-39% reduction in cost
via thin client desktops
(Gartner Group)

Network
Hardware

Communications

Today
without OE

Lower Latency
across the WAN

Operational Simplification

Tomorrow
without OE

Tomorrow
with OE

Projected future IT cost models with and without Nortel Networks Optical Ethernet

• Optical Ethernet attacks the total cost of
ownership, by impacting the costs of LAN and
MAN/WAN, providing the catalyst for cost
reduction in computing and support models,
giving rise to greater efficiencies. The end
result is a compound fiscal benefit to the
Enterprise ownership of IT that ultimately affects
the total user cost and consequently improves
earnings and profitability. Optical Ethernet allows
Enterprises to implement the networks of
tomorrow while maintaining the costs at levels
equal or better to those of current modes of
operation.
• All branches and inter-site connections are
just like the connection to another floor in
the same building
• Access bandwidth to the site has the same high
capacity, scalability and low latency as the LAN
• MAN/WAN network becomes as simple to
manage as the campus
• Creates a simpler, more efficient network
• Enables fundamental change in computing
services models
• IT users receive faster access to corporate data
and applications

• Reduces IT cost
• Simplifies network architecture
(layer 3 to layer 2)
• Reduces support costs (fewer routers in the WAN)
• Consolidates computing support resources
• Ethernet traffic remains the same end-to-end
• Positions for outsourcing of high-value
applications and services
• Enables new applications to be introduced
• Provides internal efficiencies for programs such as
staff training
• Familiarity and skills requirements are consistent
with existing office LANs
• Increases profitability and corporate efficiency
through new business models
For further information please contact
your local Nortel Networks representative.

Optical Ethernet Solution

231

232

Optical Ethernet Solution

IP Telephony Solutions
Customer Needs
There are two types of enterprise customers for Succession IPT Telephony solutions:
• Greenfield sites.
• Customers looking to upgrade or change out existing voice networks.
Succession is applicable to all vertical markets and most enterprises from the SME to the large global
multi-site corporation due to the scaleable range of Succession platforms.
Enterprises adopting converged voice and data solutions will typically have the following characteristics:
• Companies wishing to achieve infrastructure savings by moving to a converged voice & data network.
• Multiple branch offices, especially international sites where the traditional PBX installations and toll fees
are expensive.
• Enterprises undergoing change through a move to new office space where PBX installations are costly and
the need to be connected and online is time critical.
• Business continuity of voice communications is required in case of catastrophic events; IP was designed
with this in mind.
• Organisations that need to accommodate rapid moves and changes.

Lower total cost of ownership (TCO) & platform for new services.
Branch Office

Convergence in the WAN (VoIP)
(Centralised services = centralised support)
• Faster roll-out of new services network-wide
• Flexible working “Death of distance”
• Reduced long distance changes

Head Office

Flexible worker

Multimedia
Converged Network

Convergence in the LAN (VoIP)
Reduced wiring costs
Lower cost of adds, moves, changes
Increased productivity
- Instant moves (DHCP)
- Extension mobility
- Hot desking
- Full telephony services

•
•
•

3
Convergence at the Desktop (IP Telephony)
Drive productivity and customer service
Unified Messaging, IP contact centre, multimedia
collaboration, PC/Web management

•
•

IP Telephony Solutions

233

• Telemarketing environments and call-centre
users such as banks, financial institutions, betting
shops, mail order companies.
• Enterprises wishing to deploy Unified Messaging.
• Need to update employees with live updates of
critical information (such as market movements
and breaking news stories) in an unobtrusive
manner.
• Company with remote workers that need to
access their corporate data and voice services in
exactly the same way, in the office, at home or on
the road.
• Enterprises that require powerful voice features,
data connections, LAN communication, CTI and
information services.

Nortel Networks Solution
Succession is the brand name for IP telephony (IPT)
solutions from Nortel Networks. IP telephony offers
exciting possibilities for all types of organisation as
they combine the reach and power of the Internet
with the convenience of the telephone offering
customer a full suite of business-building
applications and cost saving technologies.
With all the possibilities of IP telephony, it is
important not to forget the basics of providing a
reliable, feature rich telephone service – so
Nortel Networks has focussed on using IPT for
innovation but without compromising traditional
qualities of reliability, quality, and functionality. Our
strategy is to provide a smooth and cost effective
migration path for our massive installed base of 43
million business extension lines plus win new
greenfield business by providing the best converged
network and applications solution sets in the
industry. Our strategy can best be summarised with
the phrase “Innovation without Compromise” as we
provide innovative, converged network services
without sacrificing the quality, reliability, and
functionality of existing business telephony services.
For example, the Business Communications
Manager (BCM) contains all the business telephony
features of Norstar; and Succession Communication
Server for Enterprise 1000 (CSE 1000) contains all the
business telephony features of the Meridian 1.

234

IP Telephony Solutions

There are 3 main areas of convergence in
Nortel Networks Succession IP Telephony Portfolio.
Convergence in the WAN
This involves converging separate voice and data
networks connecting offices together into a single,
converged network. Voice equipment with IP
addresses can be distributed remotely resulting in
the coined phrase “death of distance” – enabling IP
phones and remote branch office IP to PSTN
gateways to be distributed across a global network.
This in turn enables telephony and applications
servers to be centralised with remote users gaining
access through the converged network. Savings
result from centralising your applications and
support teams, reducing voice circuit leased lines,
toll bypass and productivity increase through
flexible working. For example, a PC with softphone
can be used for teleworking from any IP access point.
Convergence in the LAN
This involves connecting all your office
communications equipment over a single,
converged LAN including your IP phones, IP to PSTN
gateways, and telephony call servers and
applications. Value includes flexible deployment of
phones, instant moves using DHCP services,
telephony service from any Ethernet connection.
Saving result from increased productivity, easier and
faster adds, moves, and changes, and reduced
cabling requirements. LAN convergence also helps
prepare for new converged desktop applications.
Convergence at the Desktop
Convergence opens the door to innovative new
applications that blend voice, video, text and picture
sharing to enrich communications. Applications like
Unified Messaging, web and multimedia contact
centres, video collaboration, and picture and file
exchange are possible. Value is in increased
productivity and smarter customer collaboration.

Solution Value Proposition
The main customer benefits are:
Lower Total Cost of Ownership
• Increased flexibility and geographical reach
(use a phone from any data network connection)
(i2000 series).
• Reduced moves/adds/changes costs (PC/Web
management, DHCP “Plug and Play ”, PIN number
log-in network wide)(i2000 series, M3900
series telsets).
• Replace multiple PBX ’s with centralised call
server/distributed gateway architecture
(Succession CSE 1000, BCM).
• Centralised administration and management
(configuration, dialling plans, adds, moves and
changes) (Optivity Telephony Manager, Business
Communications Manager).
• Reduced wiring costs.
Increased Productivity
• “Work anywhere ” solutions – hotdesking,
portability, mobility (i2000 series telsets).
• Instant office moves (i2000 series,M3900
series telsets).
• Screen-pop customer information with
phone call (Microsoft TAPI server).
• Collaborate using video, voice, text chat,
file transfer and whiteboarding
(Succession CSE MX, Symposium).
• Dial from LDAP corporate directory (M3900,i2000).
• Unified Messaging (CallPilot).

New Revenue Opportunities
• Improve customer relationship management
(integrate real-time voice with customer web
sites, screen-popping, multi-media collaboration
with customers, integrate self service, advanced
speech recognition applications with contact
centres) (Symposium, Periphonics).
Our Succession Enterprise strategy is to provide a
seamless evolution from today’s voice and data
enterprise networks to tomorrow’s fully converged
enterprise network. This means giving our
customers the choice of what to evolve, when and
the option of blending old and new together,
whether on the desktop or in the network. For
example, our Succession 1000 IP Call Server offers
100%feature interoperability with our Meridian 1
PBX; our CallPilot Unified Messaging platform works
equally well with traditional digital phones as with
IP phones; our i2050 softphone works perfectly with
an IP-enabled Meridian 1 PBX. We even offer IP
adaptors to IP-enable any Meridian 1 digital
telephone to be redeployed over the LAN. The
seamless evolution path is achieved through the
adoption of open standards within the applications,
the converged network and the terminals. The
strategy is innovation without compromise!
For further information please contact your local
Nortel Networks Representative.

IP Telephony Solutions

235

236

IP Telephony Solutions

Nortel Networks Unified Security
Architecture – ‘Security in our DNA’
Nortel Networks, a global leader in secure data networking, offers proven solutions to satisfy end-to-end
network security requirements. “Security in our DNA” is a key principle of our enterprise strategy –
One Network. A World of choice.
By providing robust network security and working
with alliance partners, our Unified Security
Architecture delivers:

Managing performance demands of security –
balancing schemes enable activation of a full
complement of security measures without
performance penalty.

The components businesses need to secure their
information and resources. The help organisations
need to implement a simple single security policy

Audit trails – Detailed records of all user and
administrator activity and system events can
identify and deflect potential security issues.

As more flexible ways of working (telecommuting,
for example) become increasingly widespread,
businesses gain additional entry points and
therefore become more vulnerable to security
breaches. Organisations should not have to
compromise on productivity because of fears over
information security. Unified Security Architecture
allows companies to embrace new ways of working
while retaining the security they need.

Unified Security Architecture lets organisations
standardise on single platforms for authentication,
encryption, and perimeter defence knowing that
their choice will be supported on the network
infrastructure.

Key Components of Security

Nortel Networks Security Portfolio
Security is intrinsic to the design of all Nortel
Networks products, helping customers gain
business advantage:

Nortel Networks has identified 6 components
of security that businesses need to address in
today’s market.

The Secure Routing Technology of the Contivity
switch allows a business to build a more reliable
and flexible network than would be achievable with
traditional routers and at a much lower cost.

Authentication, intrusion detection and risk
assessment - Integration with third-party systems
provides verification of users and acceptable
utilization.

The SSL VPN function in the new Alteon SSL
Accelerator gives companies the opportunity to
introduce secure working without compromising
on performance.

Protecting confidential data in transit (encryption) Virtual private networks and virtual local area
networks protect data through encryption,
tunneling, segmentation, dynamic routing
and more.

Nortel Networks LAN switches and Access products
provide authentication that interoperates with the
leading application vendors and supports smart
cards and biometric systems.

Perimeter defence – certified stateful
firewalls protect a network or its nodes against
unauthorised users.
High availability and redundancy of the security
system – Load-balancing, hardware/software
redundancy and failover mechanisms provide
premium uptime and recovery time.

Contivity and Alteon provide strong levels of
encryption.
Alteon Switch Firewalls give strong perimeter
protection.
All Nortel Networks management systems have a
full-featured Audit trail. For example, features like
S-MLT and SRT provide high system availability.

Nortel Networks Unified Security Architecture – ‘Security in our DNA’

237

An example of Secure Branch Office Networking.

The Alteon SSL accelerator means that performance
does not have to be compromised for security.
With Nortel Networks Security Solutions, enterprises
can confidently and confidentially use the Internet
as an extension of their trusted internal network.

The Nortel Networks Unified Security Architecture
provides a comprehensive physical and procedural
framework of network elements, capabilities and
best practices to provide multi-faceted, end-to-end
security for networks and applications.
For further information please contact

Protection from external attacks, application abuse,
viruses, unauthorised access, interception or
manipulation of data en route – for all these critical
concerns, Nortel Networks Security Solutions ensure
information integrity and confidentiality across a
full range of applications and architectures.

238

your local Nortel Networks representative.

Nortel Networks Unified Security Architecture – ‘Security in our DNA’

PRODUCT & SOLUTION INDEX
802.11 Wireless IP Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Access Stack Node (ASN) BayRS Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Advanced Remote Node (ARN) BayRS Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Alteon Application Switch (AAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Alteon Content Cache (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Alteon Content Director (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Alteon Content Manager (ACM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Alteon Link Optimizer (ALO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Alteon SSL Accelerator (ASA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Alteon Switched Firewall (ASF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Alteon Web Switch Module (WSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Alteon Web Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Backbone Node (BN) BayRS Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
BayStack 380 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
BayStack 420 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
BayStack 450 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
BayStack 460 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
BayStack 470 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Business Communications Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
CallPilot Unified Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Contivity Secure IP Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Data Centre Solution (Converged LAN and Server Performance Optimisation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
Internet Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Line Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Internet Telephony Gateway (ITG) Trunk Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
IP Contact Centre Solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
M3900 Digital Telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Media Processing Server 100 (MPS 100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Media Processing Server 1000 (MPS 1000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Meridian 1 Internet Enabled (IE) Communications System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Meridian 1 Option 11C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Meridian 1 Option 11C Mini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Meridian 1 Option 61C, 81C Communication Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Meridian 1 Remote Services Line-Side E1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Meridian Digital Telephone IP Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Meridian Integrated Conference Bridge (MICB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Meridian Integrated Personal Call Director (MIPCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Meridian Integrated Recorded Announcer (MIRAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Meridian/Succession DECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Messaging - Meridian Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
OPTera Metro 1000 Ethernet Service Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
OPTera Metro 5000 Multiservice Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
OPTera Metro 8000 Services Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Optical Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
Optivity Telephony Manager (OTM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Product & Solution Index

Passport 1424 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Passport 15000 Multiservice Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Passport 2430 BayRS Access Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Passport 4400 Multiservice Access Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Passport 5430 BayRS Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Passport 6400 Multiservice Enterprise Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Passport 7400 Multiservice Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Passport 8000 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Passport 8000 Series Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Passport 8100 Edge Switching Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Passport 8600 Series Routing Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Periphonics VPS/is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
Power over LAN Hub (POL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Remote Office 9110/9115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Remote Office 9150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Secure Remote Connectivity - Extranet IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Secure Remote Connectivity - Home Worker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Secure Remote Connectivity - Intranet IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Secure Remote Connectivity - Remote Access IP-VPN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Speech Enabled Self Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Storage Area Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Succession CSE 1000 Communication Server for Enterprise 1000 Release 2.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Succession Communication Server for Enterprise MultiMedia Xchange (CSE MX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Symposium Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Symposium Agent Greeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Symposium Call Center Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Symposium Express Call Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Symposium Meridian LINK Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
Symposium TAPI Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Symposium Web Center Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Symposium Web Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
USB Headset Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Product & Solution Index

Nortel Networks
Maidenhead Office Park
Westacott Way
Maidenhead, Berkshire
SL6 3QH
United Kingdom

Nortel Networks
European Customer
Information Centre
Telephone
00 800 8008 9009*
+44 (0) 20 8920 4618

Fax
+44 (0) 20 8945 3060
e-mail
euroinfo@nortelnetworks.com
Internet
www.nortelnetworks.com

* Number accessible from most
European countries

For more information, please call your Nortel Networks representative or visit our website.
© 2003 Nortel Networks. All rights reserved.
Nortel, Nortel Networks, The Nortel Networks corporate logo and the globemark design are trademarks of Nortel Networks.
All third-party trademarks are recognised and acknowledged. Information is subject to change since Nortel Networks reserves
the right to make changes, without notice, in equipment design or components as engineering or manufacturing methods
may warrant. The description of features and services in this document does not imply availability in all markets.
Published by Nortel Networks. Printed in UK.

www.nortelnetworks.com
Publication ref: COR032TM1002En
End User Edition – January 2003
Produced by Face to Face UK Limited, Maidenhead, Berkshire

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2003:01:14 16:47:30Z
Modify Date                     : 2003:01:28 16:43:11Z
Subject                         : Customer guide on Enterprise product and solution set
Keywords                        : Products, Solutions, reference, guide
Page Count                      : 252
Creation Date                   : 2003:01:14 16:47:30Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Macintosh
Mod Date                        : 2003:01:28 16:43:11Z
Author                          : Sarah-Jane Carter / Face2Face
Metadata Date                   : 2003:01:28 16:43:11Z
Title                           : Nortel Networks Product and Solution Reference Guide for Enterprise Customers
Description                     : Customer guide on Enterprise product and solution set
Creator                         : Sarah-Jane Carter / Face2Face

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Nortel Networks 9115 Users Manual Product And Solution Reference Guide For Enterprise Customers

6400 to the manual 4a3c7860-7d66-4951-a5de-4e2c4719a684

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation